76484 A WORLD BANK STUDY Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana Edited by Quentin Wodon A W O R L D B A N K S T U D Y Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana Edited by Quentin Wodon © 2012 International Bank for Reconstruction and Development / The World Bank 1818 H Street NW, Washington DC 20433 Telephone: 202-473-1000; Internet: www.worldbank.org Some rights reserved 1234 15 14 13 12 World Bank Studies are published to communicate the results of the Bank’s work to the development community with the least possible delay. The manuscript of this paper therefore has not been prepared in accordance with the procedures appropriate to formally edited texts. This work is a product of the staff of The World Bank with external contributions. Note that The World Bank does not necessarily own each component of the content included in the work. The World Bank therefore does not warrant that the use of the content contained in the work will not infringe on the rights of third parties. The risk of claims resulting from such infringement rests solely with you. The �ndings, interpretations, and conclusions expressed in this work do not necessarily reflect the views of The World Bank, its Board of Executive Directors, or the governments they represent. The World Bank does not guarantee the accuracy of the data included in this work. The boundaries, colors, denomi- nations, and other information shown on any map in this work do not imply any judgment on the part of The World Bank concerning the legal status of any territory or the endorsement or acceptance of such boundaries. Nothing herein shall constitute or be considered to be a limitation upon or waiver of the privileges and immunities of The World Bank, all of which are speci�cally reserved. Rights and Permissions This work is available under the Creative Commons A ribution 3.0 Unported license (CC BY 3.0) h p://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0. Under the Creative Commons A ribution license, you are free to copy, distribute, transmit, and adapt this work, including for commercial purposes, under the following conditions: A ribution—Please cite the work as follows: Wodon, Quentin. 2012. Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana. Washington, DC: World Bank. DOI: 10.1596/978-0-8213-9593-6. License: Creative Commons A ribution CC BY 3.0 Translations—If you create a translation of this work, please add the following disclaimer along with the a ribution: This translation was not created by The World Bank and should not be considered an official World Bank translation. The World Bank shall not be liable for any content or error in this translation. All queries on rights and licenses should be addressed to the Office of the Publisher, The World Bank, 1818 H Street NW, Washington, DC 20433, USA; fax: 202-522-2625; e-mail: pubrights@worldbank.org. ISBN (paper): 978-0-8213-9593-6 ISBN (electronic): 978-0-8213-9606-3 DOI: 10.1596/978-0-8213-9593-6 Cover photo: Young girl in school, Ghana. © Arne Hoel/The World Bank. Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Improving the targeting of social programs in Ghana / edited by Quentin Wodon. p. cm. ISBN 978-0-8213-9593-6 1. Social work administration--Ghana. 2. Ghana--Economic policy--21st century. I. Wodon, Quentin. HV41.I4277 2012 361.2’509667--dc23 2012023625 Contents Acknowledgments ....................................................................................................................ix Acronyms and Abbreviations .................................................................................................. x Chapter 1: Improving Targeting in Ghana: A Brief Overview .......................................... 1 PART I: SYNTHESIS OF THE STUDY.................................................................................. 7 Chapter 2: How Well Targeted Are Ghana’s Social Programs? ......................................... 9 Introduction.......................................................................................................................... 9 Objective, Limits, and Structure of the Study ............................................................... 12 Programs and Subsidies Well (or Potentially Well) Targeted to the Poor ................. 13 Programs and Subsidies Relatively Evenly Distributed in the Population as a Whole ................................................................................................................... 16 Programs and Subsidies Bene�ting the Poor but Only to a Limited Extent............. 18 Programs and Subsidies Bene�ting Mostly the Nonpoor ........................................... 20 Choosing Indicators for Geographic Targeting............................................................. 21 Comparing Geographic Targeting in Levels and in Changes Due to Shocks........... 25 Comparing Geographic, Proxy Means-Testing, and Community-Based Targeting...................................................................................................................... 25 Using Targeting Mechanisms for Non-State Providers of Services and Programs ............................................................................................................. 27 Policy Recommendations ................................................................................................. 28 PART II: ANALYSIS BY SOCIAL PROGRAM .................................................................. 31 Chapter 3: Principles of Targeting—A Brief Review ........................................................ 33 Bene�ts of Targeting.......................................................................................................... 33 Costs of Targeting .............................................................................................................. 34 Measuring Targeting Performance.................................................................................. 37 Classifying Targeting Methods........................................................................................ 39 Chapter 4: A New Poverty Map for Ghana ......................................................................... 42 Objective of the Poverty Map .......................................................................................... 42 Methodology for the Construction of the Poverty Map .............................................. 44 Reliability of the Poverty Map Estimates ....................................................................... 45 Conclusion .......................................................................................................................... 48 Chapter 5: A Food Insecurity Map for Ghana .................................................................... 50 Estimation of a Food Insecurity Map Based on Caloric Intake................................... 50 Reliability of the Food Insecurity Map Estimates ......................................................... 52 Alternative Measures of Food Security .......................................................................... 55 Conclusion .......................................................................................................................... 58 iii iv Contents Chapter 6: The Geographic Impact of Higher Food Prices in Ghana ............................ 59 Impact of Higher Food Prices on Poverty...................................................................... 59 Geographic Impact of the Increase in Food Prices ....................................................... 64 Conclusion .......................................................................................................................... 65 Chapter 7: Targeting Free School Uniforms in Ghana...................................................... 67 Private Education Costs and School Uniforms ............................................................. 67 Targeting Performance Simulations for School Uniforms ........................................... 70 Conclusion .......................................................................................................................... 74 Chapter 8: Simulating Conditional Cash Transfers for Education in Ghana .............. 75 Conditional Cash Transfers: Mexico’s Experience ....................................................... 75 Simulating Conditional Cash Transfers for Ghana ...................................................... 78 Comparing Geographic Targeting and Proxy Means-Testing at the Regional Level ............................................................................................................ 83 Conclusion .......................................................................................................................... 83 Chapter 9: Tax Cuts for Rice and Fertilizer Subsidies in Ghana .................................... 85 Who Bene�ts from Tax Cuts on Rice and Other Imported Foods? ............................ 85 Who Bene�ts from Subsidies for Fertilizers? ................................................................ 88 Comparing Rice Tax Cuts and Fertilizer Subsidies Using CD Curves ...................... 90 Medium Term Effects: Comparing Rice Tax Cuts with Agricultural Productivity Gains ..................................................................................................... 92 Conclusion .......................................................................................................................... 93 Chapter 10: Electricity Subsidies in Ghana ........................................................................ 95 Issues with Maintaining Electricity Residential Consumption Subsidies................. 95 Do the Poor Bene�t from Inverted Block Tariff Structures? ........................................ 97 Connection Subsidies as an Alternative to Consumption Subsidies ....................... 100 Conclusion ........................................................................................................................ 101 Chapter 11: Bene�t Incidence of Public Education Spending in Ghana..................... 102 Principles of Bene�t Incidence Analysis ...................................................................... 102 Data on Public Spending for Education and Estimation of Unit Costs of Schooling ................................................................................................................... 103 Results from the Bene�t Incidence Analysis ............................................................... 107 Conclusion ........................................................................................................................ 107 Chapter 12: Targeting Performance of School Lunches in Ghana ................................ 109 School Lunches: Outlays in Ghana and Lessons from International Experience ..... 109 District-Level Targeting Performance........................................................................... 112 Conclusion ........................................................................................................................ 113 Chapter 13: National Health Insurance Scheme in Ghana ............................................ 114 Description of the National Health Insurance Scheme .............................................. 114 Bene�t Incidence of NHIS Subsidies in 2005–06 ......................................................... 116 Contents v Bene�t Incidence of NHIS in 2007 and 2008 ................................................................ 119 Assessment of the Indigent Provision in the NHIS .................................................... 120 Conclusion ........................................................................................................................ 121 Chapter 14: Ghana’s Livelihood Empowerment Against Poverty ................................ 122 Design and Targeting Mechanism of LEAP ................................................................ 122 Targeting Performance of LEAP .................................................................................... 124 Scope for an Expansion of LEAP................................................................................... 128 Cost Effectiveness of LEAP ............................................................................................ 130 Using a Common Targeting Mechanism for Multiple Programs: Chile’s Experience ................................................................................................................. 131 Conclusion ........................................................................................................................ 133 Chapter 15: Ghana’s National Youth Employment Program ......................................... 134 Youth Unemployment and Underemployment .......................................................... 134 Brief Description of NYEP.............................................................................................. 136 Assessment of the Likely Targeting Performance of NYEP ...................................... 139 Assessment of the Likely Poverty Impact of NYEP ................................................... 145 Conclusion ........................................................................................................................ 146 Chapter 16: Simulating Labor Intensive Public Works in Ghana ................................ 147 Labor Intensive Public Works: A Brief Review ........................................................... 147 Assessment of the Likely Targeting Performance and Poverty Impact of Public Works............................................................................................................. 150 Comparison with Other Countries ............................................................................... 156 Conclusion ........................................................................................................................ 157 References................................................................................................................................ 159 Tables Table 1.1: Summary results on the share of the bene�ts from various programs accruing to the poor...................................................................................................3 Table 2.1: Ghana’s progress towards the Millennium Development Goals .....................10 Table 2.2: Programs and subsidies with a large share of bene�ts accruing to the poor ....14 Table 2.3: Programs with bene�ts relatively evenly distributed in the population ........17 Table 2.4: Programs with some limited bene�ts accruing to the poor ..............................19 Table 2.5: Programs with bene�ts accruing mostly to nonpoor households....................21 Table 4.1: Poverty measures based on GLSS5 and CWIQ 2003, by strata .........................46 Table 5.1: Caloric intake de�ciency in GLSS5 (actual) and CWIQ 2003 (predicted), by strata .....................................................................................................................53 Table 6.1: Food items considered for simulating the impact of higher food prices on poverty .................................................................................................................61 Table 6.2: Potential impact on poverty of higher food prices in Africa (%) ......................62 Table 7.1: Main reasons for not a ending school, 2003 CWIQ (%) ....................................68 vi Contents Table 7.2: Percentage of budget shares of various education expenditures, 2005/06 (%) .....69 Table 7.3: Simulated targeting performance of free school uniforms (%).........................73 Table 7.4: Normalized poverty reduction impact of school uniforms under alternative targeting (%) .........................................................................................74 Table 8.1: Simulated targeting performance of CCTs at the national level (%) ................79 Table 8.2: Normalized poverty reduction impact of CCTs under alternative targeting (%) .................................................................................................................. 81 Table 8.3: Simulated targeting performance of CCTs at the national level (%) ................82 Table 9.1: Basic statistics and bene�t incidence of reduction in indirect taxes on imported food...........................................................................................................86 Table 9.2: Comparing the bene�t incidence of rice tax cuts and fertilizer subsidies, Ghana 2005/06 ..........................................................................................................89 Table 10.1: Tariffs structure for residential customers of electricity ..................................98 Table 11.1: Trends in the percentage share of total expenditure per level of education (%) ............................................................................................................ 104 Table 11.2: Budget, enrollment and unit costs, per region and national .........................106 Table 11.3: Bene�t incidence analysis of public spending for education ........................108 Table 12.1: Targeting performance of school lunches using district level allocations ...113 Table 13.1: Contributions to the National Health Insurance Fund ..................................115 Table 13.2: Data on participation in health insurance scheme from GLSS5, 005/06 ......117 Table 13.3: Share of LEAP household members registered with NHIS, 2008 (%) .........120 Table 13.4: District-level data on the bene�t incidence of the NHIS indigent provision, 2008 .....................................................................................................121 Table 14.1: Distribution of population quintiles (actual, predicted, and matched with propensity score) (%) .................................................................................126 Table 14.2: Comparison of selected household characteristics in GKSS5 and LEAP samples (percent) (%) ..........................................................................................127 Table 14.3: Potential size of target demographic groups for LEAP bene�ts ..................129 Table 14.4: Target expansion of LEAP program according to MESW .............................130 Table 15.1: NYEP youth employment registry data ...........................................................137 Table 15.2: NYEP bene�ciary data ........................................................................................138 Table 15.3: Potential bene�ciaries of NYEP, individuals aged 18–35 with JSS completed, 2005–2006..........................................................................................140 Table 15.4: Potential leakage effects of the NYEP for poverty reduction by region, 2005–2006 ..............................................................................................................143 Table 15.5: Potential impact on poverty of the NYEP, national, 2005–2006 ...................145 Table 16.1: Potential bene�ciaries of public works among individuals aged 18–35, National 2005–2006 ..............................................................................................152 Table 16.2: Potential leakage effects of public works for poverty reduction, by region... 154 Table 16.3: Potential impact on poverty of public works, National, 2005–2006 .............156 Table 16.4: Simulated targeting performance of labor intensive public works, African countries (%) ..........................................................................................157 Contents vii Figures Figure 2.1a: Proportion of children suffering from stunting ..............................................23 Figure 2.1b: Proportion of children suffering from wasting ...............................................23 Figure 2.1c: Proportion of children suffering from underweight ......................................23 Figure 2.1d: Proportion of children suffering from severe stunting..................................23 Figure 2.1e: Proportion of children suffering from severe wasting ...................................23 Figure 2.1f: Proportion of children suffering from severe underweight ..........................23 Figure 2.1g: Net enrolment in primary education ...............................................................24 Figure 2.1h: Literacy of 15–24 age of year .............................................................................24 Figure 2.1i: Ratio of girls to boys in primary education ......................................................24 Figure 2.1j: Ratio of girls to boys in secondary education ..................................................24 Figure 2.1k: Maternal mortality for 100,000 lives births ......................................................24 Figure 2.1l: Proportion of births a ended by skilled health personnel ............................ 24 Figure 3.1: Targeting poverty alleviation transfer ................................................................34 Figure 4.1: Poverty headcount accuracy, by administrative level .....................................47 Figure 4.2: Relationship between poverty headcount and coefficient of variation .........47 Figure 4.3: District-level poverty headcount and poverty gap...........................................48 Figure 5.1: Caloric intake de�ciency headcount accuracy, by administrative level........54 Figure 5.2: Relationship between caloric intake de�ciency headcount and coefficient of variation ...........................................................................................54 Figure 5.3: Food insecurity maps based on caloric intake (1,800 kcal per person-day), Ghana ......................................................................................................................55 Figure 5.4: Subjective difficulty to meet basic food needs ..................................................56 Figure 5.5: Underweight children ...........................................................................................56 Figure 5.6: Relationships between different food security indicators ...............................57 Figure 6.1: Upper-bound estimates for the impact of a price increase in rice ..................63 Figure 6.2: Increase in poverty with 50% increase in rice prices ........................................65 Figure 7.1: Consumption dominance curves (2nd order) for education expenditures ..... 70 Figure 9.1: Consumption dominance curves for rice and fertilizers, second order ........91 Figure 10.1: Targeting performance (W) of electricity subsidies, African countries .......99 Figure 10.2: Access factors and subsidy design factors affecting targeting performance..........................................................................................................99 Figure 10.3: Potential targeting performance of connection subsidies under various scenarios................................................................................................101 Figure 13.1: Consumption dominance curves for the use of health services and insurance, 2005/06..............................................................................................118 Figure 13.2: Percent of population holding NHIS card by wealth quintiles, 2007 ........119 Figure 14.1: Cumulative density of groups targeted by LEAP in overall population ..... 128 Figure 15.1: Distribution of potential bene�ciaries of NYEP national ............................142 Figure 16.1: Distribution of potential bene�ciaries of public works ...............................153 Acknowledgments T his volume was prepared by a core team led by Quentin Wodon and consisting of Harold Coulombe, Eunice Yaa Brimfah Dapaah, George Joseph, Juan Carlos Parra Osorio, and Clarence Tsimpo under the guidance of Ishac Diwan (Country Director) and Rakesh Nangia (Director for Operations and Strategy in the Human Development Network). The peer reviewers were Theresa Jones, Sam Carlson, Johan Mistiaen, and Lucian Bucur Pop. Valuable comments and suggestions were also received among others from Mawutor Ablo, Kathy Bain, Peter Darvas, Sebastien Dessus, Chris Jackson, Qaiser Khan, Julianna Lindsay, and Kalanidhi Subbarao. The collaboration of UNICEF and the Ministry of Employment and Social Welfare in launching the work and gathering the data necessary for analyzing the targeting performance of social programs is especially appreciated. Acronyms and Abbreviations CAS Country Assistance Strategy CCT Conditional Cash Transfers CHAG Christian Health Association of Ghana CLIC Community LEAP Implementation Commi ees CWIQ Core Welfare Indicators Questionnaire DHS Demographic and Health Survey FBO Faith-based Organization GDP Gross Domestic Product GFSP Ghana School Feeding Program GH¢ Ghana Cedi GLSS Ghana Living Standard Survey HIV Human Immunode�ciency Virus IFPRI International Food Policy Research Institute JHS Junior High School LEAP Livelihood Empowerment Against Poverty MDG Millennium Development Goal MESW Ministry of Employment and Social Welfare MOFA Ministry of Food and Agriculture MOE Ministry of Education MOH Ministry of Health NGO Nongovernmental Organization NHIS National Health Insurance Scheme NYEP National Youth Employment Program ODI Overseas Development Institute OECD Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development OVC Orphans and Vulnerable Children PROGRESA Programa de Educación, Salud y Alimentación PPP Purchasing Power Parity PSU Primary Sampling Unit PURC Public Utilities Regulatory Commission SHS Senior High School SSNIT Social Security and National Insurance Trust STEP Skills Training and Employment Placement Program VAT Value Added Tax VDT Volume Differentiated Tariff WFP World Food Programme x CHAPTER 1 Improving Targeting in Ghana: A Brief Overview Quentin Wodon This study provides a diagnostic of the bene�t incidence and targeting performance of a large number of social programs in Ghana. Both broad-based programs (such as spending for education and health, and subsidies for food, oil-related products, and electricity) as well as targeted programs (such as Livelihood Empowerment Against Poverty (LEAP), the indigent exemption under the National Health Insurance Scheme (NHIS), school lunches and uniforms, or fertilizer subsidies) are considered. In addition, the study provides tools and recommendations for be er targeting of those programs in the future. The tools include new maps and data sets for geographic targeting according to poverty and food security, as well as ways to implement proxy means-testing. The purpose of this introductory chapter is to briefly synthesize the key �ndings and messages from the study. O ver the last two decades, Ghana has made tremendous progress towards the targets set forth in the Millennium Development Goals. The share of the population in pov- erty has been reduced from 51.7 percent in 1991–92 to 28.5 percent in 2005–06, and large gains have also been achieved for other social indicators. Such rapid progress has impli- cations for policy. Several factors suggest that there is an opportunity today for Ghana to continue to make progress by implementing be er social programs both in terms of the targeting mechanisms to be used and the type of bene�ts and incentives to be provided. Consider �rst the issue of targeting. Poverty has been reduced dramatically, but there also remain pockets of deep poverty, especially in the northern savannah area. This increase in the concentration of poverty provides a way to target interventions geo- graphically. Yet while geographic targeting can help very substantially, it may not be sufficient since many poor and near-poor households live in other parts of the country and remain vulnerable to external shocks. Thus a combination of targeting mechanisms could be used to target various programs to the subset of the population that needs those programs the most. Consider next the issue of the types of programs to be implemented. Traditional programs for poverty reduction such as public works have an important role to play, provided they are well targeted geographically and implemented properly in terms of the choice of the local infrastructure to be built, the wages to be paid to bene�ciaries, and the seasonality of the jobs to be created. Other programs aiming to reduce the cost of schooling for very poor households, such as the planned distribution of free school 1 2 A World Bank Study uniforms are also useful, and the same could be said of school lunches, although in the case of Ghana an effort should be made to be er target them geographically. Yet some of the more innovative poverty reduction programs (such as conditional cash transfers) implemented in middle income countries in the last decade, and especially in Latin American countries, have gone beyond these traditional programs. It may be time for Ghana to consider implementing on a pilot basis some of these innovative programs. While conditions and opportunities are there to further improve the design and tar- geting of social programs in Ghana, there is also an urgent need to do so from a budget point of view. Ghana’s �scal de�cit has been increasing rapidly in recent years. Reduc- ing budget de�cits should not be done at the expense of the poor, but for this a be er targeting of social programs is key. Given the above context, this study aims to contribute to the discussion of how to improve the design and targeting of social programs in Ghana. Due to the limited scope of what can be achieved within a single study, the emphasis is placed much more on program targeting than program design. This is an important limitation insofar as we do not aim to measure or simulate medium- to long-term program impacts; we are simply assessing who bene�ts or could bene�t today from immediate bene�ts from various programs. Table 1.1 provides the key results in terms of the targeting performance to the poor of various programs. LEAP is probably today the best targeted program in Ghana. Other well targeted programs include the indigent exemption under the NHIS, as well as three simulated programs: the free school uniforms at the primary school level (which would need to be targeted to the poorest districts), pilot conditional cash transfers for the poor at the primary or junior high level (which would require geographic targeting and/or proxy means-testing), and labor intensive public works (if these are implemented in the poorest areas). The next set of programs in table 1.1 tends to bene�t large segments of the popu- lation, and thereby also the poor. This includes broad-based basic education and health spending, as well as the Ghana school feeding program, although this program should be much be er targeted to the poor than it currently is. Programs with some bene�ts for the poor include funding for senior high and vocational education, as well as (to a lower extent) the NHIS and the NYEP. Poorly targeted programs include general consump- tion subsidies for rice, electricity (through the tariff structure), tertiary education, and oil-related products (although the estimations do not take into account multiplier effects). Decisions on which programs to fund in priority should not be based only on an assessment of the targeting performance of these programs. The impact of any given program in the medium-term is also essential, and some programs do not target the poor in priority. Still, targeting performance does ma er, and the following tentative recom- mendations can be made on the basis of the �ndings from this study. LEAP appears to be one of the best targeted programs in Ghana. An expansion of the program would thus generate substantial bene�ts for the poor and would also help in reducing the share of program costs currently devoted to administration and deliv- ery. LEAP’s targeting mechanisms should however be reviewed to assess if it could be improved in terms of both its proxy means-testing and community-based components. In addition, a LEAP-inspired household questionnaire could be used to assess eligibil- ity for other programs (possibly on a pilot basis) and for assessing ex post the targeting performance of some programs such as public works. There is thus scope for building on LEAP’s experience to progressively design targeting mechanisms that could be used for Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 3 Table 1.1: Summary results on the share of the bene�ts from various programs accruing to the poor Share of outlays Simulated bene�ting the poor (%) versus actual Well or potentially well targeted programs LEAP (Livelihood Empowerment Against Poverty) 57.5 Actual (good data) NHIS indigent exemption <50.0 Actual (partial data) Free School uniforms for primary schools in poor areas 49.9 Simulated Labor intensive public works in poor areas <43.2 Simulated Proxy means-tested conditional cash transfers for JHS 42.2 Simulated Programs/subsidies bene�tting the population fairly evenly General funding for primary education 32.2 Actual (good data) General funding for health service delivery by Christian Health Association 30.8 Actual (good data) of Ghana (CHAG) Potential connection subsidies for electricity 29.4 Simulated Free maternal (ante- and post-natal) and child care 29.1 Actual (good data) General funding for kindergarten education 27.2 Actual (good data) General funding for junior high school (JHS) education 24.0 Actual (good data) General funding for health care 22.4 Actual (good data) Ghana School Feeding Program <21.3 Actual (partial data) Kerosene subsidies 20.7 Actual (good data) Programs and subsidies with limited bene�ts for the poor General funding for vocational (TVET) education 19.0 Actual (good data) Fertilizer subsidy scheme 15.8 Actual (partial data) General funding for senior high school (SHS) education 15.1 Actual (good data) Public Utilities Regulatory Commission (PURC) pilot access to safe water 13.1 Simulated through tankers in cities National Youth Employment Program (NYEP) 12.7 Simulated NHIS general subsidies 12.4 Actual (partial data) Poorly targeted programs and subsidies Tax cut on imported rice during food price crisis 8.3 Actual (good data) Electricity subsidies embedded in tariff structure (in 2005–06) 8.0 Actual (good data) General funding for tertiary education 6.9 Actual (good data) Subsidies for petrol and diesel products (except kerosene) >2.3 Actual (good data) Source: Author using various sources of data including the Ghana Living Standard Survey (GLSS)5 and 2003 Core Welfare Indicators Questionnaire (CWIQ). multiple programs, or at least for those programs that are not geographically targeted (for programs serving the north, geographic targeting is often enough). The indigent exemption under the NHIS is also probably well targeted to the poor, although we have only limited data to make this assessment. Given low levels of enroll- ment under this exemption today as compared to the share of the population in extreme poverty, districts should be encouraged to make more extensive use of the indigent exemption. A �rst step could be to enable (most) LEAP households to bene�t from the exemption. New applicants for the exemption could be screened with a LEAP-inspired questionnaire, and the procedure for veri�cation of district enrollment under the indigent exemption once the share of indigents exceeds a certain threshold could also be based on a LEAP-inspired questionnaire that would be administered to a random sample of ben- e�ciaries chosen within the district under review. The distribution of free school uniforms should not be made on the basis of the map of educationally deprived districts, because this map relates too much to supply- side issues in the delivery of education. Instead, free school uniforms should be 4 A World Bank Study distributed according to the Ghana poverty map, the food security map, or a map of gaps in primary school completion at the district level. Free school uniforms should not be targeted individually—geographic targeting through public schools in poor districts is sufficient. The government could consider testing on a pilot basis a conditional cash transfer program possibly for primary or JHS students from poor families, with a proper baseline and follow up survey so that we can measure impact. This should be done in priority in the northern districts using geographic targeting, but part of the pilot could take place in less poor districts using proxy means-testing. Possibly the program could be tested through LEAP, which has some conditionalities that are not really enforced. Large subsidies that are not well targeted to the poor for food (rice), energy, and electricity, and possibly piped water should be reduced. This does not mean that all subsidies should be eliminated. Kerosene is for example a good that can be subsidized to protect the poor from fluctuations in world oil prices. Some subsidies for electricity or piped water can also be considered, but they need to be limited, and in general connec- tion subsidies would tend to be be er targeted than consumption subsidies. The allocation procedure for school lunches at the district and school level should be revised given weak targeting performance (according to some other indicators, tar- geting performance might be weaker than what is suggested in table 1.1). This should be done �rstly to have a transparent allocation procedure, and secondly to propose a more systematic use of the geographic targeting information now available, following the poverty/food security maps rather than the educational deprived district maps. The educational deprived district formula should continue to be used for the tar- geting of supply-side investments with transfers provided to districts and thereafter to schools. However the formula to identify the deprived districts should be revised from a rank-based to a level-based indicator. There should also be a process of reassessment, say every two years, to reorient on a dynamic basis the funds to districts in need given that some of the variables used in the formula change substantially over time. Labor intensive public works and so-called productive safety nets should be tar- geted to the poorest areas of the country. This is because in a context where a large number of workers work for no or limited pay, self-targeting through low wages may not be enough to ensure good targeting performance. Proxy means-testing would not be needed for determining eligibility of public works participants if the program is geographically targeted, but a LEAP-inspired questionnaire could be used ex post on a sample of participants to monitor targeting performance and implement corrective measures as needed. Social protection and service delivery strategies need to take into account the impor- tant role of privately funded or privately run (and publicly funded) partners. The same tools of targeting assessment can be used to measure how well nongovernmental orga- nizations (NGOs) and faith-based organizations (FBOs) reach the poor through their programs in Ghana. On fertilizer subsidies/vouchers, geographic targeting as well as a cap on the size of vouchers to be received by any one household would help to improve targeting perfor- mance. Many of these measures have already been taken by the government, but data collection and monitoring is needed to measure to what extent the fertilizer voucher program is reaching the poor. Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 5 This study does not provide recommendations regarding the allocation of funding for general services in education and health, as many other considerations must be taken into account. The assessment of bene�t incidence provided here is simply an input for more detailed forthcoming analysis to be conducted for an Education Country Status Report, a Health Country Status Report, and a Poverty Assessment. The data from the 2003 Core Welfare Indicators Questionnaire (CWIQ) survey was essential to various parts of the analysis conducted in this study, including the pov- erty map and the work on geographic targeting. The CWIQ was important because its large sample size provides statistical reliability at the district level. Ghana Statistical Service should be encouraged to �eld a new large sample CWIQ survey apart from the upcoming implementation of the Ghana Living Standards Survey (GLSS6) to monitor district-level progress and assess directly participation in a range of programs at the district level. Both the new CWIQ and the GLSS6 should include new questionnaire modules aiming to measure program targeting (i.e., participation and bene�ts) as well as program impacts. PART I Synthesis of the Study CHAPTER 2 How Well Targeted Are Ghana’s Social Programs? Quentin Wodon This chapter provides an information base to improve the targeting of social programs in Ghana. Data from household surveys and administrative records made available by Minis- tries were used to assess the targeting performance of many different programs. LEAP and the indigent exemption for health coverage under NHIS are well targeted to the poor. Simu- lations suggest that free school uniforms for public primary school students and conditional cash transfers at the junior high school level could also be well targeted, but this will depend on the targeting mechanism used. Large transfer programs funding public basic education and health care as well as kerosene subsidies bene�t relatively evenly large segments of the population, including the poor. School lunches also bene�t large segments of the population but improvements in targeting performance should be sought to be er target schools located in poor areas. Programs that do bene�t the poor but less so than the overall population include funding for vocational and senior high education, fertilizer vouchers, and NHIS general subsidies. Programs that bene�t mostly the nonpoor include electricity consumption subsidies, tax cuts on imported rice (implemented during the food price crisis), funding for tertiary education, and petrol and diesel subsidies (many of these have been recently termi- nated). Apart from assessing the targeting performance of a range of social programs, the study provides tools and recommendations for be er targeting in the future. This includes new maps and data sets for geographic targeting according to poverty and food security, and an assessment as to whether it makes a difference to target geographically according to levels of deprivations or changes in deprivation due to external shocks. The study also discusses proxy means-testing mechanisms and compares the performance of geographic and proxy means-testing, as well as the combination of both. This overview provides a summary of the main �ndings from the study, while the rest of the study consists of a series of chapters with more detailed analysis in selected areas. Introduction O ver the last two decades, Ghana has made tremendous progress towards the targets set forth in the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs). As shown in table 2.1 from World Bank (2009), and thanks in large part to rapid economic growth, the share of the population in poverty in Ghana was reduced from 51.7 percent in 1991–92 to 28.5 percent in 2005–06. The prevalence of child malnutrition was also almost reduced by half, from 9 10 A World Bank Study 24.1 percent in 1988 to 13.9 percent in 2008. The share of the children not completing primary education decreased from 38.8 percent in 1991 to 15.0 percent in 2008, thanks in part to the elimination of fees and the implementation of capitation grants to provide compensatory resources to schools. Today, the country is very close to achieving boy- girl parity in primary and secondary education, while about 20 years ago, there were roughly three girls in school for every four boys. The child (under �ve) mortality rate has also decreased, although at a smaller pace, from 119.7 in 1991 per one thousand to 80 in 2008. The share of birth deliveries not a ended by skilled health personnel has dropped from 59.8 percent in 1988 to 43 percent in 2008. The share of the population without access to an improved water source dropped from 44 percent in 1990 to 26 percent in 2006. The only indicator in table 2.1 not showing rapid progress is the share of the population with access to improved sanitation, which decreased only from 94 percent in 1990 to 90 percent in 2006. Still, the overall progress to date represents a tremendous achievement. Table 2.1: Ghana’s progress toward the Millennium Development Goals Initial Most Recent MDG1a. Poverty headcount ratio, national poverty line (% of population) 51.7 1992 28.5 2006 MDG1b. Malnutrition prevalence, weight for age (% of children under 5) 24.1 1988 13.9 2008 MDG2. Primary noncompletion rate, total (% of relevant age group) 38.8 1991 15.0 2008 MDG3. Ratio of girls to boys in primary and secondary education (%) 78.5 1991 95.2 2007 MDG4. Mortality rate, under-5 (per 1,000) 119.7 1990 80 2008 MDG5. Births not-attended by skilled health staff (% of total) 59.8 1988 43 2008 MDG7a. Improved water source (% of population without access) 44 1990 26 2006 MDG7b. Improved sanitation facilities (% of population without access) 94 1990 90 2006 Source: World Bank (2009). Such rapid progress has implications for policy. Several factors suggest that there is an opportunity today for Ghana’s government to continue to make progress by imple- menting be er social programs both in terms of the targeting mechanisms to be used and in terms of the type of programs to be implemented. Consider �rst the issue of targeting. Poverty has been reduced dramatically, so that a smaller share of the population is in need of government transfers. In addition there remain pockets of deep poverty. The northern savannah area, by far the poorest of the ecological zones, has been left behind in the growth process. This has resulted in an increase in the share of the poor living in the rural savannah from 32.6 percent in 1991–92 to 49.3 percent in 2005–06. The concentration of poverty in the rural savannah is even more evident when considering the depth of poverty (poverty gap) which pro- vides information regarding how much resources would be needed to eradicate poverty through perfectly targeted transfers. In 2005–06, the rural savannah area represented 62.1 percent of total poverty in the country as measured through the poverty gap, and the proportion was even higher (70.7 percent) with the squared poverty gap, which in addition takes into account the inequality among the poor and places more emphasis on the poorest. This increase in the concentration of poverty provides a simple way to target at least some interventions geographically. Yet while geographic targeting can Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 11 help in be er reaching the poor, it will not be sufficient. Indeed, many poor and near- poor households in other parts of the country remain vulnerable to external shocks, as evidenced by the recent global economic crisis. Well-designed safety nets and social programs could be highly bene�cial to help this vulnerable population to cope with shocks and more generally to access public services. But for this, additional targeting mechanisms are needed, such as community-based targeting and proxy means-testing (i.e., identifying households that are likely to be poor through their observable char- acteristics). As demonstrated by the LEAP pilot, Ghana has developed the technical capacity to implement such more re�ned targeted mechanisms which have been used in middle-income countries for many years. Consider next the issue of the types of programs to be implemented. Traditional programs for poverty reduction such as public works have an important role to play, provided they are well targeted geographically and implemented properly in terms of the choice of the local infrastructure to be built, the wages to be paid to bene�ciaries, and the seasonality of the jobs to be created. Other programs aiming to reduce the cost of schooling for very poor households, such as the planned distribution of free school uni- forms are also useful, and the same could be said of school lunches, although in the case of Ghana an effort should be made to be er target them geographically. Yet some of the more innovative poverty reduction programs implemented in middle income countries in the last decade, and especially in Latin American countries, have gone beyond these traditional programs. They have for example generated not only investments in the local infrastructure of poor areas, but also in the human capital of the population living in these areas, with probably longer lasting effects on poverty. It may be time today for Ghana to consider implementing some of these innovative programs. Ghana has already led the way in West Africa with innovations such as the LEAP program, the National Health Insurance Scheme, and the elimination of school fees together with the implementation of capitation grants. One other area where innova- tive models could be adapted to Ghana is that of conditional cash transfers that in other countries often take the form of stipends given to poor children a ending junior high school. More research is needed in Ghana before recommending to implement such pro- grams at any scale, and it would thus be wise to start with small pilots. But under the condition that supply constraints can be or have been resolved (or at least reduced) in areas where such stipends would be implemented, it has been shown in many low and middle income countries that these transfers tend to increase primary school completion and junior secondary school enrollment among the poor, and that they are likely to have a long term impact on poverty reduction by increasing the expected future earnings of the children when they reach adulthood and start to work. In a context of contin- ued internal rural to urban migration, conditional cash transfers also help build mobile human capital and are therefore a useful step to improve the skills of a large part of the population and thereby be er meet the challenges posed by the progressive transfor- mation of the economy of a country like Ghana into a more service-oriented economy. Results from simulations suggest that conditional cash transfers could also be well tar- geted, for example by combining geographic targeting with proxy means-testing in the less poor districts. While conditions and opportunities are there to further improve the design and targeting of social programs in Ghana, there is also an urgent need to do so from a bud- get point of view. The cost of universal or poorly targeted safety nets is often high for 12 A World Bank Study governments and external funding from donors for such universal or poorly targeted programs is decreasing when countries reach middle income status. In Ghana itself, in part due to the economic crisis, the �scal de�cit has been increasing rapidly in recent years, reaching 14.5 percent of Gross Domestic Product (GDP) in 2008. As noted by the World Bank (2009), at the time this report was wri en, the 2009 budget was foreseeing a reduction of this de�cit to 9.4 percent in 2009, with further consolidation to 6.0 percent in 2010 and 4.5 percent in 2011 to stabilize the debt-to-GDP ratio. Large �scal de�cits run the risk of crowding out private investment and raise interest rates, and put downward pressure on the currency and lead to inflation with negative impacts on the poor who are least able to cope with increases in the cost of living. Reducing budget de�cits requires deliberate action, and is a call to reduce funding for some large but poorly targeted sub- sidies and increase funding instead for programs directly bene�ting the poor. Objective, Limits, and Structure of the Study Given the above context, this study aims to contribute to the discussion of how to improve the design and targeting of social programs in Ghana. Due to the limited scope of what can be achieved within a single study, the emphasis is placed much more on program targeting than program design. This is an important limitation insofar as we do not aim to measure or simulate medium- to long-term program impact; we are simply assessing who bene�ts or could bene�t from various programs. One could argue that it would be be er from a policy point of view to implement a less well targeted program whose impact in terms of behavioral changes leads to substantial poverty reduction in the future (for example through a more educated or be er trained workforce), than a well targeted program that provides some immediate transfers to the poor today but without any long term impacts. This is correct, but this aspect of the discussion will not be covered in this study, both because the issue is complex and because data to assess program impacts in Ghana are lacking. It is often not enough to rely on the experience of other countries in implementing social programs to guesstimate the likely impact of a speci�c program in a speci�c country since this impact often depends on the particular set of conditions (among others in terms of capacity, governance, and political economy) that exist at any given point in time in a given country. Still, the issue of targeting is complex enough, and the budget amounts involved in some of the programs and subsidies implemented today are large enough to justify a study on assessing ways to target different programs and on measuring the actual targeting performance of existing programs when the available data provides enough information for such assessment. It should also be said that even if one does not address the medium- and long-term impacts of speci�c programs, one must still deal with a number of trade-offs embedded in any decision to rely on one targeting mechanism versus another, or to target at all. Targeting does involve administrative costs, it must be sustainable from a political point of view, and it may have negative incentive effects. Some of these considerations must be dealt with explicitly, but this is not done in this study which is devoted rather to more basic measurement issues. In terms of structure, the study consists of two parts. The �rst part, which con- sists of the present overview, summarizes the key �ndings of the study. The second part consists of a series of 14 short chapters that describe more precisely some of the assumptions that have led to the results presented in this overview. After a �rst Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 13 chapter that introduces the concepts used in discussions on targeting policy, the other chapters are devoted among others to poverty and food insecurity maps for Ghana, a geographic assessment of the impact of higher foods prices on poverty, a comparison of geographic targeting and proxy means-testing in the case of simulated distributions of free school uniforms and conditional cash transfers in junior secondary schools, an assessment of the bene�t incidence of tax cuts for imported food, as well as subsidies for agricultural inputs and electricity, a bene�t incidence analysis for education pub- lic spending, an evaluation of the targeting performance of school lunches, the NHIS, the LEAP program, the National Youth Employment Program (NYEP), and �nally simulated public works. The quality of the data used is not the same for each of these programs, whether actual or simulated, and this is why, even though a serious effort was made to estimate bene�t incidence as precisely as possible within the limits of the available data, some of the estimates provided in this study should be considered as preliminary. Before providing a summary of the main empirical results, one more caveat is important to point out. While this study focuses in part on targeted safety nets, other programs are important to achieve good human capital outcomes and ensure social cohesion. In addition, inequality remains high in Ghana and social cohesion may have been weakened by the process of economic transformation of the country. In such a context, targeted programs need not be conceived and implemented necessarily instead of universal programs. Rather the challenge is to ensure access to what one might refer to as social entitlements through targeting. There is thus no necessary contradiction or dichotomy between universal and targeted approaches to social program. Some pro- grams need to aim for universality (like the NHIS), while other programs need to be targeted (like the indigent exemption to be covered at no cost by the NHIS), and it is the fact that various parts of the social system complement each other that makes the whole system be er than simply the sum of its parts. Dealing with the issue of complemen- tarity is an important task, but again one that the limited scope of this study does not consider to any large extent. Programs and Subsidies Well (or Potentially Well) Targeted to the Poor In this section and the next three sections, we provide a review of the main empiri- cal �ndings from the study in terms of the targeting performance of existing (and in a few cases potential) programs. Some broad-based public expenditures are likely to bene�t large segments of the population, and therefore are likely not to be especially well targeted to the poor, although in some cases they may bene�t the poor as much as other population groups. This is not necessarily a problem if broad reach is the objective of the program, as is the case with public spending for education and health. What is problematic is if the poor systematically bene�t less than the nonpoor from such broad- based categories of spending. In addition to broad based public funding for the social sectors, many Ministries, Departments and Agencies are implementing social programs and it is often assumed that these programs are indeed well targeted to the poor in one way or the other. These programs use a wide array of targeting mechanisms (including self targeting, demographic targeting, geographic targeting, community-based target- ing, and proxy means-testing) to reach their bene�ciaries. Unfortunately, not all of these programs are well targeted. 14 A World Bank Study We consider �rst in this section a subset of programs that appear to be already well targeted, or that could potentially be well targeted if the implementing agencies were to follow the guidance provided in this study. Table 2.2 provides a list of such programs. The table follows a useful format proposed by Akuffo-Amoabeng (2009) in a note for the Ministry of Employment and Social Welfare (MESW). The key addition provided in this study is the estimates of targeting performance that emerge from our detailed work. We have also included additional programs or categories of spending versus those initially considered by MESW, and some programs considered in the MESW note have been dropped here due to their very limited size, the lack of sufficient data to assess target- ing performance, or both. Finally, based on the information available to us, we have characterized in some cases the targeting mechanisms of the programs or categories of spending as well as their features slightly differently. Table 2.2: Programs and subsidies with a large share of bene�ts accruing to the poor Share of outlays bene�ting Principal targeting Program the poor (%) mechanism Bene�ts for households Conditions attached Programs that are well targeted to the poor LEAP 57.5 Community based and GHC 8.00–12.00, per School enrollment, proxy means-testing household per month health visits NHIS Indigents >50.0 District-level identi�cation Free coverage under NHIS None Programs that are potentially well targeted (assessment based on simulations) MOE school 49.9 Geographic poverty-based School uniform for Enrollment in public uniforms targeting 1.6 million children primary school Public works in 43.2 Geographic and self- Public works Wage Employment in public 3 poorest areas targeting (low wage) works MOE conditional 42.2 Geographic and proxy Cash transfer to JHS Enrollment in public cash transfers means-testing students JHS school Source: Author, based on the material provided in this study. The best targeted program appears to be LEAP (Livelihood Empowerment Against Poverty), a program implemented by MESW to provide cash transfers to households in extreme poverty. LEAP aims to reach the poorest of the poor, de�ned by the program as the bo om 20 percent of the poor. This is a very difficult task to accomplish and due to data limitations, it is also difficult to assess precisely whether the program does indeed manage to reach the poorest of the poor as opposed to simply reaching the poor. Still the data suggest that three fourths of the transfers provided by LEAP reach the bo om two quintiles of the population and the share reaching the poor is estimated at 57.5 percent. Thus, the targeting performance of the program is be er than that of other programs for which data are available. The good targeting performance of LEAP does not mean that there are no areas that could be considered for improving targeting performance. The program relies on a combination of community-based targeting, proxy means-testing, and some target- ing to poorer districts. The good targeting performance of the program does not come primarily from the district-level targeting (in fact the program is to be expanded to a Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 15 larger number of districts). There are two areas that should be considered for further improving LEAP’s targeting performance. First, a more detailed analysis is needed to assess the respective roles of community-based and proxy means-testing mechanisms. Community-based targeting can improve targeting performance, but it can also, if not well implemented, lead to treating similar households differently at the local level (this is referred to in the literature as a risk of horizontal inequity, and it comes from so-called errors of exclusion whereby some households that should bene�t from the program do not). Second, the actual proxy means-testing mechanism used is not well documented. An analysis should be conducted to assess whether the variables used for proxy means- testing are the best possible variables (given the need to have comparability with the GLSS data to measure targeting performance), whether the statistical or econometric model used for predicting poverty is the best model that can be � ed with the available data, and �nally whether the thresholds used for determining eligibility are appropri- ate. Still the fact that MESW today is one of very few agencies that maintain detailed information on the bene�ciaries of its programs is very important. This is done by LEAP through a single registry, the use of which MESW could possibly expand on a pilot basis to provide a mechanism to improve the targeting of other social programs (we will come back to this later.) Another issue with LEAP is that the budget allocated to the program remains lim- ited, so that it serves only a small number of households. Increasing LEAP’s budget should enable the program to reach a larger share of the poor, and reduce the share of the program’s budget that is allocated to administration and implementation costs as opposed to the actual transfers to households. But there is a need to de�ne be er some of the features of the program, in terms of the demographic characteristics of whom it aims to reach, as well as the exit mechanisms to be used for facilitating graduation out of the program. Some of the thinking that is to be done on conditional cash transfers should also be of help for improving LEAP. Finally, another question in terms of future expansion is to decide whether the program should be focused on selected geographic areas, for example in the north of the country, or should be national. If the budget of the program remains limited, it may be best to start any expansion in the poorest areas of the country, since this would make administration of the program easier than having many participating communities geographically sca ered. On the other hand, the proxy means-testing part of the targeting mechanism piloted by LEAP or an adaptation thereof could be used on a national basis to determine eligibility for some other programs, such as the exemption for the indigent under the NHIS, to which we turn next. A second program that appears to be very well targeted is the indigent exemption for the registration and coverage of very poor households under NHIS. We actually do not have data at the individual level on the characteristics of the bene�ciaries from this program. Based on district level data, if we assume that bene�ciaries within a district have a pro�le similar to the district as a whole, we obtain a share of bene�ts accruing to the poor equal to 38.5 percent, which is already good in comparison to other pro- grams and suggests that poorer districts have many more indigents registered than less poor districts. The actual targeting performance of the exemption is however likely to be much be er, since there is relatively strict targeting within district. This is why we have indicated in table 2.2 that the share of bene�ts accruing to the poor could be above 50 percent (it would be useful to implement a questionnaire similar to LEAP’s among a sample of bene�ciaries to measure actual performance). 16 A World Bank Study The next two programs listed in table 2.2 could have a good targeting perfor- mance if the guidance on how to target them proposed in this study or similar tar- geting mechanisms are adopted by the implementing agencies. The �rst program consists in providing free school uniforms in public primary schools. If the program is geographically targeted along the lines suggested in this study, 49.9 percent of the bene�ts should accrue to the poor. The second program, which is not yet under con- sideration by the government, would consist in providing conditional cash transfers to promote a be er transition from the completion of primary school to the enroll- ment and completion of junior high school (JHS). The program could be implemented to help households so that their children complete primary school, or it could target children who have completed primary school and should register for JHS. A more detailed analysis of the latest administrative data on school enrollment and comple- tion at the district level should be conducted to assess where the needs are highest and where such a program could best bene�t the poor. But a key result from the simulations carried with the GLSS data is that if such a program were targeted using a combination of geographic and proxy means-testing, probably about 42.2 percent of the bene�ts would accrue to the poor at the JHS level, and the share of bene�ts for the poor for conditional cash transfers at the primary level would be probably a bit higher. The last program in table 2.2 is a labor intensive public works program that would be implemented in the three poorest areas of the country (Northern, Upper East and Upper West). The estimate of targeting performance is also based on simulations using low wage levels (i.e., well below the minimum wage) provided to program partici- pants. Leakage from the program from the point of view of poverty reduction takes into account the share of the wage bene�ts that do not reach the poor due to mistargeting, as well as the substitution effects whereby part of the wages paid are not additional income for households because individuals participating in the program might have done some other work without the program’s existence. We also assumed that only 70 percent of the program costs are used for wages due to the need to pay for materials (we do not factor in administrative costs since this is not done for other programs; without that 70 percent markdown, the share of bene�ts going to the poor as additional income would be higher, at 61.8 percent). If the program were not targeted to poor areas, target- ing performance would be much lower, with an estimated 26.8 percent of the bene�ts likely to accrue to the poor. Programs and Subsidies Relatively Evenly Distributed in the Population as a Whole Table 2.3 provides data on programs and subsidies that bene�t the population as a whole without large differences between the poor and the nonpoor. A �rst set of programs in this category are the subsidies for the public education system provided by the Minis- try of Education. The estimates suggest that 32.2 percent of the bene�ts from primary public education spending accrue to the poor, and the proportion is 27.2 percent at the kindergarten level and 24.0 percent at the junior high school (JHS) level. General fund- ing for health care also falls in this category, with an estimated 24.0 percent accruing to the poor (although due to lack of sufficiently detailed of information on spending for various types of services, the share of the bene�ts obtained by the poor is likely to be Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 17 over-estimated). Given that health services provided by the Christian Health Associa- tion of Ghana (CHAG) are provided to individuals with characteristics similar to the population as a whole (albeit with slightly be er targeting to the poor than public facili- ties according to the most reliable data available), CHAG also falls in this category of programs. So do services provided for free for antenatal and postnatal care, as well as for maternal and child care more generally. Table 2.3: Programs with bene�ts relatively evenly distributed in the population Share of outlays bene�ting Principal targeting Bene�ts for Program the poor (%) mechanism households Conditions attached Programs with bene�ts accruing proportionately more to the poor MOE Primary Education 32.2 Children in public Subsidized education School enrollment and primary schools attendance CHAG service delivery 30.8 Individuals ill or injured Subsidized health care Use of CHAG health centers Programs with bene�ts relatively evenly distributed in the population Electricity and water 29.4 Households not Access to water/ Payment of connections connected electricity consumption MOH antenatal and child care 29.1 Antenatal and post Impregnated bed nets Pregnant women and natal care, maternal children aged below and child health 5 years MOE Kindergarten Education 27.2 Children in public Subsidized education School enrollment and kindergarten schools attendance MOE Junior High. Education 24.0 Children in public JHS Subsidized education School enrollment and schools attendance Programs with bene�ts accruing proportionately more to the nonpoor MOH funding for health care 22.4 Individuals ill or injured Subsidized health care Visit to publicly funded center GSFP school lunches 21.3 Public Primary schools One hot meal per Attendance in pub. child-school day primary school Kerosene Subsidies 20.7 Self-targeting through Lower cost of kerosene Purchase of kerosene use of good Source: Author, based on the material provided in this study. Three other programs are listed in table 2.3. The �rst program is the Ghana School Feeding Programme (GSFP), which provides hot meals to students in participating public primary schools. As noted by Akuffo-Amoabeng (2009), GSFP uses a range of variables to target bene�ciary schools, including road access, availability of electricity, access to potable water, telecommunication non-coverage, health facility unavailability within a 15 km radius, low enrollment rates, conflict- or flood-prone areas, and poor school infrastructure. Yet we estimate that only 21.3 percent of the bene�ts accrue to the poor. While some other programs are faring even worse, this is not a good performance for a program that aims to reach the poor. If the program were more strategically tar- geted to poor areas along the lines suggested for the free school uniforms, the share of bene�ts that would accrue to the poor could more than double (as shown in table 2.2, about half of the bene�ts from a geographically targeted free school uniform programs 18 A World Bank Study could bene�t the poor, and the share would be higher if the simulations were for a smaller program). The second program consists of kerosene subsidies. Among all oil-related products, kerosene is the only product that is consumed in a substantial way by the poor, so that 20.7 percent of kerosene subsidies would reach the poor. This is not great, but be er than other broad-based subsidies for oil-related products since for these other products, only a very small part of the subsidies directly bene�t the poor (this is discussed below, with the corresponding estimates provided in table 2.5). The third program consists of free connections to the electricity network for house- holds that live in an area where there is access to the network, but are not connected to the network. In the case of water, targeting performance could be higher or lower depending on how the connections would be provided. For both water and electricity, simulated connection subsidies would be be er targeted than consumption subsidies, which are discussed below. It is important to highlight the fact that simply expanding the network when the utilities already have a de�cit is not necessarily a good option. What is needed is a reform package that makes consumption subsidies through the fea- tures of the tariff structure be er targeted to the poor and less costly, so that cost recov- ery can be achieved, and the networks can be then extended through more connections for the poor, the bene�ts of which are larger for poverty reduction than the bene�ts of the existing consumption subsidies. Again, a more detailed analysis would be needed to propose speci�c and realistic policy recommendations in this area, but the �nding that connection subsidies would be be er targeted to the poor than existing consumption subsidies is likely to remain. Programs and Subsidies Bene�ting the Poor but Only to a Limited Extent Table 2.4 provides data on programs that do bene�t the poor to some extent, but much less so than the population as a whole. The �rst program consists of the subsidies provided by the Ministry of Education for technical and vocational education and train- ing, with 19.0 percent of outlays bene�ting the poor. Next is the Ministry of Agricul- ture’s fertilizer voucher program, with an estimate bene�t incidence for the poor of 15.8 percent. This estimate is based on the share of fertilizer purchases accounted by the poor in the GLSS5, but it could be that the program reached the poor more than indicated in the data due in part to some level of geographic targeting (northern districts received a larger share of the vouchers). The advantage of fertilizers is that beyond the cash transfer provided through vouchers, they also have a positive impact on future earnings for farmers by increasing quantities produced. Thus if mecha- nisms can be designed to ensure good targeting, lower costs for fertilizers could have a large impact on poverty. We estimate that 15.1 percent of the public spending for senior high school educa- tion reaches the poor, and our estimate of the share of NHIS bene�ts accruing to the poor is 12.5 percent, based on the data from the GLSS5 (a more recent assessment based on 2007 data did not generate a higher bene�t incidence for the poor as identi�ed from wealth data; the bene�t incidence was apparently slightly lower). The fact that these estimates are low does not of course mean that the programs should be reduced in scope, but rather that more efforts should be made to enable the poor to bene�ts from these programs. Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 19 Table 2.4: Programs with some limited bene�ts accruing to the poor Share of Outlays Bene�ting Principal Targeting Bene�ts for Program the Poor (%) Mechanism Households Conditions Attached MOE Vocational Education 19.0 Children in public SHS Subsidized education School enrollment and schools attendance MOA Fertilizer Subsidies 15.8 Vouchers for fertilizers Lower cost of fertilizer Use of fertilizers for food crops MOE Senior High Education 15.1 Children in public SHS Subsidized education School enrollment and schools attendance PURC access to potable water 13.1 Indirect access to Supply of water in Areas w/o access to potable water tankers in Accra piped water NYEP 12.7 Unemployed youths Training and monthly Participation in (18–35 year old) allowances training program NHIS General Subsidies 12.4 Social security and Coverage of most Registration and district schemes health care costs premiums MOWAC Micro Credit N/A Community based Micro-credit loans GH¢ Access to loan via women groups 100 to 500 rural banks Source: Author, based on the material provided in this study. Another program listed in table 2.4 is an initiative under the Worlds Bank’s Ghana Urban Water Project to supply potable water through tankers on a pilot basis in three urban communities in Accra that do not have access to piped water. The program is a pilot and it could be extended nationally if successful. Depending on which urban com- munities are targeted, and given the fact that urban households who do not have access to piped water tend to be poorer than households with access, targeting performance could be good. However, because urban poverty rates are low in Ghana, the share of poor households who might bene�t from such intervention would probably also be low. The estimate of 13.1 percent of bene�ts accruing to the poor provided in table 2.4 is the estimate from the GLSS5 of the share of the population without connection to piped water in urban areas that is in poverty (we consider all urban areas as opposed to Accra only because if successful, the program could be extended to many urban areas beyond the Accra pilot). If the intervention were to be targeted to the poorest areas in cities, something which is difficult to measure in the GLSS5, targeting performance could be be er. Another reason why we mention this project here despite its small size is that to reach the poor it is often be er to provide connection as opposed to consumption subsidies for basic utilities (consumption subsidies are provided through inverted or increasing block tariff structures, but many of the bene�ts involved tend to be captured by be er off households). The estimate of the share of outlays from the NYEP accruing to the poor is 12.7 percent. This estimate is based on simulations using household survey data rather than on actual data on the characteristics of bene�ciaries. Administrative data are also available on the number of bene�ciaries by district. Based on those district level data, if we assume that bene�ciaries within a district have a pro�le similar to the district as a whole, we obtain a share of bene�ts accruing to the poor equal to about 30 percent. However, many of the bene�ciaries of the NYEP have completed junior high school, and 20 A World Bank Study on that basis the bene�ts accruing to the poor should be much smaller. The fact that the NYEP is not well targeted to the poor does not mean that the NYEP performs poorly given that the program is not explicitly aiming to reduce poverty (or at least this is not its primary objective). However, other aspects of the program appear to suffer from weak- nesses and would warrant more scrutiny so as to be er assess its actual impact and cost. It would also make sense in a country like Ghana to ensure that a larger share of the bene�ts of such a program reach the poor. The last program included in table 2.4 is the Ministry of Women and Children’s (MOWAC) program aiming to facilitate access to micro credit for women. It is unclear to what extent this program reaches the poor. Based on district level data, if we assume that bene�ciaries within a district have a pro�le similar to the district as a whole, we obtain a share of bene�ts accruing to the poor equal to 25.4 percent. However, the characteris- tics of the program are such that the share of bene�ts accruing to the poor is probably smaller. Groups of women with typically 20 to 50 members apply for credit to local micro�nance and small loans centers and need to show evidence of savings as collateral for loans. Business and �nancial management training is provided to the groups to run small businesses and bene�ciaries are encouraged to open bank accounts. Individual credits provided to group members range from GH¢100 to GH¢500. This type of pro- gram, while potentially bene�cial for participants, typically does not reach the very poor and qualitative evidence suggests a lack of speci�c mechanisms and monitoring systems to ensure such targeting. Programs and Subsidies Bene�ting Mostly the Nonpoor Table 2.5 lists a last group of programs that are mostly bene� ing the nonpoor. The �rst program is the electricity lifeline embedded in the inverted (or increasing) block tariff structure for residential electricity consumption and mandated by the Public Utili- ties Regulatory Commission (PURC). We estimate that only 8 percent of the subsidies involved by reducing the unit price of electricity for those who consume lower amounts of electricity reach the poor. This assessment is based on the tariff structure that pre- vailed in 2005–06 and on the data from the GLSS5. Changes in tariff structure since 2005–06 may have increased the share of bene�ts accruing to the poor, but targeting performance is likely to remain limited because many residential electricity customers who bene�t from the lifeline are nonpoor. Household survey data suggest that provid- ing connection instead of consumption subsidies could substantially improve targeting, but providing such connection subsidies supposes also that cost recovery is adequate in order not to increase sector de�cits further. A more detailed analysis could be performed with the PURC to help increase the share of consumption subsidies that would accrue to the poor under alternative tariff structure designs. Also, if connection subsidies were to be implemented, possibly on a pilot basis as a start, a proxy means-testing mechanism similar to that used by LEAP could be used for good targeting. The second program is the tax cut that was implemented temporarily on imported rice at the peak of the food price crisis. Since most of the imported and domestic rice consumed in the country is consumed by the nonpoor, only 8.3 percent of the tax cut is likely to have bene�ted the poor. In addition, by reducing the after-tax price of imported food, the tax cut may also have reduced the price of locally produced rice, which would then have reduced the incomes of rice producers, some of whom are poor. Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 21 Table 2.5: Programs with bene�ts accruing mostly to nonpoor households Share of Outlays Bene�ting Principal Targeting Bene�ts for Program the Poor (%) Mechanism households Conditions Attached PURC Electricity Subsidies 8.0 Inverted block tariff and Cheaper electricity for Residential electricity lifeline low consumers consumers MOF Tax Cut on Imported Rice 8.3 Self-targeting through Lower cost of rice Purchase of rice use of good (imported/domestic) (imported/domestic) MOE Tertiary Education 6.9 Youth in higher degree Subsidized education School enrollment and institutions attendance MOF Petrol and Diesel >2.3 Self-targeting through Lower cost of fuel Purchase of fuel Subsidies use of good (imported/domestic) (imported/domestic) Source: Author, based on the material provided in this study. Not surprisingly, the share of public spending for tertiary education that accrues to the poor is very low, at 6.9 percent. The share of subsidies for oil-related products (apart from kerosene) that were in effect until recently that accrues to the poor is even lower, at 2.9 percent, on the basis of the observed consumption pa erns by households. Because oil products are used as intermediary inputs for a wide range of activities, including transportation for example, the share of the subsidies that indirectly reach the poor is likely to be higher, but it also probably will remain relatively small. Choosing Indicators for Geographic Targeting Apart from an evaluation of the targeting performance of existing programs and subsi- dies, this study provides data and tools for the implementation of be er targeting mech- anisms. Before mentioning these tools, it is worth emphasizing that it would not make sense to target narrowly all of the subsidies considered in the previous sections only to the poor. For example, funding for public primary education should remain broad- based, although the data presented above could possibly be used to argue that shifts in spending from, say, tertiary education to basic education would be pro-poor, at least in terms of bene�t incidence (whether such a shift should be recommended requires a much more thorough analysis). But for a number of other, smaller programs, such as school lunches, public works, or electricity consumption subsidies, it would make sense to be er target the programs to the poor and this could be done in various ways. We consider �rst geographic targeting (in the next section, we discuss proxy means-testing). It has become customary to suggest that poverty maps, which provide detailed information on poverty at low levels of geographic disaggregation, can be used to target a wide range of programs. However, it is not clear than an education or health program should be targeted according to a map of poverty, as opposed to a map of education or health deprivation, however that would be de�ned. This is why this study provides different maps at the district level (using the 2005–06 GLSS5 and 2003 CWIQ surveys as well as other sources of data) for poverty (a previous poverty map was based on the 2000 census and the GLSS4) as well as food insecurity. The study also suggests that the correlation between many social indicators at the district level is not always high. In fact while there is a clear pa ern of higher concentration of poverty over time in the rural 22 A World Bank Study savannah area, it is less clear whether the distribution of other indicators related to the MDGs display a similar geographic pa ern. As an illustration, Figures 2.1a to 2.1l below provide sca er plots with the district level share of the population in poverty on the horizontal axis, and various MDG indicators on the vertical axis to display visually the correlation (or lack thereof) between these indicators and poverty. Regarding child malnutrition, we would expect upward sloping regression lines through the sca er plots with areas with higher levels of poverty also displaying higher measures of child malnutrition. However, the relationship between poverty and malnu- trition measures for children under �ve years of age is weak, whether measures of stunt- ing, wasting, and the share of children being underweight are used (�gures 2.1a–2.1c). The relationship is also weak with measures of severe malnutrition (share of children more than three standard deviations away from the mean; see �gures 2.1d–2.1f), suggesting that policies to deal with malnutrition may have to be targeted geographically in a different way from policies dealing with monetary poverty. As discussed in more details in the study, other indicators of food insecurity, including caloric intake, are on the other hand much more closely related to poverty. Still, overall it is clear that geographic targeting of programs aiming to improve nutrition and/or food security would have to be carefully thought through. Regarding education, net enrollment in primary school is strongly correlated with poverty (�gure 2.1g), with enrollment rates signi�cantly lower in areas with higher pov- erty. There is also some evidence that girls are more likely not to be enrolled in poorer areas (�gures 2.1i–2.1j), especially in terms of secondary and tertiary education. By con- trast, the literacy rate in the population aged 15–24 is not strongly correlated with the level of poverty (�gure 2.1h). These data thus suggest that geographic targeting based on poverty could potentially be used for some interventions related to schooling (such as conditional cash transfers and school lunches that aim to reduce the cost of schooling for the poor). Yet for other education interventions such as investments at the school level, it would probably be much be er to use administrative data to develop a de�nition of deprived districts. This has been done in Ghana, although one can show that depend- ing on how deprived districts are de�ned, some of the districts eligible for transfers are likely to change. Regarding employment, one of the MDG indicators is related to the share of women in wage employment in the non-agricultural sector. The relationship between this indi- cator and poverty is weak. More generally, the link between unemployment and under- employment, and poverty is less straightforward than one might think, in part because often the very poor simply cannot afford to be unemployed for long and may therefore have to take any job they may �nd even if it has low productivity. This may be impor- tant when planning interventions aimed at either providing jobs, or training, although one could argue that one of the primary objectives of public works is poverty reduction rather than job creation per se. Finally in health, the relationship between maternal mortality and poverty is weak (�gure 2.1k) and has an unexpected sign. Here it must be recognized that it is not easy to measure maternal mortality well with a survey like the CWIQ due to the very small sample size on which the observations are computed. Thus it may be best not to rely on sub-national data from the CWIQ in this area. The relationship between the share of births a ended by skilled health personnel and poverty is by contrast very strong and of the right sign (�gure 2.1l). Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 23 Figure 2.1: Scatter plots of various Millennium Development Goal Indicators Figure 2.1a: Proportion of children Figure 2.1b: Proportion of children suffering from stunting 50 suffering from wasting 70 45 60 40 Share of children 35 Share of children 50 30 40 25 30 20 20 15 10 10 5 0 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100 Headcount ratio He adcount ratio Figure 2.1c: Proportion of children Figure 2.1d: Proportion of children suffering from underweight suffering from severe stunting 60 40 35 50 30 Share of children Share of children 40 25 30 20 15 20 10 10 5 0 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100 He adcount ratio He adcount ratio Figure 2.1e: Proportion of children Figure 2.1f: Proportion of children suffering from severe wasting suffering from severe underweight 25 30 20 25 Share of children Share of children 20 15 15 10 10 5 5 0 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100 He adcount ratio Headcount ratio (Figure continues on next page) 24 A World Bank Study Figure 2.1: Scatter plots of various Millennium Development Goal Indicators Figure 2.1g: Net enrolment in primary Figure 2.1h: Literacy of 15-24 age of year education 100 120 90 100 80 Net enrolment ratio 70 Literacy rate 80 60 50 60 40 30 40 20 20 10 0 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100 He adcount ratio He adcount ratio Figure 2.1i: Ratio of girls to boys in Figure 2.1j: Ratio of girls to boys in primary education secondary education 140 160 120 140 120 100 100 80 Ratio Ratio 80 60 60 40 40 20 20 0 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100 Headcount ratio He adcount ratio Maternal Figure 2.1k: Maternal Mortality for Prop. Figure 2.1l: Proportion of births attended mortality 100 000 lives births of births by skilled health personnel 100 14000 90 12000 80 10000 70 60 8000 50 6000 40 4000 30 20 2000 10 0 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100 Headcount ratio Headcount ratio Source: Author’s estimation using CWIQ 2003 survey. Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 25 This study does not advocate strongly for the use of one versus another targeting mechanism for this or that program, but it does provide detailed data that can be used by program administrators for geographic targeting. Still we do believe that for a range of programs, geographic targeting based on poverty mapping would be appropriate, and for this reason detailed analyses are provided in subsequent chapters on the basis of simulation techniques to assess the share of bene�ts from various programs that would accrue to the poor under poverty-based geographic targeting (this is done for example for free school uniforms, conditional cash transfers, the NYEP, and public works). Comparing Geographic Targeting in Levels and in Changes Due to Shocks In the context of economic shocks, another key issue faced by policy makers when imple- menting or expanding a safety net or social program is whether to target areas that are affected the most by a shock, or areas that are initially the poorest or that are the poorest after taking into account the impact of a shock, such as the recent food price crisis. The same holds for food security—if higher food prices are affecting the ability of house- holds to pay for basic food, should policy makers target areas that are the most food insecure or areas that witness the largest increase in food insecurity. In principle, from a social welfare point of view, one could argue that one should most of the time target in priority the areas with the highest level of poverty or food insecurity. But governments are also under pressure to respond to the impact of crises on households so as to offset part of that impact. To the extent that the increase in poverty or food insecurity is going to be highest in already poor or food insecure areas, the dilemma faced by policy makers is reduced. One example of such an analysis in a chapter provided in this study focuses on the potential impact on poverty of the recent increase in food prices. The results suggest that the impact on poverty of higher food prices is likely to have been lower in Ghana than in other West and Central African countries, but that the impact was nevertheless sub- stantial. Using poverty mapping techniques, we analyze where geographically higher food prices are likely to have had the largest negative impact. The results suggest that contrary to popular belief the poorest areas of the country are likely to have been the most affected by the increase in food prices, which would then warrant targeting these areas through safety nets independently of whether one considers that the priority is to reach poor areas or to help offset the impact of the shock. A similar analysis could be conducted for the impact of higher fuel prices, lower remi ances, and lower export prices. Preliminary results suggest that in the case of higher fuel prices, there is also a somewhat positive relationship between the initial level of poverty and the impact on poverty. In the case of remi ances, there is no clear relationship. In the case of export prices, using cocoa as an example, the increase in poverty that would follow a reduction in world prices is much larger in less poor areas, since cocoa production is more inten- sive in coastal and forest areas. Comparing Geographic, Proxy Means-Testing, and Community-Based Targeting Two chapters in the study provide simulations to compare the potential performance of geographic targeting versus proxy means-testing or a combination of both. The �rst chapter assesses the potential targeting performance of the distribution of free school 26 A World Bank Study uniforms to close to two million students that is planned by the government for the fall of 2009. The program can be considered as a scheme to lower the private cost of schooling for households. As mentioned earlier (see table 2.2), the results suggest that proper geographic targeting could go a long way in making the program pro-poor. Proxy means-testing, which would make the free uniform available to some children but not others on the basis of the characteristics of their household, would not improve tar- geting performance, and it could also potentially generate stigma. One should stress that the targeting performance of the free school uniforms program presented here is simulated. Actual targeting performance could be lower. But the data suggests that geographic targeting could lead to good targeting performance for programs that do not aim to reach all districts. It would be important however to use the poverty map for geographic targeting or possibly the food insecurity map as opposed to the deprived education district map to target, given that the main objective of the program is to help poor households cope with the private cost of schooling, as opposed to improv- ing the delivery of education services (which is what the deprived education district map is about). It could be however that for some programs to gain political support and thereby sustainability, they need to be implemented in a large number of districts rather than only in the poorest areas of the country. The desire to reach a larger share of the poor through at least some of programs (to reduce errors of exclusion) may also make it necessary to implement those programs in a large number of areas, in which case geo- graphic targeting cannot be used efficiently. The question then is whether in some areas geographic targeting performs be er than proxy means-testing, while in others the reverse may be true. It may also be useful in some areas to combine geographic target- ing with proxy means-testing. Simulations for the targeting performance of conditional cash transfers at the junior high level suggest that in less poor areas, proxy means- testing performs be er than geographic targeting, while the reverse is observed in the poorest areas. Thus for some programs a combination of geographic targeting in some areas, proxy means-testing in others, and perhaps even a combination of both could lead to the best targeting. While geographic targeting is easier to implement than proxy means-testing, LEAP has demonstrated that it is feasible to set up a well performing targeting mechanism, in this case by combining proxy means-testing and community-based targeting. Under LEAP, districts are �rst selected on the basis of their poverty incidence, rate of HIV/ AIDS prevalence, rates of child labor, and lack of access to social services, although the large number of participating districts makes this selection less potent. Next, and more importantly, within selected districts commi ees identify the most vulnerable house- holds in their communities. Third, social welfare officers administer a survey question- naire to the households proposed by local communities to select those who are likely to be the poorest (proxy means-testing). The survey questionnaire implemented by LEAP has two parts. The �rst part includes about 40 questions on the housing conditions of the household, selected household characteristics including a series of assets, and the household roster. The second part includes about 30 questions on the characteris- tics of individual members of the household, including their demographic characteris- tics, their education and their employment status. The data on LEAP bene�ciaries (as well as on households not selected into the program) are kept electronically in a single registry. The list of the proposed bene�ciaries after taking into account results from Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 27 proxy means-testing is sent back to each Community LEAP Implementation Commi ee (CLIC) for approval. LEAP is probably today the best targeted program in the country, and the proxy means-testing component part of its overall targeting mechanism could be used to improve the targeting performance of other programs that are not as well targeted, or to con�rm eligibility under some programs that are likely to be well targeted (such as the indigent exemption under the NHIS). As mentioned earlier, the good targeting performance of LEAP does not mean that there are no areas for improvement. The actual formula used by LEAP to determine eligibility based on the data collected on households is not fully clear. A more detailed assessment of the variables collected, the estimation model, and the threshold used for eligibility should be conducted to assess whether the mechanism can be further improved. At the same time, the mechanism has the merit of being in place, and it could thus be applied for example on a pilot basis to other programs. Using a common targeting mechanism to target different programs could over time reduce the administrative costs associated with targeting as a share of the total outlays provided on the basis of the mechanism. This simple idea has been implemented in middle income Latin American countries for many years, and it is flexible enough to allow for different eligibility thresholds for different programs. For example, the eligibility threshold for bene�ting from the indigent exemption under the NHIS, an electricity connection subsidy, or a micro-credit could be set differently for each program than for the participation in LEAP, but the same information base would be used to target the various programs. This also does not mean that the LEAP formula would need to be implemented for all programs, as in some cases targeting might not be appropriate, while for others, other mechanisms such as geographic targeting might be sufficient. One additional point worth emphasizing is that proxy means-testing can be implemented a priori to decide on program eligibility but it can also be implemented a posteriori through surveys of a sample of program bene�ciaries to measure ex post the targeting per- formance of such programs. For example, it may be for some reason difficult to use proxy means-testing in a community to decide on eligibility to participate in a public works program. But a survey instrument can be implemented among program par- ticipants to assess targeting performance on an ongoing basis, so that the program’s administrators can take corrective action if it appears that a program is not well targeted. Using Targeting Mechanisms for Non-State Providers of Services and Programs Good targeting is essential for government programs, but it should also be an objective for privately funded development aid. Estimates suggest that in the last four years, an average of $216 million per year was allocated by private actors to development activi- ties. While this represents only 8 percent of the amount received from official develop- ment assistance, it is still signi�cant, especially because a large part of private aid goes to the social sectors. The bulk of private aid comes from foreign transfers to international and local NGOs. Corporate entities are estimated to have contributed $35 million, while large foundations spent $31 million on average through support for global and verti- cal funds. Religious organizations also devote signi�cant resources toward charitable 28 A World Bank Study causes but estimates of the value of these contributions are not available. This means that private flows of aid are even larger than estimated. Targeting is probably even more important for programs and projects run by NGOs or FBOs (faith-based organization), because many of the NGOs and FBOs implementing programs do not aim to reach the population as a whole, and many also profess to target the poor in priority. Geographic targeting is certainly one option for privately funded programs, but proxy means-testing is also an option because it is easy to package a proxy means-testing mechanism in a user friendly excel spreadsheet that can be used at the local level by program’s social workers. Finally, targeting assessment is also important for larger NGO or FBO networks that bene�t from state funding, such as the Christian Health Association of Ghana. The data from the 2003 CWIQ survey, which thanks to a larger sample size is more reliable for this type of analysis than the GLSS5, suggests that CHAG serves the poor slightly be er than public health facilities. This is in itself an important piece of information when discussing how to be er reach the poor through health facilities. Policy Recommendations Decisions on which programs to fund in priority should not be based only on an assess- ment of the targeting performance of these programs. The impact of any given program in the medium-term is also essential, and some programs do not target the poor in prior- ity. Still, targeting performance does ma er, and the following tentative recommenda- tions can be made on the basis of the �ndings from this study: LEAP appears to be one of the best targeted programs in Ghana. An expansion of the program would thus generate substantial bene�ts for the poor and would also help in reducing the share of program costs currently devoted to administration and delivery. LEAP’s targeting mechanisms should however be reviewed to assess if it could be improved in terms of both its proxy means-testing and community-based components. In addition, a LEAP-inspired household questionnaire could be used to assess eligibility for other programs (possibly on a pilot basis) and for assessing ex post the targeting performance of some programs such as public works. There is thus scope for building on LEAP’s experience to progressively design targeting mechanisms that could be used for multiple programs, or at least for those programs that are not geographically targeted (for programs serving the north, geographic targeting is often enough). The indigent exemption under the NHIS is also probably well targeted to the poor, although we have only limited data to make this assessment. Given low levels of enroll- ment under this exemption today as compared to the share of the population in extreme poverty, districts should be encouraged to make more extensive use of the indigent exemption. A �rst step could be to enable (most) LEAP households to bene�t from the exemption. New applicants for the exemption could be screened with a LEAP-inspired questionnaire, and the procedure for veri�cation of district enrollment under the indi- gent exemption once the share of indigents exceeds a certain threshold could also be based on a LEAP-inspired questionnaire that would be administered to a random sample of bene�ciaries chosen within the district under review. The distribution of free school uniforms should not be made on the basis of the map of educationally deprived districts, because this map relates too much to supply- Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 29 side issues in the delivery of education. Instead, free school uniforms should be dis- tributed according to the Ghana poverty map, the food security map, or a map of gaps in primary school completion at the district level. Free school uniforms should not be targeted individually—geographic targeting through public schools in poor districts is sufficient. The government could consider testing on a pilot basis some type of a conditional cash transfer program possibly for primary or JHS students from poor families, with a proper baseline and follow-up survey so that we can measure impact. This should be done in priority in the northern districts using geographic targeting, but part of the pilot could take place in less poor districts using proxy means-testing. Possibly the program could be tested through LEAP, which has some conditionalities, but that are not really enforced. Large subsidies that are not well targeted to the poor for food (rice), energy, and electricity, and possibly piped water should be reduced. This does not mean that all subsidies should be eliminated. Kerosene is for example a good that can be subsidized to protect the poor from fluctuations in world oil prices. Some subsidies for electricity or piped water can also be considered, but they need to be limited, and in general connec- tion subsidies would tend to be be er targeted than consumption subsidies. The allocation procedure for school lunches at the district and school level should be revised given weak targeting performance. This should be done �rstly to have a transparent allocation procedure, and secondly to propose a more systematic use of the geographic targeting information now available, following the poverty/food security maps rather than the educational deprived district maps. The educational deprived district formula should continue to be used for the targeting of supply-side investments with transfers provided to districts and there- after to schools. However the formula to identify the deprived districts should be revised from a rank-based to a level-based indicator. There should also be a process of reassessment, say every two years, to reorient on a dynamic basis the funds to dis- tricts in need given that some of the variables used in the formula change substan- tially over time. Labor intensive public works and so-called productive safety nets should be tar- geted to the poorest areas of the country. This is because in a context where a large number of workers work for no or limited pay, self-targeting through low wages may not be enough to ensure good targeting performance. Proxy means-testing would not be needed for determining eligibility of public works participants if the program is geographically targeted, but a LEAP-inspired questionnaire could be used ex post on a sample of participants to monitor targeting performance and implement corrective measures as needed. Social protection and service delivery strategies need to take into account the impor- tant role of privately funded or privately run (and publicly funded) partners. The same tools of targeting assessment can be used to measure how well NGOs and FBOs reach the poor through their programs in Ghana. On fertilizer subsidies/vouchers, geographic targeting as well as a cap on the size of vouchers to be received by any one household would help to improve targeting perfor- mance. Many of these measures have already been taken by the government, but data collection and monitoring is needed to measure to what extent the fertilizer voucher program is reaching the poor. 30 A World Bank Study This study does not provide recommendations regarding the allocation of funding for general services in education and health, as many other considerations must be taken into account. The assessment of bene�t incidence provided here is simply an input for more detailed forthcoming analysis to be conducted for an Education Country Status Report, a Health Country Status Report, and a Poverty Assessment. The data from the 2003 CWIQ survey was essential to various parts of the analysis conducted in this study, including the poverty map and the work on geographic target- ing. The CWIQ was important because its large sample size provides statistical reliabil- ity at the district level. Ghana Statistical Service should be encouraged to �eld a new large sample CWIQ survey apart from the upcoming implementation of the GLSS6 to monitor district-level progress and assess directly participation in a range of programs at the district level. Both the new CWIQ and the GLSS6 should include new question- naire modules aiming to measure program targeting (i.e., participation) as well as pro- gram impacts. PART II Targeting Performance of Social Programs CHAPTER 3 Principles of Targeting: A Brief Review David Coady, Margaret Grosh, and John Hoddinot1 This chapter provides a brief overview of issues related with the decision to target programs to the poor as well as the methods used to do so. Program managers and policy makers have many methods available to target an antipoverty intervention. In developing an under- standing of what methods are appropriate under what circumstances, it is helpful to begin by enumerating the bene�ts and costs of targeting. Decisions about whether to target, how precise to be, and what method to use, will depend on the relative size of these costs and bene�ts, which will vary by se ing. An assessment of these bene�ts and costs requires the measurement of targeting performance, which is the third topic taken up here. Lastly, the chapter outlines a structure for classifying targeting methods. Bene�ts of Targeting T argeting is a means of increasing program efficiency by increasing the bene�t that the poor can get within a �xed program budget. The case for targeting is tantaliz- ingly simple. Imagine an economy with 100 million people, 30 million of whom are poor. The budget for a transfer program is $300 million. With no targeting, the program could give everyone in the population $3. If the program could be targeted only to the poor, it could give each poor person $10 and spend the full budget, or it could continue to give each poor person $3 for a budget of only $90 million. More generally, the motivation for targeting arises from the following three features of the policy environment: (1) Objec- tive: the desire to maximize the reduction in poverty or, more generally, the increase in social welfare; (2) Budget constraint: a limited poverty alleviation budget; and (3) Oppor- tunity cost: the tradeoff between the number of bene�ciaries covered by the interven- tion and the level of transfers. These three features imply that targeting transfers at poor households has a potential return, namely, that the amount of the transfer budget going to those households deemed to be most in need of transfers can be increased. This concept can be expressed graphically (�gure 3.1). As a policy maker, suppose we have a �xed transfer budget just sufficient to eliminate consumption poverty. We have representative household survey data and, using this, we graph consumption lev- els of individual households before any transfers to them, ordering them from worst to best off. This ordering is represented on the x-axis as “original income,� while a house- hold’s income after the transfer is given on the y-axis as “�nal income.� The maximum 33 34 A World Bank Study Figure 3.1: Targeting poverty alleviation transfer Final Income e d b a z c t Ymin Ymax Original Income Source: Coady et al., 2004. and minimum household incomes in the survey are ymax and ymin, respectively, and z is the poverty line. The line dymin shows that, by de�nition, before the transfer program is in place households’ �nal incomes are equal to their original incomes. The optimal transfer scheme is one that gives a transfer to all poor households only (i.e., those with income less than z), with transfer levels equal to their individual “poverty gaps,� that is, the distance between their original income and the poverty line, za. This transfer program brings all poor households up to the poverty line; all nonpoor households have equal �nal and original incomes. The poverty budget is represented by the area zaymin and is the minimum budget required to eliminate poverty. Consider the case of a uniform transfer program, which gives the same transfer equal to t (= c − ymin) to all households, both poor and nonpoor. Because of the leakage of transfers to nonpoor households, the transfers to poor households are no longer sufficient to eliminate their poverty. Two forms of “inefficiency� are associated with the uniform transfer: (1) Nonpoor households receive a transfer; and (2) some poor households (those in the line interval ba) receive transfers greater than their poverty gaps. As a result of these inefficiencies, the poverty impact of the uniform trans- fer scheme is less than that of the optimal transfer scheme, less by the area zcb. The total leakage of the budget (reflecting the two sources of inefficiency identi�ed above) is given by the area bade, which for a �xed budget must also equal the area zcb, which equals the level of poverty after the uniform transfer program. Therefore, imperfect targeting results in a lower poverty impact for a given budget. Improved targeting involves screening some of the nonpoor households out of the program. Costs of Targeting The scenario outlined above illustrating the bene�ts of targeting assumed that it was possible to distinguish who is poor and who is not. In fact, there are costs to acquiring information about who is needy and, even then, such information is rarely perfect. These costs can be classi�ed as follows. Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 35 Administrative Costs: These costs include the costs of collecting information, for exam- ple, conducting means testing of households or conducting a survey on which to base a poverty map. These costs mean that less of the budget is available to be distributed to bene- �ciaries. In general we expect that the costs of gathering information to target will increase with the precision of the targeting. It is possible that if �ner targeting means that the total number of bene�ciaries declines, the total administrative costs will decline, either abso- lutely or a share of total costs. This would result from two forces. First, a targeted program may serve a smaller number of people, so the overall scope of machinery to deliver ben- e�ts could be smaller. Second, if the tighter targeting allows a larger bene�t per client, the share of administrative costs will be lower. Imagine a program that costs $1 per household to gather information about targeting and $5 per household for the administrative costs of delivering the bene�t worth $100. If the program serves 1 million client households, then the total administrative cost would be $6 million, the total cost $106 million, and the share of administrative costs about 6 percent. Next imagine moving to much �ner targeting, for example, from demographic targeting to a means test. The cost of gathering information for targeting might rise to $5 per household. The cost of ge ing the bene�t into the client’s hands remains $5. However, now the program serves only 250,000 families, so administra- tive costs are $2.5 million. If the bene�t is kept at $100 per family, then the total budget will be $27.5 million and the share of administrative costs about 10 percent. If some of the resources freed through the �ner targeting are used to raise the bene�t to $200 per family, then the total cost would be $52.5 million and the share of administrative costs would be about 5 percent, lower in both absolute terms and as a share of the total program budget. It is important to note, however, that from the perspective of targeting the rela- tionship between the level of costs incurred because of the decision to target transfers to the poor and the improved targeting performance resulting from these extra costs is of particular interest. While from this perspective it is always desirable to reduce the level of nontargeting-related program administrative costs, higher targeting costs are acceptable if they lead to sufficiently be er targeting of transfers. When interpreting the relative size of administrative costs across programs, it is also important to recog- nize that some costs are �xed (i.e., independent of the number of households included in the program and/or of the transfer levels given to households) so that relative the cost-effectiveness of programs is sensitive to the size of the program. Focusing on �xed targeting-related costs, this means that expensive targeting methods are only likely to be warranted for large programs, that is, programs with large transfer levels and/or a large number of bene�ciaries). Private Costs: Households also incur private costs involved in taking up transfers. For example, workfare programs involve households incurring an opportunity cost in terms of forgone income opportunities. Queuing involves similar, though usually much smaller, opportunity costs. Households may face cash costs for obtaining certi�cations required for the program, such as a national identity card or proof of residency or of disability, and for transportation to and from program offices. Private costs, which are often overlooked when evaluating programs, may be quite important, especially when self-selection methods are used or when access to the program is conditioned on actions (e.g., keeping children in school) by the household. Indeed, Duclos (1995), estimates that even for Great Britain’s Supplemental Bene�t—a means-tested cash transfer not par- ticularly reliant on self-targeting—“approximately one-�fth of the total income support budget is lost to recipients in the form of various takeup inconveniences.� 36 A World Bank Study Incentive Costs: These are often referred to as indirect costs. They exist because the presence of eligibility criteria may induce households to change their behavior in an a empt to become bene�ciaries. For example, a program open only to those below a minimum income may cause some households to reduce their labor supply and thus their earned incomes. This is one of the reasons why transfers that guarantee a mini- mum income irrespective of earnings are not considered desirable. Other examples of such “negative incentive effects� are higher consumption of subsidized commodi- ties, crowding out of private transfers (Cox and Jimenez 1995; Jensen 1998), relocation/ migration, or devoting resources to misreporting. Indirect effects may also be positive, for example, when transfers are conditioned on household behaviors such as the enrollment of children in school or a endance at health clinics. Though labor disincentive effects are an important concern in the development of many OECD countries’ welfare pro- grams (Moffi 1992, 2003), they may be less important in developing country safety net programs for several reasons: (1) Direct means tests are not the most common targeting method and are especially rare in low-income countries; (2) Transfers are rarely gradu- ated. Thus, only those around the cutoff point have an incentive to change their behavior so as to be deemed eligible for transfers. The smaller the transfer is, the lower is the num- ber of people likely to be affected; and (3) Bene�t levels are usually low, implying that recipients will maintain a strong incentive to choose additional earnings over additional leisure when they have a choice. Nonetheless, in principle, such labor-disincentive effects cannot be ignored or assumed not to exist. One way of minimizing disincentive effects would be to keep the population relatively uninformed about the detailed eligibility criteria being used, for example, le ing the population know that it is based on some concept of poverty but not pro- viding the details of how this is actually measured. Such lack of transparency may in itself be seen as an undesirable characteristic of program design. Basing eligibility on information or characteristics collected prior to the program is another way to eliminate the problem, assuming that households were not answering strategically in anticipation of a program. However, the need for periodic recerti�cation will require the eventual use of updated information on characteristics so that the incentive prob- lem will arise. Social Costs: These costs may arise when the targeting of poor households involves publicly identifying households as poor, which may carry a social stigma. If the poorest households do not take up the transfer as a result, then this decreases the effectiveness of the program at ge ing transfers into the hands of the poorest. Such issues obviously take on additional importance when one appeals to concepts of poverty such as Sen’s “capabilities� (Sen 1988). Political Costs: Excluding the middle classes may remove broad-based support for such programs and make them unsustainable if voter support determines the budget and is in turn determined by whether the voter bene�ts directly from the program. On the other hand, efficient targeting to ensure that only those in need receive bene�ts may actually increase political support from those who support it based on its indirect ben- e�ts to them of reducing poverty (such as a feeling of social justice, being hassled by fewer beggars, lower likelihood of property theft, increased political stability, or lower taxes). Of course, political support may come from interest groups who are suppliers to the program or advocates for its bene�ciaries—farmers’ and teachers’ unions may sup- port school lunch programs on these grounds. Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 37 The relative importance of the above costs will differ across targeting methods and also across different sociopolitical environments. For example, it is likely that admin- istrative costs are more important when individual or household assessment is used. Incentive costs are likely to be less important when categorical targeting is used. Private costs are likely to be more important when self-selection is used. While the nature and importance of social costs may differ widely with the form of self-selection inherent in the program design, all of these costs need to be considered when evaluating the target- ing effectiveness of programs. Measuring Targeting Performance In practice program officials do not have perfect information about who is poor because this information is difficult, time consuming, and costly to collect. Thus, when basing program eligibility on imperfect information, they may commit errors of inclusion— identifying nonpoor persons as poor and therefore admi ing them to the program, or errors of exclusion—identifying poor persons as not poor and thus denying them access to the program. In a world of unlimited resources, such errors could be greatly mini- mized by collecting additional information. However, in a world of limited resources, policy makers and program managers need to know whether such costs are justi�ed in terms of improved targeting. Further, governments will wish to determine how effective a given targeted intervention is. Both exercises require a measure of targeting perfor- mance. A common approach to evaluate the targeting performance of alternative trans- fer instruments is to compare undercoverage and leakage rates. Undercoverage is the proportion of poor households that are not included in the program (errors of exclu- sion). Leakage is the proportion of those who are reached by the program who are clas- si�ed as nonpoor (errors of inclusion). In general actions taken to reduce one kind of error may cause the other to increase. Introducing more stringent rules to to identify need so as to screen out the nonpoor will, for example, also make it more difficult for the poor to provide the necessary informa- tion. Thus, while meant to reduce errors of inclusion, it will also raise errors of exclusion. Similarly, raising the cut-off point in an (imperfect) proxy means score to reduce under- coverage will also tend to increase leakage. In practice, the inevitability of targeting errors affects the decision about whether to target, how precisely to target, and the method used for targeting. First, it reduces the potential bene�t; the illustration in �gure 3.1 assumed perfect targeting and thus exaggerated the bene�t from targeting. Second, the fact that both types of targeting errors will occur and are generally inversely linked means that policymakers must decide how well they can tolerate each. An error of inclusion wastes program resources (e.g., by leaving less for “poor� households or by increasing the bud- get required to have the same poverty impact) and thus makes the program inefficient. An error of exclusion leaves that person without help and makes the program ineffective at reducing poverty. Both are undesirable, and different policy makers may have differ- ent views about which is worse. This approach has several limitations (Coady and Skou�as 2001). First, it discards much distributional information. Surely it is be er to give a transfer to someone just over the poverty line than to someone at the very top of the distribution, but both count equally as errors of inclusion. Similarly, bene�ts to the very poorest as opposed to those just below the poverty line count equally as success cases, although the former is pre- sumably more desirable. Second, it focuses only on who gets the transfers and not on 38 A World Bank Study how much households get (i.e., the size of the transfer budget and the differentiation of transfer levels across households). Third, when comparing across programs it is often the case that those that do well on undercoverage simultaneously score badly on leak- age. For example, universal programs would be expected to score relatively well on undercoverage but poorly on leakage, but the leakage/undercoverage approach does not address the issue of trade-off. The core problem is that a focus solely on leakage and undercoverage fails to make explicit how program managers, policy makers, or society itself weights the bene�ts of transferring resources to different groups, for example, the moderately versus extremely poor. Three alternatives overcome these limitations. One approach is based on the dis- tributional characteristic more commonly used in the literature on commodity taxa- tion (Newbery and Stern 1987; Ahmad and Stern 1991; Coady and Skou�as 2001). This approach builds an index of society’s welfare, summing across individuals and using explicit welfare weights for different kinds of individuals. The a raction of this index is that welfare weights are made more transparent and that it generalizes from famil- iar simple cases. For example, if poor households are given a welfare weight of one and nonpoor households a weight of zero, and if we further assume that all bene�ciary households receive the same level of transfer, then this index collapses to the propor- tion of households receiving transfers that are classi�ed as poor (or 1 minus the rate of leakage). If, in addition, we know the level of bene�ts received by bene�ciaries, then it collapses to the share of the program budget received by poor households. Where the “poor� are de�ned as households falling within the bo om deciles (e.g., 20 percent or 40 percent) of the national income distribution, similar indices can be calculated. Gener- ally, all that is required to calculate the distributional characteristic is mean incomes by decile and decile shares in transfers. The administrative cost side of the program can be easily incorporated by including this cost in the denominator along with total transfers. An alternative to specifying welfare weights either implicitly or explicitly is to cal- culate the share of the program budget going to, for example, the various deciles or quantiles of the national income distribution. The numbers can relate to either propor- tions of bene�ciaries or proportion of total transfers. One can focus on whatever part of the distribution that one wishes, although one should be clear that this implicitly involves specifying welfare weights. For example, focusing on the share of the transfer budget accruing to the bo om 20 percent of the distribution is equivalent to a aching a welfare weight of unity to these households and zero to others. If, in addition to the shares of total transfers received by each decile, one also presents mean incomes, then one provides sufficient information for the calculation of the distributional characteristic A third approach reframes the issue. Rather than asking how effective the program is at identifying the poor, it asks how effective it is at reducing poverty. It proceeds by comparing the relative impacts of the alternative instruments on the extent of pov- erty subject to a �xed common budget or, equivalently, the minimum cost of achieving a given reduction in poverty across instruments (Ravallion and Chao 1989; Ravallion 1993). This explicitly incorporates into the previous approaches the size of transfers and the budget, in addition to how transfer levels are differentiated across households in dif- ferent parts of the income distribution. A �nal complication in evaluating targeting outcomes stems from the fact that the program analyst faces many of the difficulties in correctly measuring welfare that the program official faces. Not only is income difficult to measure for those with irregu- Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 39 lar incomes or entwined household and small business accounts; the household survey information that the analyst usually relies on may not use exactly the same concepts for income, time period, or unit of observation that the program does. Moreover, household welfare may have changed between the time the household sought entry to the program and when it was surveyed. Duclos (1995) expands this analysis and shows that analyst error can lead to substantial misestimates of take-up rates and targeting errors. Classifying Targeting Methods Targeting methods all have the same goal—to correctly and efficiently identify which households are poor or which are not. To understand the effectiveness of these approaches, it is useful to distinguish between methods and actors. Methods refer to the approaches taken to reach a target group. Below, we divide these into three groups: individual/ household assessment, categorical targeting, and self-selection. Actors refer to the iden- tity of the individuals who perform two roles: the implementation of the targeting method and the subsequent implementation of the intervention. Individual/Household Assess- ment is a method in which an official (usually a government employee) directly assesses, household by household or individual by individual, whether the applicant is eligible for the program. It is the most laborious of targeting methods. The gold standard of target- ing is a veri�ed means test that collects (nearly) complete information on a household’s income and/or wealth and veri�es the information collected against independent sources such as pay stubs or income and property tax records. This requires the existence of such veri�able records in the target population, as well as the administrative capacity to pro- cess this information and to continually update it in a timely fashion. For these reasons veri�ed means tests are extremely rare in developing countries where the poorest house- holds receive income from a myriad of diverse sources and formal record keeping is non- existent. Other individual assessment mechanisms are used in the absence of the capacity for a veri�ed means test. Three common ones are simple means tests, proxy means-tests, and community-based targeting. Simple means tests, with no independent veri�cation of income, are not uncommon. A visit to the household by a program social worker may help to verify in a qualitative way that visible standards of living (which reflect income or wealth) are more or less consistent with the �gures reported. Alternately, the social workers’ assessment may be wholly qualitative, taking into account many factors about the household’s needs and means but not having to quantify them. These types of simple means tests are used for both direct transfer programs and for fee-waving programs, with or without the visit to the household. Jamaica’s food stamp program, implemented in the 1980s, is an example (Grosh 1992). Proxy means tests, while relatively rare, are being instituted in a growing number of countries. We use the term to denote a system that generates a score for applicant house- holds based on fairly easy to observe characteristics of the household such as the location and quality of the dwelling, ownership of durable goods, demographic structure of the household, and the education and, possibly, occupations of adult members. The indica- tors used in calculating this score and their weights are derived from statistical analysis (usually regression analysis or principal components) of data from detailed household surveys of a sort too costly to be carried out for all applicants to large programs. The information provided by the applicant is usually partially veri�ed by either collecting 40 A World Bank Study the information on a visit to the home by a program official, as in Chile’s uni�ed family subsidy (Sancho 1992) or by having the applicant bring wri en veri�cation of part of the information to the program office, as done in Armenia (World Bank 1999). Community-based targeting uses a group of community members or a community leader whose principal functions in the community are not related to the transfer pro- gram to decide who in the community should bene�t. School officials or the parent- teacher association may determine entry to a school-linked program. A group of village elders may determine who receives grain provided for drought relief, or special commit- tees composed of common community members or a mix of community members and local officials may be specially formed to determine eligibility for a program. The idea is that local knowledge of families’ living conditions may be more accurate than the results of a means test conducted by a government social worker or a proxy means test. Categorical targeting refers to a method in which all individuals in a speci�ed category—for example, a particular age group or region—are eligible to receive bene�ts. This method is also referred to as statistical targeting, tagging, or group targeting. It involves de�ning eligibility in terms of individual or household characteristics that are fairly easy to observe, hard to falsely manipulate, and correlated with poverty. Age, gen- der, ethnicity, land ownership, demographic composition, or geographical location are common examples that are fairly easy to verify. Age is a commonly used category, with cash child allowances predominant in transition countries, supplemental feeding pro- grams for children under �ve common in poor countries, and noncontributory pensions for the elderly common in many places. Geographic targeting is even more common, often used in combination with other methods. Unemployment or disability status is somewhat harder to verify, but cash assistance to these groups may be categorically targeted as well. In other chapters for this study, we will review results for the perfor- mance of geographic, demographic, and other categorical methods in Ghana. Under self-selection, the program has universal eligibility, but the design involves dimensions that are thought to encourage the poorest to use the program and the non- poor not to do so. This is accomplished by recognizing differences in the private par- ticipation costs between poor and nonpoor households. For example, this may involve: (1) use of low wages on public works schemes so that only those with a low opportunity cost of time due to low wages or limited hours of employment will present themselves for jobs; (2) restriction of transfers to take place at certain times with a requirement to queue; (3) transfer of in-kind bene�ts with “inferior� characteristics (e.g., low quality wheat or rice); (4) location of points of service delivery (e.g., ration stores, participat- ing clinics or schools) in areas where the poor are highly concentrated so that the non- poor have higher (private and social) costs of travel. Universal food subsidies can be viewed as a form of self-selection since they are universally available and households receive bene�ts by consuming the commodity. In practice, households can often deter- mine not just whether to participate but also the intensity of their participation. Tunisia’s reformed milk subsidy program, whereby milk subsidies are higher for reconstituted milk in inconvenient and small packages than for other grades and packaging of milk, is an example of a self-targeted intervention (Tuck and Lindert 1996), as is a public works program in Maharashtra State, India, called the Employment Guarantee Scheme (Da and Ravallion 1994). Whereas methods refer to “how� targeting is undertaken, actors refer to “who� tar- gets and “who� implements these interventions. Actors can include central government Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 41 officials; lower state, municipality, or district level officials; private sector contractors; and community members such as teachers, health clinic staff, and elders. The decision whether to decentralize both the identi�cation of bene�ciaries and the provision of the program will hinge on several factors: which actors can provide the most cost-effective source of information on individual, household or locality circumstances; which actors can deliver the intervention most cost-effectively; and whether different actors have the incentive to target and implement the intervention in the manner desired by those who fund the program. In reviewing this menu of targeting options, policy makers should be mindful of two important considerations. First, individual targeting methods are not mutually exclusive and can be used in different combinations and sequences. A child allowance (categorical targeting) may be means tested (individual assessment). Subsidized coarse grain (self-targeting) may be available for sale only in food shops in poor neighborhoods (geographic targeting). In fact, the use of a single targeting method is not the norm; 60 percent of the interventions described in the next section used two or more meth- ods. Second, when assessing whether a particular intervention reaches its intended ben- e�ciaries, it is important to be cognizant of four dimensions: (1) type of interventions chosen—for example, a food-for-work program will, by design, exclude poor people who are physically unable to work; (2) targeting method chosen; (3) identity of the actor who undertakes this targeting; and (4) identity of the actor who provides the intervention. Note 1. This paper is reproduced with minor modi�cations from David Coady, Margaret Grosh, and John Hoddinot (2004). CHAPTER 4 A New Poverty Map for Ghana Harold Coulombe and Quentin Wodon Poverty maps have become a popular tool to assess the geography of poverty in developing countries and to target government programs to comparatively poorer areas. However, a weakness of standard Census-based poverty maps is the fact that the low frequency of imple- mentation of Censuses (which are conducted typically every ten years, and in some cases at even larger time intervals) makes it sometimes difficult to have recent enough poverty maps on which to base policy decisions. This chapter documents the construction and presents results for a new poverty map of Ghana based on the GLSS 2005–06 and the CWIQ 2003 surveys. Since the levels of poverty are driven by the poverty estimates from the GLSS5, the map can be considered as representing the geography of poverty in Ghana in 2005–06. The methodology takes advantages of the large sample size of the CWIQ, which can be considered as statistically representative at the district level, which is the level at which the poverty map is constructed. Comparison of the results obtained with the new poverty map and a previous poverty map based on the GLSS4 for 1998–99 and the 2000 Census shows that for a very large majority of districts, the new estimates of poverty are statistically different from the previous census-based estimates. Objective of the Poverty Map P overty pro�les have long been used to characterize and monitor poverty. Based on information collected in household surveys, including detailed information on expen- ditures and incomes, those pro�les present the characteristics of the population according to their level of monetary and non-monetary standards of living that can help assessing the poverty reducing effect of some policies and compare poverty level between regions, groups or over time. While these household-based studies have greatly improved our knowledge of welfare level of households in general and of poorer households in par- ticular, the approach has a number of constraints. In particular, policy makers and planners may need more �nely disaggregated information to implement anti-poverty schemes. For example, given that many social programs are targeted geographically, policy makers often need information for small geographic units such as city neighbor- hoods, towns or villages. Telling a Ghanaian policy maker that many among the poorest live in the savannah ecological zone is not enough as this information is too vague and already well-known. But knowing which district has the highest rate of poverty would be more useful. Even region-level information often hides the existence of pockets of poverty in otherwise relatively well-off regions, as well as pockets of relative wealth in poor regions, which could lead to poorly targeted schemes. 42 Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 43 Following on work by Elbers et al. (2002, 2003) who have shown how to construct detailed poverty maps by combining census and household survey data, there has been a growing literature on the construction of these maps and their use for policy. The World Bank recently published a collection of papers showing how poverty maps can be used for policy (Bedi et al., 2007). In this collection, country studies include Albania (Carle o et al., 2007), Bolivia (Arias and Robles, 2007), Bulgaria (Gotcheva, 2007), Cambodia (Fujii, 2007), China (Ahmad and Goh, 2007a), Ecuador (Araujo, 2007), Indonesia (Ahmad and Goh, 2007b), Mexico (Lopez-Calva et al., 2007), Morroco (Litvack, 2007), Sri Lanka (Vishwanath and Yoshida, 2007), Thailand (Jitsuchon and Richter, 2007), and Vietnam (Swinkels and Turk, 2007). While the above set of countries does not include any country from sub-Saharan Africa, poverty maps have been constructed for Ghana (Coulombe, 2008), Madagascar (Mistiaen et al., 2002), South Africa (Alderman et al., 2002), and Uganda (Emwanu et al., 2006; Hoogeveen and Schipper, 2005). However, an issue when using poverty maps for policy is that the maps can become rapidly outdated. In most countries census data are collected only every ten years, and in some sub-Saharan African countries, time span between two censuses can be even longer due to limited capacity and funding to implement such large scale data collection efforts. As a result, existing poverty maps can rapidly fail to represent appropriately the geogra- phy of poverty in a country especially when the country is undergoing rapid growth and structural change that leads to large increases or decreases in poverty over time. Ghana is a case in point. The �rst poverty map for Ghana was constructed by Cou- lombe (2008) using the fourth round of the Ghana Living Standards Survey (GLSS4) implemented in 1998–99 and the Housing and Population Census of 2000. Yet the map probably fails to represent the geography of poverty today. This is because poverty has been reduced dramatically from 39.5 percent in 1998–99 to 28.5 percent in 2005/06 according to results based on the �fth round of the Ghana Living Standards Survey (GLSS5) presented in Ghana Statistical Service (2007) and Coulombe and Wodon (2007). Furthermore, the reduction in poverty has not been uniform in the country. The data suggest that there was an increase in poverty in the capital city of Accra, a sharp reduc- tion in poverty in the coastal and forest areas, and a stagnation or only very limited progress towards poverty reduction in the northern savannah area. One possibility to update poverty maps with a single census consists in using panel data, as documented by Emwanu et al. (2006) in the case of Uganda. However, panel data remain rare, again especially in sub-Saharan Africa. For example, in none of the 26 countries of West and Central Africa is there today a good and nationally repre- sentative panel data set with consumption data. Another possibility is to construct poverty maps with a regular survey with consumption data and another survey which would not include consumption data but would be of a sufficiently large sample size so as to permit the estimation of poverty measures at relatively low levels of geo- graphic aggregation. This appears to be feasible in some West African countries which have implemented large scale surveys in recent years, including Ghana and Nigeria, two countries that have implemented large Core Welfare Indicators Questionnaire sur- veys (CWIQ), with approximately 50,000 households in Ghana and 70,000 in Nigeria. The Ghana survey is deemed representative by Ghana Statistical Services for each of 110 districts that existed in the country at the time of the implementation of the CWIQ in 2003, and the Nigeria survey is similarly deemed representative for each of 36 states in the country and three senatorials within each state. 44 A World Bank Study This chapter presents a new poverty map for Ghana by combining data from the GLSS5 of 2005–06 and the large 2003 CWIQ household survey, and to compare the pre- cision of the poverty estimates obtained at the district level with the estimates obtained from the previous map based on the GLSS4 of 1998–99 and the 2000 Census. We compute poverty indicators at district level, using the detailed information found in the GLSS survey and the geographical coverage of the CWIQ. Results at the region and district levels are presented, and a comparison with the previous Census-based poverty map for Ghana is provided. Methodology for the Construction of the Poverty Map As noted by Elbers et al. (2002, 2003), the basic idea behind the methodology is rather straightforward. Given our data, �rst a regression model of per adult equivalent expen- diture is estimated in the GLSS5, limiting the set of explanatory variables to those which are common to both that survey and the 2003 CWIQ. Next, the coefficients from that model are applied to the CWIQ data set to predict the expenditure level of every house- hold in the CWIQ survey. Finally, these predicted household expenditures are used to construct a series of welfare indicators (e.g., poverty level, depth, severity, and inequal- ity) for different geographical subgroups. It should be noted that the questionnaire of the CWIQ is very detailed (much more so than a typical census questionnaire), which helps in yielding good predictions. At the individual level, the questionnaire covers demogra- phy, education and economic activities. At the household level, dwelling characteristics and ownership of durable goods are also well covered. Ghana’s national territory is divided into 10 regions which are further divided down into districts. No districts over- lap two or more regions. The districts are the lowest administrative level for which a formal geographical de�nition is currently available. At the time of implementation of the CWIQ survey in 2003, there were 110 districts. In 2004, a district remapping yielded 28 new districts, while another 32 districts were added in 2008, essentially by spli ing a number of large districts into two separate districts (or in one case by combining two adjacent districts and spli ing them into three districts). Our estimations remain based however on the original 110 districts, as this is the level at which the CWIQ survey is deemed representative (in other chapters in this study, we present results relying on the poverty map for data for 138 districts; in such cases, when one district has been split in two, both districts are assigned the poverty estimates from the pov- erty map, and when two districts are aggregated and split into three new districts, all three districts are assigned the poverty estimate obtained from the combination of the two previous districts). Although the idea behind the poverty map methodology is simple, its proper imple- mentation requires complex computations. Those complexities are due to the need to take into account spatial autocorrelation (expenditure from households within the same cluster are correlated) and heteroskedasticity in the development of the predictive model. Taking into account those econometric issues ensures unbiased predictions. A further issue making computation non-trivial is the need to compute standard errors for each poverty measure or welfare statistics. Those standard errors are important since they tell us how low we can disaggregate the poverty indicators. As we disaggregate results at lower and lower levels, the number of households on which the estimates are based decreases as well and therefore yields less and less precise estimates. At a certain point, Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 45 the estimated poverty indicators would become too imprecise to be used with con�dence. The computation of standard errors helps in deciding where to stop the disaggregation process. We will use these standard errors to compare the new estimates of poverty at the district level obtained with the CWIQ based poverty map to those obtained in the census-based map. Reliability of the Poverty Map Estimates To improve accuracy of poverty estimates the regression model was estimated at the lowest geographical level for which the GLSS survey was deemed representative. A household level expenditure model was developed for Accra and the three ecological zones (coastal, forest, and savannah) using explanatory variables which are common to both the GLSS and the CWIQ. The �rst task was to make sure the variables deemed common to both surveys were really measuring the same characteristics. For this, we �rst compared the questions and modalities in both questionnaires to isolate poten- tial variables. We then compared the means of those (dichotomized) variables and tested whether they were equal using a 95% con�dence interval. Restricting ourselves to those variables should ensure the predicted welfare �gures would be consistent with GLSS-based poverty pro�le. We also deleted or rede�ned dichotomic variables being less that 0.03 or larger than 0.97 to avoid serious multi-collinearity problems in our econometric models. That comparison exercise was done at the level of the four strata (Accra, coastal, forest, and savannah). The choice of the independent variables used in the predictive models was based on a backward stepwise selection procedure. All coefficients in the regressions were of expected sign. Regressions using the base model residuals as depen- dant variables were estimated as well, with the results used in the construction of the poverty map to correct for heteroskedasticity. The explanatory power (R2) of the regres- sions varies from 0.25 to 0.49. Although this may appear to be on the low side, these statistics are typical of survey-based cross-section regressions and are comparable with results from other poverty maps. The relatively low R2s for some of the models are mainly due to four important factors. First, in many areas households are fairly homogeneous in terms of observable characteristics even if their consumption levels vary. Second, a large number of potential correlates are simply not observable using standard closed-ques- tionnaire data collection methods. Third, some good predictors have to be discarded at �rst stage of the procedure when their distributions did not appear to be identical. And �nally, many indicators do not take into account the quality of the correlates. The poverty estimates by strata obtained in the CWIQ are very similar to those obtained in the GLSS survey. By using the estimated parameters from the GLSS-based prediction model in the CWIQ data, we can generate poverty measures for all house- holds in the census as well as by area. Table 4.1 presents estimated poverty measures for each stratum in the CWIQ and compares them with actual �gures from GLSS. For each stratum and poverty indicators, the equality of GLSS-based and CWIQ-based indicators cannot be rejected (at the 95 percent con�dence level). Although CWIQ-based poverty measures can only be compared with the ones provided by the GLSS survey at stratum level, equality of those poverty measures provides a reliability test of the methodology. Having established the reliability of the predictive models, we estimated poverty mea- sures for the top two administrative levels: region and district. 46 A World Bank Study Table 4.1: Poverty measures based on GLSS5 and CWIQ 2003, by strata Headcount Index Poverty Gap Squared Poverty Gap GLSS5 CWIQ GLSS5 CWIQ GLSS5 CWIQ (Actual) (Predicted) (Actual) (Predicted) (Actual) (Predicted) Accra 0.136 0.130 0.038 0.031 0.015 0.011 (0.035) (0.018) (0.012) (0.005) (0.005) (0.002) Coastal 0.149 0.137 0.032 0.037 0.010 0.015 (0.019) (0.013) (0.005) (0.005) (0.002) (0.002) Forest 0.204 0.211 0.050 0.056 0.018 0.022 (0.016) (0.011) (0.005) (0.005) (0.002) (0.002) Savannah 0.537 0.541 0.223 0.219 0.121 0.116 (0.031) (0.020) (0.017) (0.012) (0.011) (0.008) Sources: Authors’ calculation based on GLSS5 2005–06 and CWIQ 2003. Robust standard errors are in parentheses. Since the precision of poverty estimates declines as the number of households by administrative unit decreases, one must identify at what level the map is reliable. To make an “objective� judgment on the precision of those estimates we computed coef- �cients of variation of the headcount ratio for both administrative levels under study (region and district) and then compared them with an arbitrary but commonly-used benchmark. Figure 4.1 presents the headcount ratio coefficients of variation of the region- and district-level estimates and compared them to a 0.2 benchmark. The lower curve (represented by Os) in �gure 4.1 clearly shows that our region-level headcount poverty estimates does very well while the precision of district-level estimates fair well for most districts but badly for a small number of districts as shown by the upper curve (represented by Xs) on �gure 4.1. Do those districts having higher coefficients of varia- tions create problems in the application of the poverty map? Figure 4.2 plots coefficients of variation against poverty headcount for each district. It shows that amongst districts with higher coefficients of variation only a handful has also a poverty headcount level above the national level (28.5 percent). Since one of the main applications of the poverty map would be to target the poorest districts we believe that level of precision is accept- able and suitable for targeting purposes. It is clear that our poverty estimates at dis- aggregated levels would be good guides to policy makers. Poverty measures for each of the 10 regions and 110 districts have been computed. In most cases, standard errors are small so that predicted poverty measures are reliable. The district results for poverty headcount are reproduced on the map in Figure 4.3. The map shows a very heterogeneous country in terms of poverty headcount. In particular, the four districts in the top northwest corner show poverty headcounts above 80 per- cent; while many districts in the southern districts of Ghana have poverty rates below 10 percent. Those results clearly show the usefulness of computing poverty indicators at disaggregated level given the rather heterogeneous district poverty pa ern. How could these results be used? Among others, the results could be used to design budget alloca- tion rules to be applied by different administrative levels toward their subdivisions: the central government toward the regions and the regions toward their districts. That map could become an important tool in support of the decentralization process cur- rently undertaken in Ghana, or for the allocation of resources under different projects. Obviously such monetary-based target indicators could be used in conjunction with Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 47 Figure 4.1: Poverty headcount accuracy, by administrative level .8 Ratio (s.e./point estimate) .2 .4 .6 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1 Proportion of Households (ranked by s.e./point estimate) Benchmark District (CWIQ) Region (CWIQ) Source: Authors’ calculation based on GLSS 2005–06 and CWIQ 2003. Figure 4.2: Relationship between poverty headcount and coef�cient of variation 100 Percent poverty headcount (in %) 20 40 60 0 80 0 .1 .2 .3 .4 Coefficient of variation Headcount Poverty Rate (28.5%) Coefficient of variation (0.2) District Source: Authors’ calculation based on GLSS 2005–06 and CWIQ 2003. 48 A World Bank Study Figure 4.3: District-level poverty headcount and poverty gap Poverty headcount Poverty gap Sources: Authors’ calculation based on GLSS 2005–06 and CWIQ 2003. alternative measures of poverty based on education, health or infrastructure indicators. In particular merging the poverty map with education and health maps could yield use- ful targeting tools. Others uses of the poverty map could include the evaluation of locally targeted anti-poverty schemes (e.g. Social funds, Town/village development schemes), impact analysis, etc. And �nally, researchers could use it in various ways to study the relationship between poverty distribution and different socio-economic outcomes. How different are the district-level poverty measures obtained with the new pov- erty map from those of the census-based poverty map? A simple test of the equality of the poverty measures between the Census and the CWIQ can be performed by comput- ing the difference between the two poverty estimates divided by the square root of the sum of the corresponding standard errors. The statistics is smaller than 1.96 in absolute value for only 16 of 110 districts, which suggests that most of the new district estimates of poverty obtained from the GLSS5 and the CWIQ are different from the estimates obtained from the GLSS4 and the census. Thus even though the precision of the poverty measures in the CWIQ can be shown to be slightly lower than in the Census, the combi- nation of GLSS5 and the CWIQ data enables us to provide new and updated estimates of poverty at the district level that are fairly different from the older estimates based on the GLSS4 and the Census, con�rming the usefulness of the new poverty map. Conclusion This chapter has documented the procedure used for the construction of a new poverty map for Ghana and the main results obtained from this procedure. This new map com- bines data from the 2005/06 GLSS5 survey with the 2003 CWIQ survey that has a very Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 49 large sample size and is considered to be representative at the district level but does not have data on consumption or income. The map can be compared to a previous map combining data from the 1998/99 GLSS4 survey and the 2000 Census. The results suggest that the estimates of poverty at the district level obtained with the CWIQ on the basis of the consumption aggregate of the GLSS5 are less precise than those obtained with the Census and the consumption aggregate of the GLSS4 (this is discussed in Coulombe and Wodon, 2009). However, the CWIQ-based estimates are still sufficiently precise to identify important changes in district-level poverty measures between the two poverty maps. Indeed, the changes in poverty measures appear to be statistically signi�cant for all but 16 of the 110 districts, which reflect the fact that the country experienced substantial poverty reduction between the GLSS4 and the GLSS5 survey years. This suggests that the new poverty map should be used for poverty-based geographic tar- geting in Ghana. CHAPTER 5 A Food Insecurity Map for Ghana Harold Coulombe and Quentin Wodon While poverty maps have been used in some countries to target social programs, it is not clear whether they are the most appropriate geographic targeting tool for interventions that do not aim only or primarily to reduce monetary poverty. For example, one could target nutrition programs, school lunches and food aid according to a poverty map, but one could also rely on a food insecurity map to the extent that these programs aim to improve the nutrition and food intake of the population. The concept of food insecurity is at least as complex as that of poverty, and various authors have used different approaches to de�ning food insecurity. Due to data limitations, we consider here a set of simple variables to discuss the issues. Whether there is a strong correlation between poverty and food insecurity maps is an empirical ma er, and this indeed will depend on how food insecurity is measured. This chapter documents the construction and presents results from a food insecurity map of Ghana based on the GLSS5 2005/06 and the CWIQ 2003 surveys. The map is based on estimates of the caloric intake of households in the GLSS5, and its construction in the CWIQ follows the poverty mapping technique described in the previous chapter. The map is also compared to other potential indicators of food insecurity available in the CWIQ, namely the subjective assessment by households as to whether they have difficulty in meeting their basic food needs, and with child malnutrition, some of which are directly related to food insecurity. The results suggest a very strong correlation between the poverty and food insecu- rity (i.e., caloric intake) maps, but weaker relationships between these maps and indicators of child malnutrition, subjective assessments of the capacity to meet food needs, and subjective assessments of the ability to cope with shocks. Estimation of a Food Insecurity Map Based on Caloric Intake T his chapter documents the construction and presents results from a food insecu- rity map of Ghana based on the GLSS5 2005–06 and the CWIQ 2003 surveys. The map is based on estimates of the caloric intake of households in the GLSS5. The CWIQ also provides data on a series of indicators associated with food insecurity. In partic- ular, we compare the caloric intake map with a subjective assessment by households as to whether they have difficulty in meeting their basic food needs. We also compare both maps with measures of child malnutrition that are also available in the CWIQ (i.e., stunting, wasting, and malnutrition). For these indicators, maps are based directly on the survey data, while for the caloric intake map, since consumption of food items is not available in the CWIQ, predictions are needed. 50 Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 51 To construct the caloric intake map for Ghana using data from the GLSS5 of 2005–06 and the 2003 CWIQ household survey we use the poverty map methodology devel- oped by Elbers et al. (2002, 2003). Results at the region and district levels are presented. As noted in the chapter on the poverty map, the basic idea behind the methodology is rather straightforward. Given our data, �rst a regression model of adult equivalent caloric intake is estimated in the GLSS5, limiting the set of explanatory variables to those which are common to both that survey and the 2003 CWIQ. Next, the coefficients from that model are applied to the CWIQ data set to predict the caloric intake of every household in the CWIQ survey. Finally, these predicted caloric intakes are used to con- struct a series of caloric intake de�ciency indicators for different geographical subgroups. It should be noted that the questionnaire of the CWIQ is very detailed (much more so than a typical census questionnaire), which helps in yielding good predictions. At the individual level, the questionnaire covers demography, education and economic activities. At the household level, dwelling characteristics and ownership of durable goods are also well covered. Ghana’s national territory is divided into 10 regions which are further divided down into districts. No districts overlap two or more regions. The districts are the lowest administrative level for which a formal geographical de�nition is currently available. At the time of implementation of the CWIQ survey in 2003, there were 110 districts. In 2004, a district remapping yielded 28 new districts, while another 32 districts were added in 2008, essentially by spli ing a number of large districts into two separate districts (or in one case by combining two adjacent districts and spli ing them into three districts). Our estimations remain based however on the original 110 districts, as this is the level at which the CWIQ survey is deemed representative (we could also present results for 138 districts from the original 110 districts in the CWIQ 2003, by spli ing a few districts in two, in which case both districts are assigned the food insecurity estimates from the food security map, or by aggregating two districts and spli ing them into three new dis- tricts when needed, with all three districts being assigned the food insecurity estimates obtained from the combination of the two previous districts). Although the idea behind the poverty map methodology is simple, its proper implementation requires complex computations. Those complexities are due to the need to take into account spatial autocorrelation (expenditure from households within the same cluster are correlated) and heteroskedasticity in the development of the predictive model. Taking into account those econometric issues ensures unbiased predictions. A further issue making computation non-trivial is the need to compute standard errors for each food insecurity statistics. Those standard errors are important since they tell us how low we can disaggregate the food insecurity indicators. As we disaggregate results at lower and lower levels, the number of households on which the estimates are based decreases as well and therefore yields less and less precise estimates. At a certain point, the estimated food insecurity indicators would become too imprecise to be use with con�dence. The computation of standard errors helps in deciding where to stop the dis- aggregation process. The computation of the caloric intakes itself in the household survey is challenging and its results should be used with caution. Part of the challenge comes from the fact that household survey typically record values but not quantities of food consumed. To obtain those food-speci�c quantities, we divided the annual expenditure of each food items by its prices. The prices used come from a price survey conducted at the same as 52 A World Bank Study the main GLSS5 questionnaires. For each item, we use the locality median prices. In the GLSS context the seven localities are de�ned as the three ecological zones (coastal, forest and savannah) split between urban and rural areas, and the capital Accra is set apart. Those quantities are then converted to calories using Ghana-speci�c conversion factors provided by the University of Ghana at Legon. Such conversion factors were found for almost all food items consumed in Ghana and certainly for all the main ones. However it is difficult to measure the calories contained in meals taken outside the home. For those “restaurant meals� we assumed that they had the same average caloric content as home food and we made the appropriate household-speci�c correction. Next, the number of calories is aggregated across all items for each household found in the GLSS survey. Finally, a last transformation yields a daily per equivalent adult level of calories, which was then normalized into caloric intake per capita. Households consuming less than 1800 calories per day per capita were considered as food insecure. All the measures used for assessing poverty (headcount, poverty gap, squared poverty gap) can be applied to food insecurity. Reliability of the Food Insecurity Map Estimates To improve accuracy of caloric intake de�ciency estimates regression models were esti- mated at the lowest geographical level for which the GLSS survey was deemed repre- sentative. A household level caloric intake model was developed for Accra and the three ecological zones (coastal, forest and savannah) using explanatory variables which are common to both the GLSS and the CWIQ. The �rst task was to make sure the variables deemed common to both surveys were really measuring the same characteristics. For this, we �rst compared the questions and modalities in both questionnaires to isolate potential variables. We then compared the means of those (dichotomized) variables and tested whether they were equal using a 95 percent con�dence interval. Restricting our- selves to those variables should ensure the predicted welfare �gures would be consistent with GLSS-based estimates. We also deleted or rede�ned dichotomic variables being less that 0.03 or larger than 0.97 to avoid serious multi-collinearity problems in our econo- metric models. That comparison exercise was done for each of the four strata (Accra, coastal, forest, and savannah). The choice of the independent variables used in the predictive model was based on a backward stepwise selection procedure. All coefficients in the regressions were of expected sign. Regressions using the base model residuals as dependant variables were estimated as well, with the results used in the construction of the caloric intake map to correct for heteroskedasticity. The explanatory power (R2) of the regressions varies from 0.22 to 0.42. Although this may appear to be on the low side, these sta- tistics are typical of survey-based cross-section regressions and can are comparable with results from other poverty maps. The relatively low R2s for some of the models are mainly due to four important factors. First, in many areas households are fairly homogeneous in terms of observable characteristics even if their caloric intake levels vary. Second, a large number of potential correlates are simply not observable using standard closed-questionnaire data collection methods. Third, some good predictors have to be discarded at the �rst stage of the procedure when their distributions did not appear to be identical. And �nally, many indicators do not take into account the quality of the correlates. Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 53 The caloric intake de�ciency estimates by strata obtained in the CWIQ are very simi- lar to those obtained in the GLSS survey. By using the estimated parameters from the prediction model in the survey in the CWIQ data, we can generate caloric intake mea- sures for all households in the CWIQ as well as by area. Table 5.1 presents estimated caloric intake measures for each stratum in the CWIQ and compares them with actual �gures from GLSS. For each stratum and caloric intake indicators, the equality of GLSS- based and CWIQ-based indicators cannot be rejected (at the 95 percent con�dence level). Although CWIQ-based caloric intake measures can only be compared with the ones provided by the GLSS survey at stratum level, equality of those measures provides a reliability test of the methodology. Having established the reliability of the predictive models, we estimated caloric de�ciency measures for the top two administrative levels: region and district. Table 5.1: Caloric intake de�ciency in GLSS5 (actual) and CWIQ 2003 (predicted), by strata Headcount index Caloric intake gap Squared caloric intake gap GLSS CWIQ GLSS CWIQ GLSS CWIQ (actual) (predicted) (actual) (predicted) (actual) (predicted) Accra 0.336 0.345 0.113 0.105 0.053 0.045 (0.044) (0.043) (0.021) (0.019) (0.012) (0.011) Coastal 0.211 0.222 0.062 0.075 0.027 0.037 (0.022) (0.014) (0.008) (0.006) (0.005) (0.003) Forest 0.241 0.273 0.076 0.090 0.035 0.043 (0.016) (0.014) (0.007) (0.006) (0.004) (0.004) Savannah 0.439 0.429 0.158 0.161 0.080 0.082 (0.026) (0.022) (0.012) (0.011) (0.008) (0.007) Sources: Authors’ calculation based on GLSS 2005–06 and CWIQ 2003. Robust standard errors are in parentheses. Since the precision of caloric de�ciency estimates declines as the number of house- holds by administrative unit decreases, one must identify at what level the map is reliable. To make an “objective� judgment on the precision of those estimates we com- puted coefficients of variation of the estimates for both administrative levels under study (region and district) and then compared them with an arbitrary but commonly-used benchmark. Figure 5.1 presents the coefficients of variation of the region- and district- level estimates and compared them to a 0.2 benchmark. The lower curve (represented by “Os�) in �gure 5.1 clearly shows that our region-level caloric intake de�ciency estimates do very well while the precision of district-level estimates fairs very well for most dis- tricts except for a handful of districts as shown by the upper curve (represented by Xs) on �gure 5.1. Are those districts having higher coefficients of variations creating prob- lems in the application of the caloric intake map? Figure 5.2 plots coefficients of varia- tion against caloric intake de�ciency headcount for each district. It shows that amongst the districts with higher coefficients of variation only a handful has also a caloric intake de�ciency headcount level above the national level (30.0 percent). Since one of the main applications of the map would be to target the poorest districts in terms of caloric intake we believe that level of precision is acceptable and suitable for targeting purposes. Thus the estimates at disaggregated levels could be good guides to policy makers. 54 A World Bank Study Figure 5.1: Caloric intake de�ciency headcount accuracy, by administrative level .8 Ratio (s.e./point estimate) .4 .2 .6 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1 Proportion of Households (ranked by s.e./point estimate) Benchmark District (CWIQ) Region (CWIQ) Source: Authors’ calculation based on GLSS 2005–06 and CWIQ 2003. Figure 5.2: Relationship between caloric intake de�ciency headcount and coef�cient of variation 100 Food insecurity headcount percent 20 40 60 0 80 0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 Coefficient of variation National Food Insecurity Headcount (30.0%) Coefficient of variation Benchmark (0.2) District Source: Authors’ calculation based on GLSS 2005–06 and CWIQ 2003. Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 55 Caloric intake measures for each of the 10 regions and 110 districts have been com- puted. In most cases, standard errors are small so that predicted caloric intake measures are reliable. The district results for caloric intake de�ciency headcount are reproduced on the map in �gure 5.3. Overall 30.0 percent of the population has a caloric intake below 1800 calories per day per person. Similarly to the poverty map presented in the previ- ous chapter, the map shows a rather heterogeneous country in terms of caloric intake de�ciency headcount. In particular, the ten northernmost districts along the Burkinabe border show caloric intake de�ciency headcount above 50 percent. Figure 5.3: Food insecurity maps based on caloric intake (1,800 kCal per person-day), Ghana Food insecurity headcount Food insecurity gap Sources: Authors’ calculation based on GLSS 2005–06 and CWIQ 2003. Alternative Measures of Food Security The CWIQ permits for each household in the survey to make a subjective assessment of whether they have difficulty in meeting their basic food needs. Overall 13.4 percent of the population has often difficulty in meeting their basic food needs. The map in �g- ure 5.4 shows that apart some isolated districts in the forest ecological zones and along the eastern border, the districts along the Burkinabe and northern Ivorian borders fare the worst. Those same districts also are the poorest in terms of expenditure and caloric intake. Another measure of food security is the state of child malnutrition in the different districts. Based on the CWIQ survey, we estimate that almost 26 percent of children aged less than 60 months were underweight (this proportion has declined since then accord- ing to the 2008 DHS). The map in �gure 5.5 presents the percentage of underweight children by district. Contrary to the other food security indicators, it seems difficult to �nd any spatial pa ern and hence any correlation with caloric intake, monetary poverty 56 A World Bank Study Figure 5.4: Subjective dif�culty to meet basic food needs, Ghana Sources: Authors’ calculation based on GLSS 2005/06 and CWIQ 2003. Figure 5.5: Underweight children, Ghana Sources: Authors’ calculation based on GLSS 2005/06 and CWIQ 2003. Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 57 or self-assessed difficulty in meeting basic food needs. Figure 5.6 presents the relation- ships between the different food security indicators as well as between these indicators and monetary poverty headcount. As suggested by the different maps, it appears that monetary poverty is strongly correlated with caloric intake de�ciency and well corre- lated with the self-assessment indicators of food insecurity. However, child malnutrition as measured by the proportion of underweight children may have correlates not linked that much to expenditure or caloric intakes. Figure 5.6: Relationships between different food security indicators 80.0 80.0 60.0 60.0 Percent Percent 40.0 40.0 20.0 20.0 0.0 0.0 20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 60.0 70.0 0.0 20.0 40.0 60.0 Population share with caloric intake below 1,800 kCal per person per day Population share having difficulty to meet basic food needs Percent poverty headcount Fitted values Percent poverty headcount Fitted values 70.0 80.0 60.0 60.0 40.0 50.0 Percent Percent 40.0 30.0 20.0 20.0 0.0 0.0 20.0 40.0 60.0 Population share having difficulty to meet basic food needs 0.0 10.0 20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 Percent underweight children Population share with caloric intake below 1,800 kCal per person Percent poverty headcount Fitted values per day Fitted values 70.0 60.0 60.0 40.0 40.0 50.0 Percent Percent 20.0 30.0 20.0 0.0 0.0 10.0 20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 Percent underweight children 0.0 10.0 20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 Percent underweight children Population share with caloric intake below 1,800 kCal per person per day Population share having difficulty to meet basic food needs Fitted values Fitted values Sources: Authors’ calculation based on GLSS 2005–06 and CWIQ 2003. 58 A World Bank Study Conclusion We presented a series of food security indicators at district level as estimated for the 110 districts at the time of the CWIQ survey in 2003. The results suggest a strong correlation between district-level measures of poverty and food insecurity when food insecurity is measured through caloric intake, and weaker but still substantial correlations between these maps and subjective assessments of the capacity to meet food needs. However our indicator of child malnutrition does not seem to be spatially correlated with the other indicators. Depending on which indicator a program is trying to influence, different maps might thus be of use, although more con�dence should be placed on objective as opposed to subjective measures. CHAPTER 6 The Geographic Impact of Higher Food Prices in Ghana Harold Coulombe, Clarence Tsimpo, and Quentin Wodon One key issue faced by policy makers when implementing or expanding a safety net or social program at a time of economic crisis is whether to target households that are affected the most by the crisis, or households that are the poorest (or the most insecure or the least edu- cated) before or after taking into account the impact of the crisis. In the case of geographic targeting, this may imply a choice between targeting areas that are likely to suffer from a large increase in poverty following a shock, or areas with an initial or �nal high level of poverty. In principle, from a social welfare point of view, one could argue that one should always target the areas with the highest level of poverty. But governments are also under pressure to respond to the impact of crises on speci�c groups of households. To the extent that the increase in poverty is going to be higher in already poor areas, the dilemma faced by policy makers is reduced. In this chapter, we �rst provide estimates of the potential impact that the recent increase in food prices may have had on Ghana. The results suggest that poverty in Ghana is likely to have been less affected than in other West and Central African countries, but that the impact was nevertheless substantial. Next, using the poverty mapping technique, we analyze where higher food prices are likely to have had the largest impact on the poor in Ghana. The results suggest that contrary to popular belief the poorest areas of the country are likely to have been the most affected by the increase in food prices, which warrants targeting these areas through emergency safety nets. Impact of Higher Food Prices on Poverty T o assess the potential impact of rising food prices on poverty, one needs to look at the impact on both food producers who could bene�t from an increase in prices and food consumers who lose out. In most West and Central African countries, includ- ing in Ghana, the sign (positive or negative) of the impact of a change is not ambiguous because a substantial share of food consumption is imported, so that the negative impact for consumers is typically larger than the positive impact for net sellers of locally pro- duced foods. Yet even if the sign of the impact is clear, its magnitude is not. Using a set of recent household surveys, this chapter summarizes �ndings from an assessment of the potential impact of higher food prices on the poor in Ghana and a dozen other West and Central African countries. Rising food prices for rice, wheat, maize, and other cereals as well as for milk, sugar, and vegetable oils probably led to a substantial 59 60 A World Bank Study increase in poverty in many of the countries, but the impact in Ghana was smaller than elsewhere. In addition to assessing overall impacts, the chapter also discusses where the impacts on poverty are likely to have been the largest. In the absence of new survey data on household consumption after the price increase in most countries, simulation techniques are necessary to assess the potential impact on the poor of the increase in food prices. We consider here only the short term impact on poverty of higher food prices, as estimated by looking at the consumption and pro- duction of food by households. This means that we do not take into account potential medium- to long-term impacts arising, for example, from the fact that an increase in food prices may lead to higher wages for farm workers (�ndings from studies on medium- term impacts suggest that wage gains compensate only in a very limited way only for the initial impact of food price shocks). For the sake of simplicity, a number of assumptions have been used to provide the estimates or are implicit in the analysis. First, we assume that the cost of an increase in food prices for a household translates into an equivalent reduction of its consumption in real terms. This means that we do not take into account the price elasticity of demand which may lead to substitution effects and thereby help offset part of the negative effect of higher prices for certain food items. Similarly, an increase for producers in the value of their net sales of food translates into an increase of their consumption of equivalent size, and we again do not take into account the role that the price elasticity of supply may play here. As for food auto-consumed by producers (which represents a large share of total consumption), it is not taken into account in the simulations since changes in prices do not affect households when food is auto-consumed. Poverty measures obtained after the increase in prices are then compared to baseline poverty measures to assess impacts. This implicitly means that we do not take into account the potential spill-over effects of the increase in food prices for the food items included in the analysis on the prices for items not included. Finally, for comparability purposes, all our simulations are based on the same price increases for all countries and all food items. In the more detailed country case studies, more information is provided to be able to look at the impact of different price increases, for example through interpolations. A difficult question is whether increases in consumer prices do translate into increases in producer prices. At least two factors may dilute the impact of rising food prices on the incomes of farmers. First, production costs for farmers as well as transport costs are likely to be rising due to higher costs for oil-related products. Second, market intermediaries may be able in some cases to keep a large share of the increase in consumer prices for themselves without paying farmers much more for their crops. Because it is difficult to assess whether producers will bene�t substantially from higher food prices, especially in the short term, we consider our estimates obtained when considering only the impact on consumers as an upper bound of the impact of the rise in prices on poverty, and we interpret the results obtained when factoring in a proportional increase in incomes for net sellers or producers as a lower bound of the impact. Table 6.1 provides data on a number of countries for which the estimations have been prepared. The data have been collected from the most recent available household survey for each country. The survey years range from 2003 in Guinea to 2007 in Liberia, so the data can reasonably be considered as accurately capturing the current (or recent) consumption pa erns of the population in the respective countries. Table 6.1 included the list of food items considered for the analysis in each country. The analysis is for the most part focused on rice, flour and bread, maize, vegetable oil, sugar, and milk, because Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 61 these are food items that tend to be imported to a substantial extent, so that likely poverty impacts may be substantial (since there are no compensating impacts on the producer side). In some countries however, we consider also additional items, such as cassava and plantain in the Democratic Republic of Congo. As shown in table 6.2, the share of total consumption represented by the various goods ranges from 6.5 percent in Togo to 28.3 percent in the Democratic Republic of Congo and even 41.0 percent in Niger. Yet for two thirds of the countries, the food items included in the simulations account for less than 15 percent of total consumption. Table 6.1: Food items considered for simulating the impact of higher food prices on poverty Country Household survey Food items taken into account for simulations Burkina Faso QUIBB, 2003 Rice, bread, vegetable oil and butter, sugar, milk Congo, Dem. Rep. 123 Survey, 2005 Rice, cassava, maize, palm oil, plantain, wheat, sugar, milk Ghana GLSS, 2005–06 Rice, bread, flour, maize Gabon CWIQ, 2005 Rice, cassava, maize, wheat, palm oil and groundnut oil Guinea EIBEP, 2002–03 Rice Liberia CWIQ, 2007 Rice (locally produced and imported) Mali ELIM, 2006 Rice, millet, maize, wheat Niger QUIBB, 2005 Rice (locally produced and imported), millet, sorghum Nigeria NLSS, 2003–04 Rice, corn, maize, wheat flour and bread, cassava Senegal ESPS, 2006 Rice, vegetable oil, sugar, bread, milk Sierra Leone SLLS, 2003 Rice Togo QUIBB, 2006 Rice, vegetable oil, sugar, bread, milk Source: Authors’ estimation using respective household surveys. Table 6.2 provides the summary data on the impact on the share of the population in poverty (i.e., the headcount index) of the higher food prices using two levels of price increase: 25 percent and 50 percent. The results for the headcount are those provided in the �rst part of table 6.2. As mentioned earlier, the lower-bound impact on poverty is obtained by combining the consumer and producer impact, while the upper-bound impact factors in gains for net sellers of food. In two countries, due to lack of appropriate data in the sur- veys, we compute only the upper-bound estimates. Consider the increase in the headcount index stemming from a 50 percent increase in prices. At the national level the upper-bound estimates suggest that the increase in the headcount index of poverty varies from 1.8 per- centage point in Ghana to 9.6 points in Senegal. The differences in impacts are due in part to the fact that the sets of goods considered for the simulations in the various countries rep- resent different shares of total consumption. In Ghana the goods account for 7.7 percent of total consumption versus 20.5 percent in Senegal. If we look at the impact on poverty per percentage point of consumption accounted for by the food items included in the analysis, the impact varies from 0.17 points in the Democratic Republic of Congo to 0.47 points in Senegal. Thus, while Ghana was affected by the increase in food prices, it was probably less affected than most other West and Central African countries. In �gure 6.1, the upper-bound impacts for the increase in the price of rice alone are provided. This is the only commodity which was included in all of the sets of food items 62 A World Bank Study Table 6.2: Potential impact on poverty of higher food prices in Africa (%) Lower bound Lower bound Upper-bound Upper-bound impact impact impact impact (Consumption (Consumption Share in Baseline (Consumption) (Consumption) & production) & production) Country consumption headcount 25% increase 50% increase 25% increase 50% increase Impact of food price shock on poverty headcount index Burkina Faso 6.8 46.4 47.5 48.4 — — Ghana 7.7 28.5 29.6 30.4 29.2 29.7 Liberia 22.8 63.8 67.1 69.8 66.6 69.4 Senegal 20.5 50.8 55.9 60.4 — — Sierra Leone 11.7 66.4 67.8 69.6 67.2 68.5 Togo 6.5 61.6 62.7 63.7 62.5 63.0 Congo, Dem. Rep. 28.3 71.3 73.9 76.2 72.6 73.7 Guinea 13.0 49.1 50.7 52.1 50.0 50.7 Gabon 10.7 32.7 34.5 36.7 34.3 36.2 Mali 13.4 47.5 50.1 52.8 49.2 50.9 Niger 41.0 62.1 66.1 70.0 65.9 69.6 Nigeria 9.80 54.68 56.20 57.77 55.19 55.65 Impact of food price shock on poverty gap Burkina Faso 6.8 15.6 16.1 16.7 — — Ghana 7.7 9.6 9.9 10.3 9.7 9.9 Liberia 22.8 24.4 26.3 28.3 26.2 28.1 Senegal 20.5 16.4 18.8 21.5 — — Sierra Leone 11.7 27.5 28.6 29.7 28.1 28.7 Togo 6.5 22.9 23.5 24.2 23.5 24.1 Congo, Dem. Rep. 28.3 32.2 32.4 32.7 32.3 32.5 Guinea 13.0 17.2 17.9 18.6 17.3 17.6 Gabon 10.7 10.0 10.8 11.7 10.7 11.5 Mali 13.4 16.7 17.6 18.8 17.1 17.8 Niger 41.0 25.9 26.6 29.6 26.5 29.4 Nigeria 9.80 22.5 23.3 24.2 16.6 17.0 Share of increase in poverty gap due to deeper poverty among those already poor Burkina Faso n.a. n.a. 96.7 93.4 — — Ghana n.a. n.a. 96.2 92.3 92.5 86.3 Liberia n.a. n.a. 94.9 90.2 94.8 90.2 Senegal n.a. n.a. 93.3 86.9 — — Sierra Leone n.a. n.a. 97.1 94.9 95.9 92.8 Togo n.a. n.a. 98.4 96.8 98.3 96.6 Congo, Dem. Rep. n.a. n.a. 95.1 90.4 111.0 136.0 Guinea n.a. n.a. 94.4 89.3 70.7 60.9 Gabon n.a. n.a. 95.4 90.7 95.1 90.1 Mali n.a. n.a. 89.9 82.3 81.1 71.3 Niger n.a. n.a. 70.6 75.9 65.3 74.6 Nigeria n.a. n.a. 96.0 91.8 94.1 88.7 Source: Wodon et al. (2008). Notes: — = not available, n.a. = not applicable. Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 63 Figure 6.1: Upper-bound estimates for the impact of a price increase in rice 7 Percentage point increase in poverty 6 25% increase 5 50% increase 4 3 2 1 0 Gabon Ghana Congo, Burkina Nigeria Togo Niger Sierra Mali Guinee Senegal Liberia Dem. Rep. Leone Source: Wodon et al. (2008). considered for the twelve countries. It is an important commodity, especially in Liberia, Senegal, Guinea, and Sierra Leone where it represents a very large share of the food bas- ket of the population. Rice is also important because West and Central African countries are typically net importers (and in some countries such as Senegal, virtually all the rice consumed is imported), and the price of rice increased very substantially in 2007–08. Rice also ma ers because this is the commodity for which most countries implemented a reduction in import taxes in an effort to dampen the impact of the increase in interna- tional prices on the poor. Finally, available data suggests that in those countries where both local and imported rice are consumed, the price of both types of rice move very closely together, so that an increase in the price of imported rice does translate into an increase in the price of locally produced rice. As is clear from the data presented in �gure 6.1, a 50 percent increase in the price of rice alone could lead to an increase in the headcount of poverty of 2.2 percentage points in the countries in the sample, and much more in some cases. Importantly, the lower bound estimates for the impact of rice shocks are not much lower than the upper bound because much of the locally produced rice is self-consumed in the countries that do produce rice. Table 6.2 also provides the impact of the increase in food prices on the poverty gap, as well as the share of the increase in the poverty gap that is due to an increase in how much poorer those who were already poor before the shock are becoming as a result of the shock, as opposed to the increase in the poverty gap that comes from household who have become poor as a result of the shock, but were not previously poor before the shock. The �ndings are revealing: an overwhelming majority of the increase in the poverty gap (and the squared poverty gap, although this is not shown here) are due to higher levels of poverty among households who were already poor before the shock. 64 A World Bank Study This suggests in turn that the areas that are likely to be most affected by the shock are probably those that were already very poor before the shock (this is discussed in more detail below). Geographic Impact of the Increase in Food Prices In this section, the poverty mapping technique is used to estimate the impact of higher food price at the district level. Mistiaen (2003) conducted similar work to estimate the impact of a change in the price of rice in Madagascar. His idea consists in estimating a new poverty map using a revised consumption aggregate in the survey with the con- sumption data. This revised consumption aggregate takes into account the impact of the shock. By comparing the initial poverty map with the revised poverty map based on the new consumption aggregate, we obtain estimates at a disaggregated geographical level of the impact on poverty of the shock. This is also the procedure used here. In the case of a food price shock, the key is to assess impacts on both the consumer side (higher food prices reduce welfare) and the producer side (higher food prices increase incomes for producers), while making sure than when a food item is produced and auto-consumed, neither effects are taken into account since prices are irrelevant. We simulate here the impact of an increase in the price of �ve food items (rice, maize, bread, maize flour, and flour) of 50 percent. To construct the revised consumption aggre- gate in the GLSS5, a number of assumptions are used. As before, we assume that the cost of an increase in food prices for a household translates into an equivalent reduction of its consumption in real terms. This means that we do not take into account the price elastic- ity of demand which may lead to substitution effects and thereby help offset part of the negative effect of higher prices for certain food items. Similarly, an increase for produc- ers in the value of their net sales of food translates into an increase of their consumption of equivalent size, and we again do not take into account the role that the price elasticity of supply may play here. As for food self-consumed by producers (which represents a large share of total consumption for some goods), it is not taken into account in the simu- lations since changes in prices do not affect households when food is auto-consumed. We also do not take into account the potential spillover effects of the increase in prices for the food items included in the analysis on the prices for items not included. Finally we consider only the short-term impact on poverty of higher food prices, as estimated by looking at the consumption and production of food by households. Thus we do not take into account potential medium- to long-term impacts arising, for example, from the fact that an increase in food prices may lead to higher wages for farm workers (�ndings from studies on medium-term impacts suggest that wage gains compensate only in a very limited way for the initial impact of food price shocks). Are the hardest hit areas the poorest? The relationship between initial poverty and the change in poverty by area is visualized in �gure 6.2. The sca er plots provide on the horizontal axis the initial level of poverty (measured through the headcount index and the poverty gap) and on the vertical axis the change in poverty due to the increase in food prices. When using the headcount index, we �nd evidence of an inverted-U relationship between the change in poverty and the initial level of poverty. For areas with very low poverty measures, the impact of the food crisis is not very large, as most households are not poor and able to cope with the shock. For the very poor districts, the impact is also not very large, not so much because many households are protected from the increase in prices because they are net sellers of food or rely in large part on auto- Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 65 Figure 6.2: Increase in poverty with a 50 percent increase in rice prices (a) Headcount, consumption (b) Headcount, consumption & production 4.0 4.0 Change in poverty headcount Change in poverty headcount 3.0 3.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20.0 40.0 60.0 80.0 0.0 20.0 40.0 60.0 80.0 Poverty headcount Poverty headcount (c) Poverty gap, consumption (d) Poverty Gap, consumption, production 2.5 2.0 Change in poverty gap index Change in poverty gap index 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 10.0 20.0 30.0 40.0 0.0 10.0 20.0 30.0 40.0 Poverty gap index Poverty gap index Source: Authors’ estimations using GLSDS5 and CWIQ 2003. consumption to meet their basic food needs, but instead because in those districts high levels of poverty reduce the likelihood that more households will become poor due to the higher prices. The most affected areas are those that are in the middle ground with initial poverty levels in the 30 to 60 percent range. The results are very different with the poverty gap. There is a clear positive relation- ship between the initial level of poverty and the increase in poverty, suggesting that the areas that were the poorest before the food price crisis were also on average the areas affected the most by the increase in food prices. The relationship is especially strong when considering the upper bound impacts of the crisis that take into account only the impact of the crisis on the consumer side. Thus while it has often been assumed that urban areas were hit hardest by the food price increases because urban households do not produce their own food, the results show that the poorest areas of the country were probably those affected the most. Conclusion In a context of crisis, should safety nets target areas that are affected the most by the crisis, or areas that are initially the poorest or that are the poorest after taking into account the impact of the crisis? In principle, from a social welfare point of view, one 66 A World Bank Study could argue that one should most of the time target in priority the areas with the high- est level of poverty. But governments are also under pressure to respond to the impact of crises on households so as to offset part of that impact. To the extent that the increase in poverty is going to be highest in already poor areas, the dilemma faced by policy makers is reduced. The results in this chapter suggest that the impact on poverty of higher food prices is likely to have been lower in Ghana than in other West and Central African countries, but that the impact was nevertheless substantial. Using poverty mapping techniques, we also analyzed where geographically higher food prices are likely to have had the largest negative impact. The results suggest that contrary to popular belief the poorest areas of the country are likely to have been the most affected by the increase in food prices, which would then warrant targeting these areas through safety nets independently of whether one considers that the priority is to reach poor areas or to help offset the impact of the shock. CHAPTER 7 Targeting Free School Uniforms in Ghana Juan Carlos Parra Osorio, Clarence Tsimpo, and Quentin Wodon This chapter is the �rst of two papers aiming to compare the potential performance of geo- graphic targeting versus proxy means-testing. The assessment of the potential targeting performance of both targeting mechanisms is conducted using simulations for programs that are under consideration or could be considered for implementation in Ghana. In this chapter, we assess the potential targeting performance of the distribution of free school uni- forms to close to two million students that is planned by the Government for fall 2009. The program can be considered as a scheme to lower the private cost of schooling for households. We �rst provide a brief introduction regarding the issue of the costs faced by household when enrolling their students in school. Next, we simulate how well targeted to the poor the planned school uniform program could be if various targeting mechanisms were used. Three mechanisms are considered: geographic targeting (at both the district and local levels), proxy means-testing, and a combination of both. The results suggest that proper geographic targeting could go a long way in making the program pro-poor. Proxy means-testing, which would make the free uniform available to some children but not others on the basis of the characteristics of their household, would not improve targeting performance, and it could also generate stigma (this does not mean that proxy means-testing would not be appropriate for other types of programs, as discussed in other chapters). One should stress that the targeting performance of free school uniforms program presented here is simulated. Actual targeting performance could be lower. But the data suggest that geographic targeting could lead to good targeting performance. Private Education Costs and School Uniforms T he cost of schooling remains an issue for many children not a ending school. The GLSS5 does not have a question on why children do not a end school, but such a question is asked in the 2003 CWIQ. Table 7.1 shows that the cost of schooling is cited as the main reason for not being enrolled in both the sample of children aged 6 to 11 who are not in school, and that of children aged 12 to 17. Surprisingly, the issue of cost is men- tioned by children from all �ve quintiles as the main reason for not enrolling. Note that the CWIQ was implemented before the school reform that led to the abolition of school fees. Even though the CWIQ data is somewhat dated, and even though measures have 67 68 A World Bank Study Table 7.1: Main reasons for not attending school, 2003 CWIQ (%) Residence Area Welfare Quintiles Urban Rural Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Total Children aged 6–11 Not of school age 0.0 2.2 1.4 4.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.5 Too far away 0.9 7.3 9.1 2.7 5.7 2.5 2.6 5.2 Too expensive 57.9 34.8 29.1 47.6 48.4 47.0 52.9 42.4 Is working (home or job) 4.4 5.1 6.1 4.9 3.9 5.5 2.3 4.9 Useless/uninteresting 28.1 38.6 46.1 25.6 34.3 32.9 31.9 35.2 Illness 5.2 5.6 4.8 6.9 5.0 7.7 1.1 5.5 Other specify 4.8 11.2 11.9 9.7 7.6 2.9 9.9 9.1 Children aged 12–17 Completed school 27.9 23.3 15.0 27.0 26.9 26.2 32.2 25.2 Too far away 0.3 2.0 2.4 1.5 1.0 0.3 1.1 1.3 Too expensive 25.6 21.9 25.2 21.5 22.2 25.5 23.9 23.5 Is working (home or job) 7.4 9.7 9.7 7.6 7.5 7.8 12.7 8.7 Useless/uninteresting 19.6 31.0 37.6 28.9 24.3 20.0 17.4 26.2 Illness 1.4 3.4 4.1 3.6 1.2 2.3 1.4 2.6 Having a child/pregnancy 3.1 3.1 2.3 3.1 3.4 4.0 2.6 3.1 Failed exams 3.4 4.2 4.8 3.9 3.6 3.7 3.2 3.9 Apprenticeship 20.4 13.1 10.5 15.5 17.8 20.0 17.4 16.2 Other reason, specify 3.1 3.7 3.4 2.3 4.0 3.8 4.5 3.5 Source: Authors’ estimations using 2003 CWIQ. Note: Reasons affecting less than 1 percent of the children not enrolled have been dropped from the table. since been taken to reduce the cost of schooling, the data still suggest that lower private costs of schooling could help boost enrollment rates. Data from the GLSS5 on private expenditure for schooling con�rm that cost may indeed be an issue, and these data were collected just after the abolition of school fees in the academic year 2004–05 (this later led to the adoption of pilot capitation grants for schools to compensate for lost revenues, �rst in deprived schooling districts, and ultimately nationally). The average share of total consumption allocated by households to education expenditures is high at 9.3 percent in urban areas and 5.0 percent in rural areas (table 7.2). For the poor, the costs of education are far from negligible, and many among the poor may decide not to go to school, or not to pursue their education because of cost. The share of households receiving scholarships is rather low. School fees, as well as food, boarding, and lodging at school are the highest costs, but these average costs are heavily influenced by children who go to private schools, as opposed to pub- lic schools. Other costs include dues for PTAs (Parent Teacher Associations), school uni- forms and sports clothes, books and school supplies, transport, extra classes, and other expenses (or expenses that households could not allocate to speci�c categories during the survey interview). School uniforms represent only 4.8 percent of total education expenditure, but for the poorest quintile of the population, they account for 11.0 percent of total spending on Table 7.2: Percentage of budget shares of various education expenditures, 2005–06 (%) Educational Books and Food, board, % of scholarship School PTA Uniforms and school and lodging at Extra In-kind Cannot give total (received) fees fees sports clothes supplies Transport school classes expenses break down cons. Location Urban 0.3 23.9 0.9 3.5 7.9 6.0 28.3 5.4 0.4 23.8 9.3 Rural 0.4 14.7 1.4 7.6 7.9 4.0 46.2 4.5 0.8 13.0 5.0 Locality Accra (GAMA) 0.1 25.4 0.6 2.7 7.2 7.8 23.5 5.3 0.4 27.2 11.0 Urban coastal 1.0 20.9 1.1 4.0 10.0 3.8 35.9 4.1 0.3 19.9 7.4 Urban forest 0.3 24.1 1.2 3.8 7.7 4.5 30.6 6.0 0.4 21.7 8.9 Urban savannah 0.9 16.8 1.8 8.2 9.8 3.6 38.1 5.2 0.7 15.8 6.0 Rural coastal 0.4 11.9 1.3 7.5 8.3 5.8 48.1 4.9 1.1 11.1 4.5 Rural forest 0.4 15.3 1.3 6.5 7.3 3.9 46.7 4.8 0.7 13.6 6.3 Rural savannah 0.3 16.0 2.0 13.0 9.9 2.1 41.1 2.1 0.8 12.9 2.7 Quintile Q1 (poorest) 0.4 14.6 1.9 11.0 9.1 1.9 45.5 3.1 0.4 12.5 6.4 Q2 0.4 16.1 1.3 7.9 8.2 2.2 45.7 4.5 0.7 13.3 7.3 Q3 0.6 19.1 1.2 5.6 7.7 3.0 41.7 4.9 0.5 16.3 8.4 Q4 0.2 20.5 1.3 4.4 7.5 5.4 35.7 5.9 0.4 18.8 8.2 Q5 (richest) 0.3 24.0 0.7 3.2 7.9 7.4 25.4 5.1 0.6 25.6 6.7 Total 0.4 21.1 1.1 4.8 7.9 5.4 33.7 5.1 0.5 20.5 7.3 Source: Authors using GLSS5. 70 A World Bank Study education (table 7.2). Among all categories of education expenditures, school uniforms are clearly the category of expenditure that affects the poor much more than others, in the sense that school uniforms represent much larger share of total education expenditures for the poor than for other groups. This can also be seen in �gure 7.1 which provides consumption dominance (CD) curves of the second order for the various categories of spending. CD curves of the second order represent the share of total spending (on the vertical axis) that is accounted for by the population before a certain level of well-being (on the horizontal axis), with a value of one on that axis representing the poverty line. To reach the poor, of all categories of private education spending that could be targeted for subsidies, school uniforms should be the top candidate, since the CD curve for school uniforms is above all others. The fact that providing free school uniforms could if imple- mented well bene�t the poor more than other groups is one of the reasons why the Gov- ernment of Ghana is pu ing in place a program that will provide free school uniforms to up to two million children in public primary schools (details of the implementation of the program are still being discussed). Targeting Performance Simulations for School Uniforms Free school uniforms could be distributed in many different ways. One possibility would be to target the uniforms geographically and primarily to educationally deprived districts. These districts tend to have fewer educational facilities, facilities that are in poorer conditions, lower enrollment rates, and lower test scores than other districts in Figure 7.1: Consumption dominance curves (second order) for education expenditures 0.6 Books 0.4 Uniforms Fees Extra In-kind Food, board... PTA 0.2 Can't give break Transportation 0 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 Normalized per ed. Adult expenditure (yi/z) School/registration fees Parent/teacher associations (PTA) Uniforms Books/supplies Transportation Food, board & lodging at school? Extra Expenses In-kind expenses Cannot give break down Source: Authors using GLSS5. Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 71 the country. Another possibility would be to target the uniforms geographically to poor areas, in which case the share of the bene�ts that would accrue to the poor is likely to be higher. Still another alternative is to rely on a proxy means-testing mechanism such as that used by LEAP. In this section we use GLSS5 data to simulate the targeting per- formance of school uniform distributions under three different targeting mechanisms: geographic targeting, proxy means-testing, and a combination of both. We assume that two million school uniforms are distributed (one uniform per child) at a unit cost of $5. This value was chosen because the average expenditure on uniforms for children a end- ing public primary schools and for which households declare an expenditure on school uniforms is $5.63 in the GLSS5. To select the students who may receive the school uniforms, we proceed as follows. First, to be eligible, a child must �rst be enrolled in primary school, and s/he must a end a public school (under the assumption that children a ending private school are likely to come from be er off households). A total of 3.1 million children a end public primary schools according to the GLSS5, and 36 percent of them are poor. Next, for geographic targeting of the school uniforms distribution, we consider two options: geographic targeting at either the district or local level. Speci�cally, we use the GLSS5 data to rank districts and enumeration areas (these are so-called primary sampling units in which there are typically 20 households that have been randomly selected from a small area such as a village or part of a city) according to their level of poverty, using the headcount index for the ranking (we could also use higher order poverty measures such as the poverty gap and squared poverty gap, which would be more appropriate to target the poorest among the poor, but the results are not very sensitive to this assumption. There are 110 districts and 580 enumeration areas identi�ed in the GLSS5 data. The number of districts is only 110 because the data predate the expansion in the number of districts �rst to 138, and later to 170. Note that the poverty estimates at the district and enumeration area levels use for geographic targeting in the GLSS5 have high standard errors due to small sample sizes at those levels in the GLSS5. Yet for the simulations presented here in the aggregate, this is not problematic because the reliability of the aggregate targeting performance indica- tors is good, since it is based on estimates for many different areas. Note also that while we consider the targeting performance estimates obtained with the district level data as potentially achievable in practice (because we have good estimates of poverty at the district level through the poverty map presented in chapter 4 of this study), the targeting performance obtained through targeting at the level of enumeration areas may be dif- �cult to achieve since it is not easy to obtain valid poverty estimates for very small areas (the CWIQ-based poverty map is valid only at the district level). We provide enumera- tion area targeting performance for comparison purposes to show that the gain obtained from further targeting at that level are limited, so that district-level geographic targeting is good enough. It is also worth noting that the poorest districts in the GLSS5 data need not be all the same as the poorest districts in the new and more robust poverty map based on the GLSS5 and the 2003 CWIQ, although there is a high degree of correlation between both sets of districts. The reason for not using the poverty map for the simulations presented here is that we want to compare the performance of geographic targeting and proxy means-testing in a single data set, and the poverty map cannot be used for simulat- ing proxy means-testing because the consumption data that would be used to simulate 72 A World Bank Study proxy means-testing within the CWIQ data themselves have been obtained using a pre- dictive model. The children who bene�t from the school uniforms under geographic targeting in the simulations are those who live in the poorest districts or enumeration areas. That is, all children in public primary schools living in the poorest district or enumeration area are selected for participation in the distribution program. Next all children in the second poorest district or enumeration area are selected, and so on up to having selected a total of two million children by progressively including less poor districts or enumeration areas. For proxy means-testing (PMT), we use a regression model to estimate the expected level of consumption of the household in which a child enrolled in a public primary school lives. For the pure PMT we select as bene�ciaries of the programs the children who live in the poorest households, as classi�ed by the result of the prediction from the regression. This assumes that PMT is implemented nationally, and we simply choose the poorest children as bene�ciaries of the programs (i.e., two million children in public primary schools are selected). For the combination of geographic targeting and PMT, whereby PMT is applied to select bene�ciary children in areas identi�ed as poor, the PMT eligibility criteria is set at a level of consumption per equivalent adult equal to 150 percent of the poverty line. Then, the poorest children according to the PMT predic- tion are selected within the set de�ned by both geographical eligibility (poor districts) and PMT eligibility. It is important to highlight the fact that the PMT technique used here does not rely on community-level information from those who live in poor communities. In the target- ing mechanism used by LEAP, performance appears to be especially good (and be er than the estimates presented here) because the targeting mechanisms used by LEAP combines unique information available at the community level (but typically not avail- able to government officials) together with proxy means-testing. Table 7.3 presents the performance resulting from the various targeting mechanisms, by computing the percentage of the target population in each poverty status according to the poverty line, and their predicted status under each program and scheme. Inclu- sion errors are de�ned as the total number of nonpoor eligible children predicted poor as a share of the total number of eligible children predicted poor. Exclusion errors are de�ned as the total number of poor eligible children that are predicted nonpoor as a share of the total number of poor eligible children. It is desirable to have low levels of both errors, but given a limited budget, inclusion errors ma er the most because they drive the share of bene�ts accruing to nonpoor households, while the objective is to maximize the share of bene�ts accruing to the poor. Reading the �rst row in table 7.3, corresponding to the school uniforms program targeted geographically at the district level, 32.2 percent of the eligible children are poor according to the poverty line and correctly predicted poor by geographic targeting; 4.3 percent of the eligible children are poor according to the poverty line but predicted nonpoor by geographic targeting; 31.2 percent are nonpoor according to the poverty line and correctly predicted nonpoor by geographic targeting, and the other 32.3 percent of the eligible children are nonpoor according to the poverty line and incorrectly predicted poor by geographic targeting. The share of the predicted poor population by geographic targeting that is nonpoor according to the poverty line, which is the inclusion error, is equal to 50.1 percent. Thus half of the bene�ts would go to the poor (this is also apparent in the share of the bene�ts accruing to the poor listed at the bo om right of the table; this Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 73 Table 7.3: Simulated targeting performance of free school uniforms (%) Indicators of Targeting Performance Poor, Poor, Nonpoor, Nonpoor, predicted predicted predicted predicted Error of Error of poor nonpoor nonpoor poor inclusion exclusion Geographic targeting District 32.2 4.3 31.2 32.3 50.1 11.8 PSU 35.8 0.7 34.8 28.7 44.5 2.0 Proxy means-testing 31.5 5.0 30.5 33.0 51.2 13.7 PMT within geographic District 32.9 3.6 31.9 31.6 49.1 10.0 PSU 33.0 3.5 32.0 31.5 48.8 9.6 Share of the bene�ts that go to each quintile and to the poor Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Poor Geographic targeting District 36.2 27.4 19.1 11.7 5.6 49.9 PSU 39.1 31.7 17.2 8.5 3.5 55.5 Proxy means-testing 35.2 28.9 21.7 11.0 3.3 48.8 PMT within geographic District 36.7 30.0 20.8 8.8 3.6 50.9 PSU 36.8 29.5 20.5 10.1 3.1 51.2 Source: Authors’ estimations using GLSS5 data. is one minus the error of inclusion). This share might not seem that impressive, but it is much higher than the performance of most if not all other programs reviewed here (i.e., food subsidies, fertilizer subsidies, oil related subsidies, electricity subsidies, and school lunches). This share is also substantially higher than the bene�t accruing to the poor from public education spending. Table 7.3 suggests that shifting from district-level geographic targeting to targeting at the level of enumeration areas would increase targeting performance further, as expected, but not by a wide margin. Proxy means-testing would work almost as well as geographic targeting, but it would be more complicated to implement, and probably not appropriate from a political point of view in the case of the distribution of school uniforms (because it might generate either stigma or envy if some children in the same school get a uniform, and others do not, and the risk of stigma or envy is not worth it given the relatively low value of the transfers provided through the free uniforms). Finally, PMT within geographic tar- geting actually reduces targeting performance, essentially due to the imperfect prediction of consumption, too many poor households living in poor areas are being denied eligibil- ity (we could however change the threshold of rejection depending of the district in which a household lives, but the point is that the complication arising from implementing PMT within geographic targeting would probably still not bring much, if any bene�ts in terms if improving overall targeting performance). Table 7.4 provides data on the potential impact on poverty of the school uniform program assuming that the in-kind transfer of $5 represented by a uniform represents an equivalent increase in the consumption level of program bene�ciaries. The impacts 74 A World Bank Study are small, because program outlays themselves are small in comparison to what would be needed to eradicate poverty in Ghana. Under the reference targeting mechanism (district level geographic targeting), the headcount index of poverty would be reduced by 0.34 percentage point, the poverty gap by 0.22 points, and the squared poverty gap by 0.15 points. Normalized poverty impacts are also provided under the other target- ing mechanisms (the normalization simply consists in expressing the poverty reduction under the alternative mechanism as a ratio of the poverty reduction under the baseline mechanism in percentage terms). As expected, differences in poverty impacts are small between the different options considered here (this is not surprising given that the vari- ous mechanisms have similar orders of magnitude in terms of targeting performance in table 7.3). Table 7.4: Normalized poverty reduction impact of school uniforms under alternative targeting (%) Headcount ratio Poverty gap Squared poverty gap No program (rates) 28.53 9.59 4.60 Poverty impact under district targeting −0.34 −0.22 −0.15 Geographic targeting–Normalized impact District 100.0 100.0 100.0 PSU 117.5 111.2 106.7 Proxy means testing–Normalized impact 96.4 97.8 98.0 PMT within geographic–Normalized impact District 99.7 102.2 101.3 PSU 99.7 102.7 101.3 Source: Authors’ estimations using GLSS5 data. Conclusion In this chapter we provided an assessment of the potential targeting performance of the distribution of free school uniforms to close to two million students that is planned by the Government for fall 2009. We �rst suggested that targeting school uniforms to reduce the private cost of schooling for household was a good idea given that this is the area of private spending for education that hurts the poor the most proportion- ately to the amounts spent. Said differently, a much larger share of the total private spending for school uniforms is paid by the poor than for any other private education expenditure that can be identi�ed in the household survey data. Next, we suggested that geographic targeting would work as well as, if not be er, than proxy means-testing to target the bene�ciaries of the free school uniforms. Given that geographic targeting is simpler and less costly to implement than proxy means-testing, and that it is also less likely to generate any stigma, it should be recommended to target the program. Targeting within districts would result in some gains in targeting performance and pov- erty impacts, but even simple targeting at the district level would already achieve good targeting performance. CHAPTER 8 Simulating Conditional Cash Transfers for Education in Ghana Juan Carlos Parra Osorio and Quentin Wodon If from a political economy point of view it is acceptable to target social programs geographi- cally, and thus to cover only the poorest areas of a country, geographic targeting may often perform as well as if not be er than proxy means-testing. In such a context, geographic targeting is preferable since it is easier and less costly to implement. However, when govern- ments are under pressure to implement at least some programs nationally (which seems to be the case in Ghana), and/or when governments want to reach a larger share of the poor through at least some of their programs (to reduce errors of exclusion), it becomes necessary to implement those programs in a larger number of areas, in which case geographic target- ing may not be sufficient anymore. The question then is whether in some areas geographic targeting performs be er than proxy means-testing, while in others the reverse may be true. It may also be possible in some areas to combine geographic targeting with proxy means- testing to achieve be er targeting performance. After a brief review of Mexico’s experience with conditional cash transfers (CCTs), this chapter looks at these issues by simulating the potential targeting performance of a CCT program for junior secondary education under geographic targeting, proxy means-testing, and a combination of both. The results suggest that in less poor areas, proxy means-testing performs be er than geographic targeting, while the reverse is observed in the poorest areas. One should stress that the targeting performance of the program presented here is simulated. Actual targeting performance could be lower. But the data suggest that for programs such as conditional cash transfers that would aim to promote a be er transition from primary to junior secondary school among poor households nationally, a combination of geographic targeting and proxy means-testing could lead to the best targeting. Conditional Cash Transfers: Mexico’s Experience1 C onditional cash transfers have proven effective in many countries to reduce poverty both today and in the future through investments in the education and health of younger generations (for a detailed review of the international experience to-date with conditional cash transfers, see Fiszbein and Schady 2009). The most famous (and one of the �rst) example of CCTs is Mexico’s Oportunidades, previously known as PROGRESA (Programa de Educación, Salud y Alimentación). Confronted with rising poverty after the economic crisis of 1995, the Mexican government progressively changed its poverty 75 76 A World Bank Study reduction strategy by ending costly universal tortilla subsidies and instead funding new investments in human capital through PROGRESA. The program gives cash grants to poor rural households, provided their children a end school for 85 percent of school days and the household visits public health clinics and participates in educational work- shops on health and nutrition. Founded in 1997, within two years PROGRESA covered 2.6 million families: 40 percent of all rural families and one in nine families nationally. Operating in 31 of the 32 states, in 50,000 localities and 2,000 municipalities, its 1999 budget was about 0.2 percent of Mexico’s gross domestic product. This funding for PROGRESA, and reduced funding for other programs, was a deliberate policy choice to favor programs that are be er targeted to the poor and that involve co-responsibility by bene�ciaries, promoting long-term behavioral changes. In education, the Mexico program provides bi-monthly cash transfers to households with children in school. The amounts rise with grade level, both to compensate for hypo- thetical lost earnings from child labor and to improve retention of children at the sec- ondary level. Evaluations showed that the program raised school enrollment rates, with children from participating households receiving on average 0.64 year of schooling more than others. In health care, the program provides free basic health care to bene�ciaries, prenatal care for pregnant women, growth monitoring of babies, nutritional supple- ments for children, monetary grants for purchasing food, and education on hygiene, nutrition and reproductive health. These bene�ts come with conditions, including regu- lar visits to the health center, a endance at educational sessions, and helping to main- tain schools and clinics. Evaluations found increased a endance at health clinics and reduced morbidity among bene�ciary children aged 0 to 2 years. The cash payments to household for education and health also contribute to reducing monetary poverty. PROGRESA used a three-stage targeting mechanism (Skou�as et al. 1999). First, using census data, poor rural localities were selected on the basis of their level of margin- ality. Speci�cally, PROGRESA used data from the 1990 population census and the 1995 population count (Conteo) to create a marginality index for 105,749 localities. The index was developed using a principal component analysis, based on seven variables, the �rst four of which came from the 1995 population count (Conteo) and the remaining three from the 1990 population census. The seven variables were: (1) Share of illiterate adults (>14 years) in the locality; (2) Share of dwellings without water; (3) Share of dwell- ings without draining systems; (4) Share of dwellings without electricity; (5) Average number of occupants per room; (6) Share of dwellings with dirt floor; and (7) Share of population working in the primary sector. The �rst component of the principal compo- nent analysis was used to classify localities into �ve groups, with corresponding levels of marginality (see Appendix B in Skou�as et al. 1999, for details). For small localities representing less than 3 percent of the country’s population, some variables were not available to compute the marginality index with the above method, so that regressions were used instead to estimate this index. Among the 76,098 localities characterized as having a high, or very high level of marginality (the localities covered 15 million people, out of Mexico’s total of 90 mil- lion in 1995), only 48,501 were eligible to bene�t from the program, because eligibility required the presence of a primary school, a secondary school, and a clinic (to enable the program to function properly). Some more localities were dropped from the sample of potentially eligible localities because they had too few inhabitants, or because they were too isolated, or lacked access (this was done in part to reduce operation costs). Still, at the Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 77 end of the process, the available evidence suggests that PROGRESA’s methodology for selecting eligible localities performed well compared to a consumption-based model �t- ted using national surveys. However, the index lost some power of distinction between localities with medium (i.e., non-eligible) and high (i.e., eligible) levels of marginality, which may have led to some degree of arbitrariness in the selection or exclusion of some of the localities (Skou�as et al. 1999: 11–14). The second stage in the targeting process consisted of selecting eligible families within participating communities. For this, PROGRESA collected data on all households living in participating communities and a multivariate discriminant analysis was used to classify households as poor (i.e., bene�ciaries) or nonpoor (i.e., non-bene�ciaries). More speci�cally, socio-economic information on all households in the communities was �rst gathered through the ENCASEH local census. The census questionnaire and the proce- dure to determine eligibility were standardized at the national level. Then, a per capita income indicator was constructed by summing all individual incomes and subtracting the income from children. This income was compared to a Standard Food Basket to create a binary variable for poor and nonpoor status. In each region, a discriminant analysis was then performed to identify the variables which best separate the poor and nonpoor, and a second index was computed (i.e., the discriminant score) to capture differences between the poor and the nonpoor. It is this index, and thus the related variables, which served for the classi�cation of the households as poor or nonpoor (or eligible and noneligible). The reason to use this index, rather than the per capita income of the household, was that the index was deemed to be er capture multiple dimensions of poverty. The evaluation of this second step in the targeting procedure suggested that while the targeting mechanism was fairly good at identifying extremely poor households, its accuracy was again lower at moderate rates of poverty (25th to 52nd percentiles; for details, see Skou�as et al. 1999: 14–21 and Appendixes C to E). The third stage in the targeting process consisted of incorporating the eligible families into the program, and taking this opportunity to check the selection of the bene�- ciaries within the community. This was done through a community meeting for all bene�- ciaries and local authorities. Each community was given the list of program participants, and it was still feasible at this stage to change the selection, for example by suggesting a second visit by PROGRESA staff if it was believed that some poor families should be reclassi�ed as nonpoor or vice versa. The proportion of households whose selection was disputed turned out to be, however, very small (0.1 percent of the selected households), which may be a good sign to avoid political interferences in the process. Once the targeting mechanism was complete, eligible households were registered and a PROGRESA hologram ID with an identifying number was given to the house- hold’s main woman. A supply of health and school reporting forms was provided to schoolmasters and doctors. These forms were collected bimonthly and sent back to PROGRESA’s central office, which in turn, issued listings with the amounts of transfers to be granted to the families. These listings were sent to state offices and Telecom offices. Telecom then issued cash for bimonthly transfers upon presentation of the individual hologram eligibility card and ID. Telecom gave the transfers only to the card bearer. Disputed amounts were discussed with PROGRESA staff and promotoras, who were volunteer community women in charge of the program in their community. Among other tasks, promotoras held meetings with bene�ciary women in their communities and reported monthly on health and education services. 78 A World Bank Study Simulating Conditional Cash Transfers for Ghana Conditions may be present in Ghana to recommend or at least consider the implementa- tion of CCTs for junior secondary school students. On the education side, completion of primary school is now higher than it was previously thanks to a large increase in school enrollment brought about among others by the capitation grants and the elimination of school fees. But for the poor the transition to junior secondary school remains more diffi- cult, and the completion of senior secondary school is still very limited, especially again among the poor. On the labor market side, one of the advantages of CCTs is that they generate investments by households in the human capital of their children. Human capi- tal is mobile and it can be used by children when they reach adulthood wherever they decide to live and/or work. The large geographic disparities observed in Ghana in terms of poverty and human development are unlikely to be resolved rapidly, so that migra- tion to urban areas and coastal areas is expected to continue. By improving the education of younger generations who now live in poverty, CCTs may enable these generations to be be er equipped for the labor market even if they migrate to other areas of the country after the completion of their studies. This does not mean that concurrently, investments in the physical capital of poor areas are not needed. But CCTs do have an advantage of portability which is important in a changing economy. To analyze the potential impact on poverty of CCTs, this section follows a simi- lar approach to the analysis conducted for school uniforms in chapter 7. Although we use the same techniques as those employed in that chapter, some of the methodological explanations are repeated here again for the bene�t of readers who may have not read the chapter. We use GLSS5 data to simulate the targeting performance of conditional cash transfers (CCTs) under three different targeting mechanisms: geographic targeting, proxy means-testing, and a combination of both. For comparison with the school uni- forms simulations we assume that $20 per child is provided to half a million children, so that the total cost of the program is identical to the cost of the simulated free school uniform program, at $10 million. The choice of $20 per child per year is somewhat arbi- trary (and admi edly a relatively low transfer) and simulations could be redone with different amounts. But for comparison purposes, it is useful to keep the cost of the two programs equal. To select the students who receive the CCT, we proceed in a fashion similar to what was done for school uniforms, with various scenarios. In a �rst set of simulations, we pro- vide the CCT to students a ending public junior secondary schools (denoted as JSS 1 in tables 8.1 and 8.2) under the assumption that children a ending private school are likely to come from be er off households, and therefore would not be eligible for the CCTs. Next, we also consider as additional potential bene�ciaries of the program students with a completed primary education but un�nished junior secondary who are below 17 years of age (denoted as JSS 2). The assumption is that some of those children might have pur- sued their education if CCTs had been available (there also could be a pull effect from the CCT that would lead to higher primary school completion, and therefore even higher enrollment at the junior secondary level, but this is more difficult to simulate without increasing the sample of potential bene�ciaries dramatically and probably too much). Next, for geographic targeting, we consider two options: geographic targeting at either the district or local level, as was done for school uniforms. Speci�cally, we use the GLSS5 data to rank districts and enumeration areas (these are so-called primary sam- Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 79 Table 8.1: Simulated targeting performance of CCTs at the national level (%) Indicators of targeting performance Poor, Poor, Nonpoor, Nonpoor, predicted predicted predicted predicted Error of Error of poor nonpoor nonpoor poor inclusion exclusion Geographic targeting JSS 1 District 20.6 6.4 42.0 31.0 60.1 23.8 PSU 25.8 1.2 47.3 25.7 50.0 4.5 JSS 2 District 20.6 6.5 42.2 30.7 59.9 24.2 PSU 25.8 1.3 47.5 25.4 49.5 4.6 Proxy means-testing JSS 1 20.5 6.5 42.0 31.0 60.2 24.1 JSS 2 20.4 6.7 42.0 30.9 60.2 24.8 PMT within geographic JSS 1 District 21.7 5.3 43.2 29.8 57.8 19.6 PSU 22.1 4.9 43.6 29.4 57.1 18.1 JSS 2 District 21.7 5.4 43.3 29.6 57.7 20.0 PSU 22.1 5.0 43.8 29.1 56.9 18.6 Share of the bene�ts that go to each quintile and to the poor Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Poor Geographic targeting JSS 1 District 28.4 29.2 21.1 15.5 5.8 39.9 PSU 32.7 36.8 17.8 8.9 3.8 50.0 JSS 2 District 28.4 29.0 21.3 15.5 5.8 40.1 PSU 32.9 37.1 17.5 8.9 3.6 50.5 Proxy means-testing JSS 1 27.0 31.7 25.1 13.2 3.0 39.8 JSS 2 27.1 31.7 25.0 13.1 3.0 39.8 PMT within geographic JSS 1 District 28.9 33.1 23.5 11.4 3.2 42.2 PSU 29.1 33.1 23.0 12.0 2.8 42.9 JSS 2 District 29.0 33.2 23.1 11.6 3.2 42.3 PSU 29.3 33.1 22.6 12.2 2.8 43.1 Source: Authors’ simulations using GLSS5 data. pling units in which there are typically 20 households that have been randomly selected from a small area such as a village or part of a city) according to their level of poverty, using the headcount index for the ranking (we could also use higher order poverty mea- sures such as the poverty gap and squared poverty gap, which would be more appro- priate to target the poorest among the poor, but the results are not very sensitive to this assumption). There are 110 districts and 580 enumeration areas identi�ed in the GLSS5 data. The number of districts is only 110 because the data predate the expansion in the number of districts �rst to 138, and later to 170. As was the case for school uniforms, poverty estimates at the district and enumera- tion area levels used for geographic targeting in the GLSS5 have high standard errors 80 A World Bank Study due to small sample sizes at those levels in the data. Yet for the simulations presented in the aggregate, this is not problematic because the reliability of the aggregate targeting performance indicators is good, since it is based on estimates for many different areas. Note also that while we consider the targeting performance estimates obtained with the district level data as potentially achievable in practice (because we have good esti- mates of poverty at the district level through the poverty map presented in chapter 4), the targeting performance obtained through targeting at the level of enumeration areas may be difficult to achieve since it is not easy to obtain valid poverty estimates for very small areas (the CWIQ-based poverty map is valid only at the district level). We provide enumeration area targeting performance for comparison purposes to show that the gain obtained from further geographic targeting at that level are limited. The children who bene�t from the CCTs under geographic targeting in the simula- tions are those who live in the poorest districts or enumeration areas. Thus, all children already in public junior secondary schools living in the poorest district or enumera- tion area are selected for participation in the distribution program under the �rst set of simulations (JSS 1). Next all children in the second poorest district or enumeration area are selected, and so on up to having selected a total of half a million children by progressively including less poor districts or enumeration areas. For proxy means- testing (PMT), we use a regression model to estimate the expected level of consump- tion of the household in which a child enrolled in a public primary school lives. For the pure PMT we select as bene�ciaries of the programs the children who live in the poorest households, as classi�ed by the result of the prediction from the regression. This assumes that PMT is implemented nationally, and we simply choose the poorest children as bene�ciaries of the programs. For the combination of geographic targeting and PMT, whereby PMT is applied to select bene�ciary children in areas identi�ed as poor, the PMT eligibility criteria is set at a level of consumption per equivalent adult equal to 150 percent of the poverty line. Then, the poorest children according to the PMT prediction are selected within the set de�ned by both geographical eligibility (poor districts) and PMT eligibility. Table 8.1 presents the performance resulting from the various targeting mechanisms, by computing the percentage of the target population in each poverty status according to the poverty line, and their predicted status under each program and scheme. Inclu- sion errors are de�ned as the total number of nonpoor eligible children predicted poor as a share of the total number of eligible children predicted poor. Exclusion errors are de�ned as the total number of poor eligible children that are predicted nonpoor as a share of the total number of poor eligible children. It is desirable to have low levels of both errors, but given a limited budget, inclusion errors ma er the most because they drive the share of bene�ts accruing to nonpoor households, while the objective is to maximize the share of bene�ts accruing to the poor. Reading the �rst row in table 8.1, nationally 20.6 percent of the eligible children are poor according to the poverty line and correctly predicted poor by geographic targeting; 6.4 percent of the eligible children are poor according to the poverty line but predicted nonpoor by geographic targeting; 42.0 percent are nonpoor according to the poverty line and correctly predicted nonpoor by geographic targeting, and the other 31.0 percent of the eligible children are nonpoor according to the poverty line and incorrectly predicted poor by geographic targeting. The share of the predicted poor population by geographic targeting that is nonpoor according to the poverty line, which is the inclusion error, is Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 81 Table 8.2: Normalized poverty reduction impact of CCTs under alternative targeting (%) Headcount ratio Poverty gap Squared poverty gap No program (rates) 28.53 9.59 4.60 School Lunch Benchmark −0.34 −0.22 −0.15 Geographic targeting JSS 1 District 59.8 78.5 70.7 PSU 126.6 96.4 80.7 JSS 2 District 62.1 78.5 70.7 PSU 129.0 96.9 80.7 Proxy means-testing JSS 1 79.6 77.6 68.7 JSS 2 79.6 77.6 68.7 PMT within geographic JSS 1 District 88.8 82.5 72.0 PSU 97.3 83.4 72.7 JSS 2 District 88.8 82.5 72.0 PSU 97.3 83.9 72.7 Source: Authors’ estimations using GLSS5 data. equal to 60.1 percent. Thus less than half of the bene�ts would go to the poor (this is also apparent in the share of the bene�ts accruing to the poor listed at the bo om right of the table; this is one minus the error of inclusion). This share is lower than what was obtained from the analysis of school lunches separately, essentially because enrollment rates gaps in junior secondary schools are higher among poor versus be er off house- holds than is the case for primary school. The targeting performance of this scheme might not seem that impressive, but it is still higher than the performance of many other programs, and it is also much higher than the bene�t accruing to the poor from public education spending. Table 8.1 suggests that shifting from district-level geographic targeting to target- ing at the level of enumeration areas would increase targeting performance further, as expected. Proxy means-testing would work as well as geographic targeting on average, but it would be more complicated to implement (note that the potential issue of stigma would probably not be as present here as with school lunches given that CCTs are typi- cally not provided within the school). PMT within geographic targeting increases target- ing performance by only a small margin (but at least, in this case, it does not lead to a reduction in targeting performance as had been observed with school lunches). Table 8.2 provides data on the potential impact on poverty of the CCTs assuming that the cash transfer of $20 leads to an equivalent increase in the consumption level per equivalent adult of bene�ciary households. The impacts are normalized versus the estimated potential impact of school lunches, to facilitate comparisons. The impacts are small, because program outlays themselves are small in comparison to what would be needed to eradicate poverty in Ghana. As a reminder, under the school lunch ref- erence district-level geographic targeting mechanism, the headcount index of pov- erty would be reduced by 0.34 percentage point, the poverty gap by 0.22 point, and the squared poverty gap by 0.15 point. The normalized poverty impacts presented for 82 A World Bank Study Table 8.3: Simulated targeting performance of CCTs at the regional level (%) Indicators of Targeting Performance Poor, Poor, Nonpoor, Nonpoor, predicted predicted predicted predicted Error of Error of poor nonpoor nonpoor poor inclusion exclusion Geographic targeting Overall program 19.3 17.1 48.7 14.9 43.4 47.0 Accra 0.0 22.8 77.2 0.0 0.0 100.0 Urban coastal 2.1 6.0 84.8 7.0 76.8 73.9 Urban forest 2.7 7.7 84.7 5.0 65.4 74.3 Urban savannah 21.8 16.2 48.6 13.4 38.0 42.6 Rural coastal 17.0 14.2 49.4 19.4 53.3 45.6 Rural forest 15.3 20.0 46.4 18.3 54.4 56.6 Rural savannah 40.5 21.0 21.7 16.9 29.5 34.1 Proxy means-testing Overall program 21.7 14.8 51.1 12.4 36.3 40.5 Accra 2.9 19.9 77.2 0.0 0.0 87.1 Urban coastal 0.0 8.2 91.8 0.0 0.0 100.0 Urban forest 1.8 8.5 88.0 1.6 47.4 82.6 Urban savannah 11.5 26.5 55.2 6.8 37.0 69.7 Rural coastal 9.4 21.9 59.7 9.1 49.3 70.0 Rural forest 14.5 20.8 53.8 10.9 42.9 58.9 Rural savannah 57.9 3.5 11.1 27.4 32.2 5.7 Percentage of bene�ts going to each quintile and to the poor Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Poor Geographic targeting Overall program 43.9 24.4 19.4 8.8 3.6 56.6 Accra n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. Urban coastal 0.0 23.2 9.0 44.5 23.2 23.2 Urban forest 23.9 10.7 29.7 21.2 14.5 34.6 Urban savannah 38.4 30.8 14.0 2.7 14.1 62.0 Rural coastal 35.6 24.9 30.4 7.2 1.9 46.7 Rural forest 29.9 33.0 24.0 10.8 2.3 45.6 Rural savannah 61.3 17.4 12.4 6.5 2.4 70.5 Proxy means-testing Overall program 48.9 25.3 17.5 6.2 2.1 63.7 Accra 49.4 50.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 100.0 Urban coastal n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. Urban forest 52.6 0.0 32.9 0.0 14.6 52.6 Urban savannah 39.6 35.5 17.5 7.3 0.0 63.0 Rural coastal 28.6 31.7 29.6 4.3 5.8 50.7 Rural forest 41.4 25.5 25.7 6.6 0.8 57.1 Rural savannah 54.6 24.2 12.7 6.4 2.1 67.8 Source: Authors’ estimations using GLSS5 data. Note: n.a = not applicable. the CCTs are obtained simply by expressing the poverty reduction obtained under the various targeting mechanisms as a ratio of the poverty reduction obtained under the baseline district level geographic targeting mechanism for school lunches in percentage terms. The impacts of the CCTs tend to be lower than the impact of the school lunches in large part because we target junior secondary education, where enrollment by the poor is lower than at the primary level. There are some exceptions to this generic statement for the headcount index, but these should not be considered as too important given that the headcount is a less valuable measure of poverty than the poverty gap or squared Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 83 poverty gap (changes in headcount are influenced by what happens in the vicinity of the poverty line, while social programs should aim to target poorer households when feasible). The fact that CCTs at the junior secondary school level achieve in the simulations a smaller immediate impact on poverty through the cash transfer provided than school lunches should not be interpreted as an argument to dismiss such CCTs. Indeed, to the extent that CCTs would generate higher levels of education among bene�ciaries, the long term bene�ts from the program could be very large in terms of higher future expected earnings for participants that would lead to future poverty reduction. Thus, if CCTs generate larger school gains than school lunches, they might be a good addition to a well targeted school lunch program. In this chapter, we focus however solely on the targeting performance of various targeting mechanisms, and thus only on the immediate gains from the cash transfers. Comparing Geographic Targeting and Proxy Means-Testing at the Regional Level Proxy means-testing does not add much to the performance of geographic targeting at the national level. Thus, if from a political economy point of view it is acceptable to tar- get CCTs geographically and to cover only the poorest areas of the country, geographic targeting would work �ne. However, in Ghana as in other countries, the government is under pressure to implement many of its programs nationally or at least in a large number of districts. For a program such as CCTs for junior secondary school which has the potential to signi�cantly contribute to a higher level of education for future genera- tions the government may also want to reach a larger share of the poor to reduce errors of exclusion. In such circumstances it may be interesting to implement the program in a larger number of areas, in which case geographic targeting may not be sufficient any- more because it may not perform well in some areas. This section provides results from running again the simulations presented in the previous section, but at the regional level rather than at the national level, under the assumption that the CCT program must be implemented in all regions. For simplicity, we compare geographic targeting and proxy means-testing, but not proxy means-testing within geographic targeting as was done by the Mexican government for PROGRESA. As discussed earlier, the most important statistics for a cost-bene�t analysis of poverty programs is the error of inclusion, since this gives the share of spending that does not reach the poor. Table 8.3 suggests that if the CCT program were to be implemented at the regional level, proxy means-testing would perform be er than geographic targeting in most of the regions that do not have very high levels of poverty, with the differences in performance being substantial in some cases. Conclusion Two main results emerge from the analysis conducted in this chapter. First, CCTs could be an a ractive option to improve school enrollment at the junior high level in Ghana, and to also reduce poverty. Second, from the point of view of the analysis of targeting mechanisms, while at the national level it may not be useful to implement proxy means-testing to target CCTs, at the regional level this may make sense because in be er off regions, proxy means-testing tends to work be er to identify the poor 84 A World Bank Study than geographic targeting. The Mexico experience combined geographic targeting and proxy means-testing. In Ghana the LEAP program combines some geographic target- ing with community-based targeting and proxy means-testing. The suggestion from this chapter is not that proxy means-testing should necessarily be used to implement CCTs, but rather than it could be an appropriate choice especially if the program were to be implemented in many different parts of the country including those with lower poverty. One other advantage of proxy means-testing is that the administrative struc- ture to implement the mechanism can potentially be used for several different programs, which reduces administrative costs. We will come back to this issue when discussing the targeting performance of LEAP. Note 1. This section is adapted from Wodon et al. (2003). CHAPTER 9 Tax Cuts for Rice and Fertilizer Subsidies in Ghana Clarence Tsimpo and Quentin Wodon In part due to a lack of well developed safety net programs, the �rst response of many African governments to the food price crisis has consisted in implementing broad-based tax cuts and/or subsidies for basic food staples such as rice. Governments have also implemented programs designed to increase food production by subsidizing seeds and fertilizers. This chapter provides evidence that in Ghana the nonpoor bene�ted the most from tax cuts on imported foods. Most of the fertilizer subsidies provided by the government have probably also bene�ted the nonpoor, but the program is likely to have been more pro-poor than rice tax cuts. Given the additional production impact of fertilizers, they appear to be a be er option than the import tax cuts on rice. Who Bene�ts from Tax Cuts on Rice and Other Imported Foods? C onfronted with rising food prices for cereals such as imported rice in 2007–08 many governments including that of Ghana implemented reductions in import and other taxes levied on basic foods. The implicit assumption was that a reduction in taxes would be passed on by intermediaries to consumers, thus reducing market prices as well. How- ever, even if there were such a pass-through or trickle down, it is not clear if a reduction in indirect taxes is good policy for helping the poor. Why have so many governments implemented tax cuts on imported foods? At least two variables are often used by policy makers to assess to what extent a shock in the price of food items are likely to have a large effect on the standard of living of the popu- lation, and thereby to determine whether it is necessary for the government to reduce taxes on these food items. The �rst variable is the share in total consumption represented by the items. This information is provided in the second column of table 9.1. The larger the share is, the more likely it will be that a government will feel pressure to reduce the tax on the commodity in a time of food price crisis. A second important piece of information is the share of the population that is likely to be affected by the price shock. This share maters from a political economy point of view because when a larger share of the population is affected, it is more likely that policy makers will be under pressure to respond to the crisis. This information is provided in the third column of the table. In the case of rice, we see that in many countries more than 90 percent of the popula- tion consumed it (this is the case in Gabon, Guinea, Liberia, Mali, Senegal, Sierra Leone, 85 86 A World Bank Study Table 9.1: Basic statistics and bene�t incidence of reduction in indirect taxes on imported food Share in total Proportion Share consumed Share consumed Food item consumption (%) consumers (%) by bottom 40% by bottom 60% Burkina faso (2003 survey); Base share in poverty at 46.4% Rice 3.6 60.2 13.4 25.6 Bread 0.7 35.6 8.3 18.1 Vegetable oil, butter 1.1 74.9 16.1 31.6 Sugar 0.9 67.4 19.7 35.3 Milk 0.6 18.1 10.3 19.8 Congo, Dem. Rep. (2005 survey); Base share in poverty at 71.3% Rice 3.2 57.3 15.5 31.7 Palm oil 4.0 96.2 19.7 36.2 Wheat 1.8 35.1 7.1 17.4 Sugar 1.4 57.4 10.6 24.6 Milk 0.7 23.0 4.1 11.6 Gabon (2005 survey); Base share in poverty at 32.7% Rice 3.0 91.4 31.7 51.1 Maize 0.3 40.0 14.9 31.7 Wheat 3.9 93.5 27.9 46.8 Palm oil and groundnut oil 1.7 90.6 30.1 48.6 Ghana (2006 survey); Base share in poverty at 28.5% Rice 3.1 74.6 16.4 33.0 Bread 1.9 84.6 14.2 29.5 Flour 0.0 2.8 45.0 60.4 Guinea (2003 survey); Base share in poverty at 49.1% Rice 13.0 90.7 23.1 42.8 Liberia (2007 survey); Base share in poverty at 63.8% Local rice 9.6 60.1 27.5 47.8 Imported rice 13.2 84.9 22.3 41.2 Total rice 22.8 99.0 24.5 44.0 Mali (2006 survey); Base share in poverty at 47.5% Rice 7.2 95.1 11.1 25.1 Corn 4.2 91.0 14.4 33.1 Wheat 1.5 74.0 19.5 36.7 Niger (2005 survey); Base share in poverty at 62.1% Rice imported 4.4 54.7 14.8 31.4 Rice local 1.7 15.4 20.1 35.9 Maize 4.3 30.4 18.2 34.3 (Table continues on next page) Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 87 Table 9.1: (continued) Share in total Proportion Share consumed Share consumed Food item consumption (%) consumers (%) by bottom 40% by bottom 60% Senegal (2006 survey); Base share in poverty at 50.8% Rice 6.8 96.3 28.0 47.9 Vegetable oil 4.5 95.8 22.8 42.1 Sucre 3.0 99.2 27.1 46.6 Bread 4.0 92.7 14.8 32.6 Milk 2.1 79.6 10.0 23.4 Sierra Leone (2003 survey); Base share in poverty at 66.4% Rice 11.7 96.4 32.0 53.9 Togo (2006 survey); Base share in poverty at 61.6% Rice 3.5 92.2 23.0 40.4 Bread 0.6 27.0 5.8 15.5 Milk 0.7 31.1 7.6 18.4 Vegetable oil 1.1 81.3 21.3 39.5 Sugar 0.7 72.3 20.1 36.7 Nigeria (2004 survey); Base share in poverty at 54.7% Rice 4.1 73.4 14.0 30.2 Wheat flour and bread 1.5 70.4 12.5 27.0 Source: Authors’ estimation using respective household surveys. and Togo), and the proportion remains high in other countries (the minimum share of the population consuming rice is 57 percent in the Democratic Republic of Congo). For other imported foods such as bread, sugar, or milk, the proportion is lower on average, although bread and sugar in some countries are consumed by many. However, what ma ers for poverty reduction is rather the share of a good’s consump- tion that is accounted for by the poor in the population. The share of the population that is poor varies between countries, from 28.5 percent in Ghana to 71.3 percent in the Demo- cratic Republic of Congo, so that for cross-country comparisons, it is easier to consider the share of total consumption accounted for by the bo om 40 percent or 60 percent of the population. Consider, for instance, the share of food consumption in the bot- tom 40 percent. For rice, this share varies from 11.1 percent in Mali to 32.0 percent in Sierra Leone. This means that if we consider the bo om 40 percent as the poor, only about 20 cents on average will bene�t the poor out of every dollar spent by a government for reducing indirect taxes on rice. This is a low proportion, and also assumes that tax reduc- tions do trickle down to lower prices for consumers, which is not necessarily true. According to table 9.1, in Ghana only 16.4 percent of the tax cuts on rice are likely to have bene�ted the bo om 40 percent of the population, and this does not factor in the potential negative effect that a reduction in import taxes may have had on producer prices for local rice producers. Said differently, this policy was not well targeted from the point of view of poverty reduction although there may have been strong pressures to reduce import taxes on rice to avoid any likelihood of unrest similar to those that took place in other countries when food prices increased rapidly, from the point of view of poverty reduction this policy was not well targeted. 88 A World Bank Study Who Bene�ts from Subsidies for Fertilizers?1 Another key policy implemented by the Government of Ghana at the time of the food price crisis consisted in a pilot fertilizer voucher scheme introduced in 2008. As noted in World Bank (2009), the value of the voucher was equivalent to (a) the increase in the import price of fertilizer from July 2007 to July 2008; plus (b) the cost of transporting fertilizer from the main ports to the farmers. Since the more remote areas are also those with the highest poverty rates the policy objective was not just to compensate farmers for recent global fertilizer price increase but also to promote pan-territorial pricing. Although no formal protocols were adopted efforts were made to target the scheme. First, the speci�c fertilizer formulations included were those for maize and other cereal production and excluded those most appropriate for cocoa and horticulture production. Second, more vouchers were printed for the poor districts in the northern areas of Ghana than elsewhere, and in excess of typical fertilizer use. Third, the staff responsible for fertilizer distribution were instructed to limit the number of vouchers per farmer (larger farmers also tend to purchase directly from importers and are outside the extension mechanism). Vouchers are redeemed through the private sector distribution system with payments made from MoFA (Ministry of Food and Agriculture) to importers in Accra. Thus importers essen- tially pre-�nance the scheme and bear a risk of non-payment. Of the $20 million of vouchers issues in FY2008, less than 50 percent were redeemed (redemption rates vary by compound and region), but initial results were neverthe- less encouraging. Preliminary production �gures for major staple foods for the 2008 season from the three northern regions showed signi�cant increases compared to the �ve-year average. At the same time, the absence of clear rules determining target- ing and administration of the voucher program have led to perceptions of misman- agement and leakages. Three reviews have been undertaken (an assessment of the modalities of the program by IFPRI, a small survey of bene�ciaries sponsored by the Peasant Farmers Association of Ghana, and an internal workshop among MoFA staff involved in the program). Each has raised a number of concerns over the efficiency and efficacy of the program. The strengths of the program are: (a) the lead of the pri- vate sector and the Government’s non-interference in the distribution of subsidized fertilizers; (b) the freedom for farmers to decide from which store to purchase fertiliz- ers; and (c) the decision to exclude the most commonly utilized type of fertilizer in the cocoa subsector from the subsidy program, thereby ensuring adequate targeting of the program towards the food grain subsector. Apparent weaknesses include: (a) lack of an explicit bene�ciary targeting mechanism; (b) lack of observance of a strict cap on the maximum number of vouchers per bene�ciary; (c) heavy involvement of fertil- izer importers in the implementation of the program, thereby excluding independent dealers from participating in the program; and (iv) poor communications resulting in de-facto practiced rule that dealers did not sell fertilizers to farmers without a voucher. It is also felt that by not tying in the fertilizer program to efforts to enhance the supply of improved seeds to farmers, there was a missed opportunity to boost the effectiveness of the program. Data from GLSS5 can be used to assess who is likely to have bene�ted from the fertilizer program, if we are willing to assume that the distribution of the bene�ts from the voucher programs is somewhat similar to the distribution of the use of fertilizers in the GLSS5. Given the efforts that were made to provide more vouchers in the northern Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 89 Table 9.2: Comparing the bene�t incidence of rice tax cuts and fertilizer subsidies, Ghana 2005–06 Positive Positive Amount Amount spent Amount Amount spent expenditure expenditure on spent on rice on fertilizers spent on rice on fertilizers on rice, % fertilizers, % (all) GHc (all) GHc (>0) GHc (>0) GHc Residence area Urban 74.7 6.8 723,482 46,618 968,201 689,147 Rural 74.4 23.7 479,794 173,381 644,536 730,980 Locality Accra (GAMA) 65.3 0.3 729,702 1,644 1,116,862 567,611 Urban coastal 82.4 2.0 827,154 5,255 1,003,843 261,673 Urban forest 80.5 9.9 716,806 77,596 890,215 784,189 Urban savannah 71.6 21.4 584,368 128,965 816,611 602,626 Rural coastal 75.4 18.3 485,517 89,160 643,939 487,134 Rural forest 84.5 19.4 577,108 206,087 683,136 1,061,941 Rural savannah 57.7 34.4 320,274 180,858 554,843 525,006 Region Western 87.6 18.1 820,997 253,289 937,397 1,401,104 Central 84.7 16.0 623,365 116,092 736,132 725,281 Greater Accra 66.2 2.1 698,535 6,124 1,055,189 290,480 Volta 77.1 8.0 472,331 48,616 612,931 607,731 Eastern 78.1 13.9 574,072 106,991 734,665 770,964 Ashanti 81.2 12.3 633,554 80,050 780,625 653,301 Brong Ahafo 74.3 24.3 441,221 189,270 593,853 779,961 Northern 58.5 39.6 418,148 190,606 714,681 480,755 Upper east 60.8 40.6 326,755 195,446 537,581 481,468 Upper west 33.2 32.2 183,995 260,890 554,922 811,153 Quintile Q1 (poorest) 54.5 21.7 239,630 95,683 440,027 441,708 Q2 73.7 19.8 421,570 103,582 571,949 521,919 Q3 77.5 21.5 533,724 145,453 688,696 678,017 Q4 78.9 14.5 663,336 131,902 840,796 907,920 Q5 (richest) 78.3 11.0 777,354 110,726 992,589 1,005,254 Total 74.6 16.4 585,045 118,630 784,634 723,525 Source: Authors’ estimation using GLSS5. part of the country and the fact that some large users may purchase their fertilizers directly from importers, one could conjecture that the bene�t incidence of the voucher program may have been more pro-poor than the pa erns of use in the GLSS5. Table 9.2 provides the basic data on fertilizer use from the GLSS5 and a comparison with rice consumption. The share of households using fertilizers is much smaller than the share of households consuming rice, and the amounts spent on fertilizers are also lower than the amounts spent on rice, but for those using fertilizers, the amounts spent on them are of a similar order of magnitude to the amounts spent on rice. For bene�t incidence 90 A World Bank Study what ma ers is the average amount spent on rice and fertilizers in each quintile. For rice, the average amounts are clearly increasing with the well-being of households, with the spending in the top quintile being three times higher than in the bo om quin- tile. For fertilizer, the amount spent in the top quintile is similar to that in the bo om quintile, and the highest amounts observed for the third and fourth quintiles are only somewhat larger than the amounts the amounts spent in the bo om quintile. This sug- gests that fertilizer subsidies are likely to have been be er targeted to the poor than rice subsidies. Comparing Rice Tax Cuts and Fertilizer Subsidies Using CD Curves As shown by Makdissi and Wodon (2002) and Duclos et al. (2008), consumption or pro- gram dominance curves (CD curves) are a visual way to assess the impact of balanced budget marginal tax or subsidy reforms on poverty, and they can also be used to rank goods in terms of the impact of tax cuts and subsidies on poverty. The advantage of the technique of the CD curve is that if the curve for one good is above that for another good, then we can say that for a wide range of poverty measures as well as for any poverty line chosen by the analyst, it is be er to reduce the tax (or increase the subsidy) for the good that has the higher CD curve than to reduce the tax (or increase the subsidy) for the other good. Also, if a government wants to implement a balanced budget tax reforms, if one CD curve is above another, then reducing a tax (or increasing a subsidy) on the good with the higher CD curve while increasing a tax (or reducing a subsidy) for the good with then lower CD curve can be shown to be poverty reducing. Different CD curves must be used to assess the impact of reforms on different classes of poverty measures. CD curves of the �rst order deal with measures such as the headcount index of poverty. CD curves of the second order deal with measures such as the poverty gap. CD curves of the third order deal with measures such as the squared poverty gap. In practice, it is often enough to look at the CD-curve of the second order, and these curves are also the easiest to interpret. Figure 9.1 provides CD curves of the second order for rice and fertilizers in Ghana using GLSS5 data. The horizontal axis represents consumption per equivalent adult normalized by the poverty line, so that a value of one corresponds to the poverty line. The vertical axis gives the share of total consumption of a good accounted for by the population with a level of total consumption below the value of the horizontal axis. Thus at a value of one on the horizontal axis, we obtain on the vertical axis the share of total consumption of a good that is accounted for by the poor. The value on the vertical axis for a unit value on the horizontal axis is only slightly above 10 percent for rice. For fertilizers, the corresponding value is slightly above 20 percent. While this is not very high, it is still much be er than the results obtained for rice, suggest- ing that the poor receive a share of fertilizer subsidies twice as large as the share of rice subsidies. In �gure 9.1, apart from CD curves, TD and AD curves are also provided. Fol- lowing Duclos, Makdissi and Wodon (2005), TD curves simply represent the share of the bene�ciaries of a tax cut or subsidy that are below a certain level of well-being. AD curves are obtained by subtracting the TD curve from the CD curve for the same good, so that AD = CD - TD. If the AD curve is below (above) the horizontal axis, Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 91 Figure 9.1: Consumption dominance curves for rice and fertilizers, second order 0.8 0.6 ers iliz -F ert CD 0.4 ice -R ce TD -Ri zers CD ertili -F 0.2 TD 0 AD-Rice AD-Fertilizers -0.2 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 Normalized per ed. Adult expenditure (yi/z) TD-Rice CD-Rice AD-Rice TD-Fertilizers CD-Fertilizers AD-Fertilizers Source: Authors’ estimates using GLSS5. it simply means that the allocation effects of the tax cut or subsidy is such that it reduces (increases) targeting performance. It can be seen that the allocation effects, namely the differences in the amounts of tax cuts or subsidies received by different bene�ciaries, are below the horizontal axis for both rice and fertilizers, suggesting that be er off households among bene�ciaries tend to bene�t from larger amounts of subsidies or tax cuts simply because they consume much more of the good. The AD curve for fertilizers is below the AD curve for rice, suggesting even more inequal- ity in consumption among fertilizer subsidy bene�ciaries than among rice tax cut bene�ciaries. However, the TD curve for fertilizers, which shows how poor bene�- ciaries are, is much higher than the TD curve for rice. Thus it is because of be er bene�ciary targeting that the fertilizer subsidies are more poverty reducing than the rice tax cuts. The Government of Ghana is planning to continue the voucher scheme in 2009 and extend it through 2015. While the original aim was to prevent reduction in the use of fertilizers due to high prices, the intention now appears to be to stimulate its use. This is a good idea given that fertilizer use per hectare in Ghana is low in absolute terms, that the majority of farmers have li le experience in using fertilizers (as shown in table 9.2, only one in four rural households was using fertilizers in 2005–06), and that the use of fertilizer, along with use of improved seeds, is an important determinant of productivity/ha. The results from the bene�t incidence analysis however suggest that there is scope for improving the targeting of the program to the poor. This could be done by ensuring that poorer areas bene�t from a larger share of the subsidies/ 92 A World Bank Study vouchers, and that a cap is enforced on the maximum amount of vouchers that could be received by single farmers. Medium Term Effects: Comparing Rice Tax Cuts with Agricultural Productivity Gains Although not very well targeted to the poor, fertilizer subsidies are likely to still be be er targeted to the poor than tax cuts on imported foods such as rice. They also have potentially bene�cial medium-term effects, while rice tax cuts have potentially negative medium term effects. In the case of the rice tax cuts, the potential negative effect is due to the fact that the tax cuts reduce the price of rice in the country, and thereby dampen incentives for local farmers to increase their production. Fertilizers have the opposite effect, because they can lead to an increase in productivity and thereby in incomes for farmers. The medium term effects of tax cuts versus initiatives such as fertilizers that aim to improve productivity can be illustrated through results obtained by Nouve and Wodon (2008) with a dynamic CGE model for Mali. Rice production is captured in the model through two activities: food crop production whereby the paddy is produced, and cereal milling whereby the crop is transformed into rice actually sold on markets. The value of local rice production (milling) amounted to US$ 140 million or 3.1 percent of the GDP in 2004, with nearly 80 percent of the value of rice production coming from the purchase of intermediate inputs, mainly paddy. Still, only about half of the rice consumed in Mali is produced locally, with the rest being imported. The question dealt with by the authors is as follows: what could be the impact of the increase in the world price for rice on rice production, rice consumption, rice prices, and poverty in Mali with and without policy responses? Two policy responses are con- sidered. The �rst measure consists in the elimination of the import tax on rice to help offset part of the negative impact on the poor of the increase in international prices. The second policy response is the government’s “rice initiative� that aims to boost domestic production. Through this initiative land should be set aside and agricultural equipment and inputs would be provided to increase the production of paddy by 50 percent to reach 1.6 million tons per year, which would provide one million tons of marketable rice (including some production that could be exported). The increase in local rice pro- duction requires higher productivity. The CGE model is used to simulate the potential impact of both policy responses, and to compare the effectiveness of each not only in the short run, but in the medium term as well. Six scenarios are considered. The base scenario is business as usual. Rice prices, rice taxes, and rice productivity all remain unchanged. The second scenario is based on an increase in the international price of rice of 80 percent (the increase that took place between July 2007 and July 2008 in Franc CFA). The third scenario considers an increase in international rice prices of 110 percent, corresponding to the increase in US dollar terms in the price of rice. Next, the authors consider four other scenarios based on the two policy responses from the authorities (the policies are examined individually and jointly). Under the second scenario, the average price of rice (which covers both imported and locally produced rice) increases by 21 percent in 2008 against the base scenario. This is a much lower increase than the 80 percent increase in the international price of rice in large part because a majority of the rice Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 93 consumed is produced domestically, and this proportion increases when the price of imported rice shoots up. This estimated increase in the price of rice is very much in line with what has been observed in the country. According to a USAID Mali (2008) brief, the price of rice increase by about 25 percent. If Mali had not been partially protected from higher rice prices thanks to the appreciation of the Euro and the CFAF versus the U.S. dollar, the increase in the average price of rice of the country would have been slightly higher. In the CGE model, the removal of import tax duties on imported rice does not seem to have a large effect on the average price of rice, since depending on the year the reduction in the price increase thanks to the tax cuts is only of one to two percentage points. This is perhaps less than expected, but stems from the fact that imported and domestic rice are imperfect substitutes, and from the fact that the removal of taxes is relatively small as compared to the exogenous increase in international prices for rice. The scenarios under which productivity is increased (which can be associated to the fertilizer policy in the case of Ghana) have a much larger impact on rice prices, with a downward pressure on prices of about seven percent. The model also predicts a substantial supply response and a sharp decrease in imported rice to the bene�t of domestic rice following the increase in the international price of rice. Under the scenario corresponding to the 80 percent increase in international prices, rice production increases by 24 percent in the �rst year, and up to 28 percent by 2012. Under the additional measures taken by the authorities, including measures to boost productivity, the increase is larger, reaching 32 percent in the �rst year, and up to 43 percent by 2012. These are very large increases in production, but they are still below the announced (and ambitious) objectives of the Government of Mali to increase rice production by 50 percent. As production of rice increases, imports decrease. The total demand for rice (imported and domestic) decreases by three to seven percentage points depending on the scenarios and years. The most important results are those obtained for poverty. Under the �rst baseline scenario, the headcount index of poverty increases by 0.7 percentage points in the �rst year versus the baseline, and the overall increase after �ve years is 0.89 points. Given that Mali’s population is at around 12 million people, this means that 107,000 people would fall into poverty. If Mali had not been protected by the appreciation of its cur- rency, so that the international price of rice would have increased by 110 percent and the average price in the country by 26 percent, the increase in poverty would have reached 0.99 percentage points under the second scenario by the year 2012. Under the policy scenarios, the bene�cial impact of the import and other tax cuts on rice is very limited, with these policies generating a gain in poverty reduction of only a tenth of a percentage point for most scenarios and simulation years. By contrast, the impact of an increase in productivity is much larger, since as of the year 2009, this increase in productivity is such that poverty is actually reduced following the initial international price shock. Conclusion The �rst response of many African governments to the food price crisis has consisted in implementing broad-based tax cuts and/or subsidies for basic food staples such as rice, but these subsidies tend to be poorly targeted. This has been con�rmed in the case of Ghana, because the nonpoor tend to consume the largest share of the food 94 A World Bank Study items on which tax cuts were implemented. Fertilizer subsidies, while still not likely to be well targeted, at least be er reach the poor than tax cuts for imported foods. In addition, as illustrated in the case of research for Mali, measures to increase agri- cultural productivity, for example through higher fertilizer use, tend to have a much larger bene�cial impact for poverty reduction because farmers are able to increase their incomes substantially, while the increase in production also puts pressure down on prices paid by consumers. Thus fertilizer subsidies are be er than import tax cuts as a policy response mechanism at a time of crisis both in the short run in terms of their bene�t incidence for the poor, and in the medium run in terms of supply response. But in the case of Ghana, measures (such as geographic targeting or other mechanisms to reach comparatively poorer farmers) should probably also be taken to ensure that fertilizer subsidies reach the poor in priority. Note 1. Background on the fertilizer program was wri en by Chris Jackson and is reproduced with permission of the World Bank (2009). C H A P T E R 10 Electricity Subsidies in Ghana Clarence Tsimpo and Quentin Wodon Ghana is currently facing a severe power crisis which could have signi�cant macroeconomic repercussions. The prevailing tariff structure does not enable the sector to be �nancially sustainable, yet there are legitimate concerns about raising tariffs. In the case of residential customers, prevailing tariffs include subsidies for households who consume small amounts of electricity. It is feared that an increase in tariffs could exacerbate poverty. Yet while pre- vailing subsidies are supposed to be targeted to the poor, this may not necessarily be the case, because many among the poor simply do not have access to electricity. This chapter provides an analysis of the targeting performance of electricity consumption subsidies in Ghana as well as other African countries. On the basis of data from the GLSS5 and the tariff structure in place in 2005/06, it appears that only about 9 percent of the electricity subsidies reach the poor in Ghana, and similar �ndings are observed elsewhere. Connection subsidies by contrast could be much be er targeted to the poor. It would therefore be preferable to shift from consumption to connection subsidies, while at the same time restoring the �nancial sustainability of the utilities. Issues with Maintaining Electricity Residential Consumption Subsidies I n Africa it is tempting to subsidize residential electricity services. As the population is often poor, the need to make service affordable appears to be paramount in a large majority of countries. Electricity is more and more considered as a basic necessity, it is widely perceived to have important externalities for education and health outcomes, and to contribute in a decisive way to economic growth. However, the cost of a standard electricity bill would not be affordable for many households. For households connected to the network, electricity often represents from 3 to 5 percent of total consumption, and sometimes more. Considering that in many cases 60 percent of a household’s budget must be devoted to food to cover nutritional needs, this makes it difficult for house- holds connected to the electricity network to pay for electricity without sacri�cing other basic necessities. As for those households who do not have a connection to the electric- ity network today, the share of total expenditure that they would have to allocate to electricity if they were connected to the network could even be even higher than 3 to 5 percent (since these households tend to be poorer), especially for the poor in rural areas. The desire to make electricity affordable combined to the high levels of poverty in sub-Saharan countries, including in urban areas, has led governments and regulatory agencies to maintain tariffs at an arti�cially low level. The tariffs have often not followed 95 96 A World Bank Study the general increase in the cost of living, nor have they factored in the recent increases in oil prices. As a result, most utilities are not able today to properly maintain their net- work, yet alone expending it. At the same time, increasing tariffs is politically difficult for governments and regulatory agencies. First, such increases in tariffs would be highly visible for electricity customers who will feel it right away (especially as bills are paid only once a month, for relatively large amounts for the poor), while they may not know much about the cost structures of their utilities and the need for such tariffs increases. In addition, such increases in tariffs affect urban populations disproportionately, but these are the populations that are most likely to demonstrate in the streets against such increases, thereby threatening the hold on power of their elites. While the temptation to keep subsidizing electricity tariffs for residential customers is high (as well as in many cases for commercial and industrial customers, but for other reasons), the cost of doing this is high for the economy and the population as a whole, and especially the poor. The cost of generating, transmi ing and delivering electricity is high, in part because the populations served by the electricity network are often small (at least in the smaller countries of West and Central Africa), which prevents, to some extent, the utilities to reap the full bene�t of economies of scale. In addition, many countries are landlocked, with high transportation costs, and limited hydroelectric power, which also contributes to high generation costs due to the need to rely on thermal power. Thus, due in part to high and increasing generation costs, subsidies that may appear to be limited at the household level tend to actually be very expensive at the macroeconomic level, especially when compared to the limited resources available to governments through taxation and foreign aid. Said differently, under strict budget constraints, subsidizing electricity has a direct cost in terms of crowding out today or in the future (typically through the accumu- lation of debt for the utilities but guaranteed by governments) resources for public inter- ventions aimed at poverty reduction, be it through programs for employment creation or through improvements in education and health service provision. In addition, there is a perverse incentive that derives from the inability of utilities to cover their costs due to low tariffs. When utilities are operating at a loss, or at least cannot properly fund their maintenance and investment costs, they have no incentives to expand the network, since expanding the network would probably imply increasing their losses. At the margin, new customers may be poorer than existing customers, thereby increas- ing the cost of delivery and also increasing the risk of non-payment. Furthermore, when investments are not sufficient, expanding the network to new customers is also problem- atic because of the limited generation capacity installed, which already translates into repeated cuts during the day. Finally, adding consumption through an expansion of the network often tends to further increases the average cost of generating electricity, since at the margin, even when countries have access to cheap hydroelectric power, the additional demand must be met through costly fuel generation. The consequence of the above is that many utilities are trapped in a vicious circle. It can be shown that for the poor, the bene�ts of network extension are substantially larger than the bene�ts from the subsidization of electricity consumption. At the same time, without enough revenues to cover their operating and maintenance costs fully, utilities cannot seriously think about network expansions, as this might exacerbate their losses. In addition, poor quality of service, which is in part the consequence of the lack of revenues, limits the willingness of customers to pay a higher price for a service that is considered by them as de�cient, for example, due to repeated cuts during the day. As to regulatory Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 97 agencies and governments, given substantial price increases for oil, and thereby the cost of generating power, they are under pressures to reduce existing subsidies, especially in the context of their broader commitment to implement poverty reduction strategies. However, the fear of a backslash from the population makes such a reduction in subsidies difficult to implement. All three parties are in a situation that does not bene�t them. In the above context, the contribution of this chapter is to try to demonstrate a sim- ple fact: that electricity subsidies are among the least well targeted subsidies that govern- ments can implement, and that therefore the argument regarding the need to preserve these subsidies to make the services affordable for the poor, while valid for the small fraction of the poor connected today to the network, does not hold when considering what is required to accelerate poverty reduction more broadly. Said differently, even if some poor households would be hurt by a removal or substantial reduction in the elec- tricity subsidies that are prevailing in many countries, the gains that could be achieved in terms of poverty reduction by reallocating the resources now allocated to these sub- sidies could be very large, with many other poor households bene�ting, and with a restoration of pro�tability in the sector also conducive to growth itself. The analysis of the targeting performance of electricity consumption subsidies in this chapter is based on nationally representative surveys from many countries, includ- ing the GLSS5 for Ghana. We �nd that in Ghana only about 10 percent of utility subsidies reach the poor. Following Angel-Urdinola and Wodon (2007a, 2007b), we also look at the determinants of the targeting performance of electricity subsidies by relying on a simple decomposition that allows us to analyze both “access� and “subsidy-design� factors that affect the overall targeting performance of subsidies. Do the Poor Bene�t from Inverted Block Tariff Structures? Residential electricity tariffs tend to be below utility costs in Africa, so that customers receive substantial subsidies. These subsidies are implicit in the inverted block tariff structure used. The tariff structure for Ghana at the time of the GLSS4 and GLSS5 sur- veys is provided in table 10.1. Three points are worth emphasizing. First, prices per kWh are typically lower for the lower brackets of consumption in kWh per month (assuming that the customers in the lower brackets are close to the upper threshold of consump- tion of that bracket). The objective is to try to make electricity more affordable for the poor, under the assumption that the quantity consumed by a poor household is typically lower than that consumed by a richer household. Note however that the prices follows an Inverted Block Tariff (IBT) structure whereby even those who consume large amounts of electricity bene�t from subsidies for part of their consumption. That is, everybody pays the same price between 50 kWh and 300 kWh, even if the total consumption of a household is above 300 kWh. If prices for lower levels of consumption were accessible only to households whose total consumption is below that level, then we would have a so-called Volume Differentiated Tariff (VDT), whereby only those consuming between 50 kWh and 300 kWh would bene�t from the price associated to that bracket. Presum- ably the subsidies would be be er targeted to the poor under a VDT than an IBT, but this depends on the consumption pro�le of households. The working assumption in this chapter is that the price per kWh in the highest bracket of consumption in the tariff sched- ule can be used as a �rst approximation of the cost of providing the service (this simpli- �es cross-country comparisons but the assumption is not crucial because the estimates of targeting performance are not very sensitive to that assumption). 98 A World Bank Study Table 10.1: Tariff structure for residential customers of electricity 1998/99 (GLSS4) 2005/06 (GLLS5) Prime �xe 2000 GHc 13000 GHc 0–50 Kwh — — 50–300 Kwh 50 GHc 610 GHc 300–600 Kwh 75 GHc 1065 GHc > 600 Kwh 180 GHc 1065 GHc Source: Ghana PURC. Note: — = not available. We use a simple framework not only to analyze the targeting performance of elec- tricity subsidies in about 20 African countries, but also to understand what affects target- ing performance through access (who uses electricity) and subsidy design factors (who bene�ts from subsidies and by how much among users). The targeting performance indicator used, denoted by Ω (Omega), is simply the share of the subsidies received by the poor divided by the proportion of the population in poverty. In other words, a value of one for Ω implies that the subsidy distribution among the poor is proportional to their share in the overall population. If the poor account for 30 percent of the population, then a neutral targeting mechanism would allocate 30 percent of the subsidy to the poor. A value (lower) greater than one implies that the subsidy distribution is (regressive) pro- gressive, since the share of bene�ts allocates to the poor is (lower) larger than its share in the total population. For instance, suppose that 30 percent of the population is poor and that they obtain 60 percent of the subsidy bene�ts. In such case, Ω would equal to two, meaning that the poor are receiving twice as much subsidies as the population on aver- age. As shown in �gure 10.1, in none of the countries is the targeting indicator superior to one, and it is often well below one. While there are some comparability issues between countries, the message is clear: utility subsidies tend to be poorly targeted, with on aver- age the poor bene�ting only from a fourth to a third of what a household randomly selected in the population as a whole would get. In Ghana, the value of Ω is 0.31. Given that in the GLSS5, 28.5 percent of the population is considered as poor, this means that 9 percent of the subsidies reach the poor. While most indicators of targeting performance are silent as to why subsidies are targeted the way they are (they only give an idea a whether the subsidies reach the poor or not and to what extent), the framework used here allows for analyzing both “access� and “subsidy design� factors that affect targeting performance. Access factors as those related to the availability of electricity service in the area where a household lives and to the household’s choice to connect to the network when service is available. These access factors have a strong influence on targeting performance but are usually difficult to change in the short run. Subsidy factors are more susceptible to policy design, such as changes in tariff structures affecting who is targeted to receive the subsidies, as well as the rates of subsidization and the quantities of electricity consumed by the households who bene�t from the subsidies. It turns out that most electricity subsidy mechanisms are poorly targeted, essentially because most of the poor lack access to the electricity network and therefore cannot bene�t from electricity subsidies, but also because the existing tariff structures are not designed in a way to target subsidies to the poor. This can be seen in �gure 10.2, which decomposes the value of the targeting indica- tor into access and subsidy design factors, so that Ω = (Access Factors) × (Subsidy Design Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 99 Figure 10.1: Targeting performance (Ω) of electricity subsidies, African countries Burkina 0.06 Burundi 0.10 Cameroon 0.36 Cape Verde 0.48 Central African Republic 0.27 Chad 0.06 Congo, Dem. Rep. 0.62 Côte d'ivoire 0.51 Gabon 0.78 Ghana 0.31 Guinea 0.22 Mozambique 0.31 Nigeria 0.79 Rwanda 0.01 São Tomé 0.41 Senegal 0.41 Togo 0.47 Uganda 0.02 0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 Omega Source: Wodon et al. (2009). Figure 10.2: Access factors and subsidy design factors affecting targeting performance 1.60 Congo, Dem. Rep. 1.40 divided by mean subsidy all users of service Mean subsidy among poor users of service 1.20 Gabon 1.00 Togo Nigeria Guinea Mozambique Cape Verde Côte d’Ivoire 0.80 Ghana Cameroon Central São Tomé Burkina Faso African Republic Senegal 0.60 Chad Rwanda Burundi 0.40 Uganda 0.20 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 Connection rate among the poor divided by connection rate in population Source: Wodon et al. (2009). 100 A World Bank Study Factors). The two access factors are �rst, whether a household lives in an area served by the electricity network, and second, whether a household in such an area is actually con- nected or not to the network, i.e., whether the household actually “takes up� the service. The value of the Access Factors is simply the rate of connection among the poor to the network (which depends on access at the neighborhood level and uptake by households in areas where there is access) divided by the rate of connection in the population as a whole. This variable is presented on the horizontal axis in �gure 10.2, and as expected, it is much lower than one for all countries, simply because the poor have much lower con- nection rates than the population as a whole, on average. The second variable affecting the value of the targeting parameter is related to subsidy design factors which take into account who bene�ts from subsidies among households connected to the network, and how large the subsidies are. What the vertical axis represents is simply the ratio of the average subsidy among all poor households who are connected to the network, divided by the average bene�t among all households connected to the network, whether poor or nonpoor. In many countries, the values on the vertical axis representing the subsidy design factors are below unity, thereby also limiting targeting performance. The main explanation is that while the rate of subsidization of the poor (i.e., the discount versus the full cost of providing electricity for the utility) is often larger than for the population as a whole that is connected to the network, the quantities consumed by the population as a whole tend to be larger than those consumed by the poor, so that the overall subsidy received by the poor is lower on average than that received by the population as a whole. Connection Subsidies as an Alternative to Consumption Subsidies It is clear from the empirical analysis of the targeting performance of electricity subsidies presented above that consumption subsidies for electricity appear to be poorly targeted in African countries, including in Ghana. One alternative to consumption subsidies would be to provide instead connection subsidies, assuming that the generation or pro- duction capacity is sufficient to expand the network. Figure 10.3 provides the potential targeting performance of connection subsidies under three scenarios. First, we assume that connection subsidies will be distributed in the same way as existing connections. This is a pessimistic assumption from a distributional point of view since it tends to favor be er off households, but it could be realistic if access rates to the network are low. Second, we assume that new connections could be distributed randomly among households who are currently not connected, but live in a neighborhood where connec- tions are available. Third, we assume that new connection subsidies could be randomly distributed among all households who do not currently have access. This is a very opti- mistic assumption given that many of these households do not live in neighborhoods where access is available. As shown in �gure 10.3, the value of Ω is largest under the assumption that new connections bene�t households who are selected randomly from the population without access. In all countries, Ω is larger than one under this assumption. Yet the assumption is not realistic. The second scenario assumes that households who bene�t from new con- nections are selected from non-served households living in those areas where there is already access to the network. The values of Ω, while often lower than one, are still much be er than those for consumption subsidies. In the third scenario, targeting performance Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 101 Figure 10.3: Potential targeting performance of connection subsidies under various scenarios Burkina Faso Burundi Cameroon Cape Verde Central African Republic Chad Congo, Dem. Rep. Côte d’Ivoire Electricity Gabon Ghana Guinea Mozambique Nigeria Rwanda São Tomé Senegal Togo Uganda 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 Scenario 3: distribution of connection subsidies mirrors distribution of existing connections Scenario 2: only hhs with access but no connection receive subsidy Scenario 1: all unconnected households receive subsidy Source: Wodon et al. (2009). remains poor. Thus, if connection subsidies could be designed to reach the majority of households not connected today but living in areas where service is provided, the targeting performance of those subsidies would be be er than that of consumption sub- sidies. In addition, connection subsidies help in reducing the cost of service for users (as compared to using candles for lighting for example), while also bringing in positive externalities in areas such as education and health. Conclusion To conclude, this chapter has provided an analysis of the targeting performance of elec- tricity consumption subsidies in Ghana as well as other African countries. Only about 10 percent of the electricity subsidies reach the poor in Ghana. Connection subsidies by contrast could potentially be much be er targeted to the poor. Both from the point of view of poverty reduction and from the point of view of budget sustainability, it would therefore be preferable to shift from consumption to connection subsidies, while at the same time restoring the �nancial sustainability of the utilities. C H A P T E R 11 Bene�t Incidence of Public Education Spending in Ghana Harold Coulombe, Caroline Ly, and Quentin Wodon Public funding for education accounts for a substantial share of the government’s annual budget. This chapter provides a bene�t incidence analysis of who bene�ts from public spend- ing for education. The analysis is carried for all major levels of education (primary education, junior secondary education, senior secondary education, vocational and technical education, teacher training, and tertiary education). Unit costs are computed by comparing public spend- ing using 2007 administrative data and district level school enrollment from the 2003 CWIQ survey to be able to estimate district-level unit costs of provision. The results suggest that despite an increase in funding for primary education in 2007, the poorest quintiles of children in age of schooling still bene�t only from a relatively small share of total education spending (12 percent). Principles of Bene�t Incidence Analysis B ene�t incidence analysis is extensively used by national governments and interna- tional organizations to assess who bene�ts from public spending in areas such as education, health, and basic infrastructure services, often with recommendations on how the allocation of public spending could be improved to reduce poverty. However, the assumptions used in most empirical applications of the tool are often problematic. First differences between areas in the costs of service delivery of public services are rarely taken into account when assessing who bene�ts from public spending for such services. Second, differences in needs between various household groups also tend to be overlooked. In this chapter we provide a bene�t incidence analysis of public spending for education in Ghana that takes differences in costs and needs into account. We start in this section with methodological considerations. As noted by Demery (2003), the starting point in conducting a bene�t incidence analysis lies in assessing the use of government services by households, typically by rely- ing on data from a nationally representative household survey. This information is then combined with data on the cost for the government to provide the services, so that one can estimate the share of public spending that is allocated to different groups of house- holds, for example classi�ed according to quintiles of well-being. In most case studies of bene�t incidence analysis embedded in poverty assessments and public expenditure reviews prepared by international organizations or national governments, data on unit 102 Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 103 cost are provided at an aggregate level. Denote by Si the net government spending on education level i, with i =1, 2, 3 representing the level of education (primary, secondary and tertiary). The value Si should represent net costs for the government after having deducted fees and receipts from cost recovery mechanisms. Denote by Eij the number of children enrolled in school of group j at education level i, and by Ei the total number of children enrolled at that level. Only students a ending government-subsidized (i.e., typically public) schools should be taken into account in the estimation. Then, Si/Ei can be considered as the average unit cost for the government of providing education ser- vices at level i. A group’s bene�t share of total public spending is equal to the weighted sum of the group’s share of total enrollment at each level of education, with the weight de�ned by the shares of the total budget allocated to the various levels of education. As noted by Wodon and Ye (2009), a problem with this approach is that if there are differences in unit costs between areas, there may be a bias in the estimates of bene�t inci- dence. Speci�cally, areas with higher (lower) unit costs than the average unit costs will appear in the analysis as bene�ting from a smaller (larger) share of education bene�t than their true share. A second issue discussed by Wodon and Ye (2009) relates to how aggre- gate results are presented in traditional bene�t incidence analysis. To make comparisons between groups, or to assess whether the share of total bene�ts received by any given group can be considered as equitable, it is standard to compare the share of the bene�ts received by a group to the group’s population share in the total population. The issue however is that public services often target speci�c groups, rather than the population as a whole, so that when comparisons are made using groupings related to the population as a whole we may again observe a bias. Assume for example that one presents the estimates of total education funding received by �ve quintiles of the population de�ned according to well-being (de�ned in Ghana on the basis of consumption per equivalent adult). Each quintile may receive 20 percent of total funding, in which case it could be concluded that funding is equally bene� ing all groups in the population in terms of well-being. But the poorest quintile of population accounts for more than 20 percent of the children in age of schooling, simply because poorer families tend to have more children. In this case, the proportion of education funding received by child in age of schooling will be lower in the poorest quintile than in higher quintiles. To assess the fairness of the distribution of public spending for education, it is necessary to present the data according to the target population group, which in the present case would mean estimating the share of funding that goes to the various quintiles of children in age of schooling, rather than the various population quintiles. We will compare in this chapter the estimates obtained in both the traditional and needs-based approach. Data on Public Spending for Education and Estimation of Unit Costs of Schooling An effort was made by the Government of Ghana to increase public spending for pri- mary schools over the last few years. Table 11.1 provides data on the shares of public spending for education allocated to various levels from 2004 until 2008. The bene�t inci- dence analysis presented in this paper is based on the data for 2007 which represents actual expenditures instead of allocations. The shares in table 11.1 include both recurrent and investment spending, but our analysis for the bene�t incidence analysis focuses on recurrent spending. The share of total education spending allocated to pre-school edu- cation decreases from 4.0 percent in 2004 to 3.4 percent in 2007. The share allocated to 104 A World Bank Study Table 11.1: Trends in the percentage share of total expenditure per level of education (%) 2004 2005 2006 2007 2007 2008 Expenditure Expenditure Expenditure Allocation Expenditure Allocation Pre-school 4.0 3.4 3.9 4.3 3.4 4.5 Primary 31.6 29.9 27.6 37.9 35.0 36.7 JHS 16.0 17.8 16.8 18.5 16.3 18.6 SHS 19.9 20.8 15.8 9.1 12.6 13.1 TVET 1.1 1.2 0.9 2.4 0.6 1.9 SPED 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.3 0.8 NFED 1.6 1.9 0.7 0.6 0.4 0.6 Teacher education 3.7 3.9 3.5 3.4 2.6 3.8 Tertiary 21.0 19.6 22.5 20.1 23.0 19.3 Management & subvented 0.5 1.0 7.7 3.0 5.5 0.8 HIV-AIDS 0.2 0.1 0.3 0.0 0.2 — Total 100 100 100 100 100 100.0 Source: Ministry of Education. Note: — = not available. primary education �rst decreased until 2006, then increases sharply with expenditure in 2007 equal to 35.0 percent of the total budget. The proportion of expenditure assigned to JHS fluctuates between 16 percent and 18 percent, while there was a sharp decrease in the share allocated to SHS over time. The share allocated to tertiary education increased from 21 percent in 2004 to 23 percent in 2007. Most of the education spending is used for teacher salaries and is transferred to the districts. We were able to use detailed information on district-level spending to compute district-level unit costs at the primary, junior secondary and senior secondary levels. We also estimated unit costs at the regional and at the national level to assess whether going down to the district level made a difference in results (in addition, at higher levels of school- ing, it is be er to rely on regional or national unit costs estimates because of the relatively small numbers of students in the poorest districts a ending these levels of schooling; fur- thermore, at the tertiary level, funding is typically not directly allocated to districts). The district-level estimates of unit costs were obtained by dividing total spending per level of education at the district level in 2007 by the number of students at that level in any given district, with this number of students estimated using the 2003 CWIQ survey. The reason for using the CWIQ survey is that it enables us to assess to which quintile of well- being every student belongs, while administrative data on school enrollment by district do not contain information that can be used to assess the location in the distribution of well-being of the household to which a student belongs. The assignment of the students to various quintiles of well-being was made on the basis of the predicted consumption per equivalent adult obtained in the construction of the new poverty map for Ghana. The use of the 2003 CWIQ as opposed to the 2005–06 GLSS or administrative data to assess the number of students at various levels of schooling has pros and cons. On the positive side, the advantage of the CWIQ survey is that its sample size makes it represen- tative at the district level, while the GLSS5 is representative only at the regional level. In addition, the larger sample size of the CWIQ makes the results more robust, especially for higher levels of schooling such as technical and vocational education where the number Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 105 of observations in the GLSS5 is limited. The disadvantage of using the 2003 CWIQ data as opposed to administrative data is that enrollment rates increased between 2003 and 2007. To the extent that the poorest districts bene�ted from a larger increase in enrollment rates between 2003 and 2007 than the richest districts (the increase in enrollment was due in part to the introduction of the new capitation grants which initially targeted deprived districts), by using the 2003 CWIQ data instead of administrative data we would overestimate the unit costs for the poorest district in comparison to the unit costs for be er off districts. This would probably not lead to a bias in our bene�t incidence analysis however. Indeed what we rely on when constructing the quintiles of well-being is the total number of chil- dren in age of schooling in each district. If we had data on enrollment rates by quintile in 2007, we would obtain lower unit costs in the poorest districts where enrollment is likely to have increased the most between 2003 and 2007. However, the total amount of fund- ing allocated to the poorest districts, and thereby to the population in age of schooling in those districts would remain the same, and this is what ma ers the most for the bene�t incidence. The data from the CWIQ is principally used to allocate spending according to quintile levels, and the quintile assignment in the CWIQ is based on data from the GLSS5 valid for 2005/06. Thus the underestimation of enrolled students is not a major issue (what could change bene�t incidence results is a change in demographics for example). A number of adjustments had to be made to the data for the estimations. First, the 2007 district budget data covered 138 districts, while the 2003 CWIQ survey covers only 110 districts (this is due to the increase in the number of districts between the two years). To reconcile the data sets, the analysis was carried on 110 districts by aggregating the budget data for the new districts. As mentioned earlier, the detailed budget data enable us to compute unit costs for many different levels: Pre-school, primary, JSS, SSS, voca- tional and technical training, teacher training, and tertiary. More recently JSS has been renamed JHS for Junior High School and similarly SSS been renamed SHS for Senior High School. For each level of schooling, we have data on expenditures for personnel per district, but most of the data on spending for general administration is at the regional or national level. All nondistrict budget data (i.e., regional and national administrative budgets) were a ributed to the different district on a pro-rated (number of students) basis, but with two exceptions. Vocational education and teacher training data were used at the regional levels only, and data on spending for tertiary education were used only at the national level. In the CWIQ survey, the number of students estimated to compute the unit costs was based on the students enrolled in state-funded schools, taking into account the survey sample weights. The data on student enrollment were disaggregated into the seven education levels described above. To compute national and regional level unit costs, the corresponding data on student enrollment were aggregated at those levels. The resulting unit costs are provided in table 11.2. The �rst panel in the table pro- vides key statistics on our budget data, which differ a bit from the estimates in table 11.1, especially at the tertiary level. Primary schools bene�ted from the largest overall budget (302 million GH¢), closely followed by the tertiary level (293 million GH¢). Secondary schools had a budget of 219 million GH¢ (159 million GH ¢ for JHS and 60 million GH¢ for SHS). It was possible to provide breakdown of those budgets by region in all cases except for tertiary education. The second panel in the table provides school enrollment data by level and region as obtained from the 2003 CWIQ. For all level prior to SHS, the Ashanti region is by far the region with the largest number of students. At higher levels Ashanti shares its position with the greater Accra region. 106 A World Bank Study Table 11.2: Budget, enrollment and unit costs, per region and national Teacher Region Pre-school Primary JHS SHS Tertiary Vocational training Total Annual Budget, in 1,000 GH¢, 2007 Western 4,071 27,119 13,683 4,267 — 433 1,750 Central 2,197 31,811 19,126 7,962 — 402 2,199 Greater Accra 1,527 24,795 16,965 6,240 — 1,090 1,461 Volta 3,570 30,930 23,337 6,901 — 814 4,481 Eastern 5,187 43,528 23,531 8,573 — — 5,055 Ashanti 5,747 58,519 31,020 13,328 — 749 5,586 Brong Ahafo 4,973 39,348 16,498 5,760 — — 2,537 Northern 1,207 28,366 7,051 3,966 — 354 2,410 Upper East 1,028 10,720 4,210 1,914 — 618 1,028 Upper West 861 6,518 3,745 1,479 — 157 1,112 National 30,501 301,736 159,086 60,258 292,931 4,617 27,600 School enrollment, 2003 Western 74,436 254,673 80,846 32,294 5,942 4,589 1,644 Central 63,643 227,494 82,855 22,333 6,796 3,814 1,377 Greater Accra 25,103 170,010 98,507 64,186 31,388 9,822 1,282 Volta 54,422 248,412 89,325 22,448 5,347 3,036 1,853 Eastern 79,151 316,595 110,853 31,770 4,509 4,873 2,420 Ashanti 131,553 431,374 157,381 72,387 18,987 7,215 4,438 Brong Ahafo 76,785 251,289 73,268 25,086 5,702 1,968 775 Northern 36,271 226,576 44,272 19,992 4,864 2,541 1,807 Upper East 20,195 131,440 25,261 11,109 1,969 1,583 1,508 Upper West 7,076 51,719 10,722 3,828 1,305 771 314 National 568,636 2,309,582 773,289 305,434 86,809 40,211 17,418 Unit cost in GH¢ Western 55 107 169 132 — 94 1,065 Central 35 140 231 357 — 105 1,597 Greater Accra 61 146 172 97 — 111 1,140 Volta 66 125 261 307 — 268 2,418 Eastern 66 138 212 270 — — 2,089 Ashanti 44 136 197 184 — 104 1,259 Brong Ahafo 65 157 225 230 — — 3,275 Northern 33 125 159 198 — 139 1,333 Upper East 51 82 167 172 — 391 682 Upper West 122 126 349 386 — 203 3,541 National 54 131 206 197 3,374 115 1,586 Source: Authors. Note: — = not available. Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 107 The last panel in table 11.2 shows our unit costs de�ned as the total budget for any given level divided by our estimates of school enrollment (for the pre-school, primary, and secondary levels, we also estimated unit costs at the district level, as mentioned above). On average the unit cost at the primary level is estimated at 131 GH¢ per pupil per year, while it is estimated at around 200 GH¢ at the secondary level. Unit costs are signi�cantly higher at the tertiary level, at 3,374 GH¢. For most levels, the Upper West region has higher unit costs that other regions, and only its primary level unit cost is in line with the national average. It is likely that those much higher unit costs results from smaller class sizes and higher per student administrative cost, with lower school enroll- ment in the Upper West region stemming not only from lower population density, but probably also in part from a demand side issue (some households in extreme poverty may not be able to send their children to school). In the more densely populated Upper East region, unit costs are more in line with national averages. Similar data are available by district but not shown here due to space limitation. Results from the Bene�t Incidence Analysis Table 11.3 provides the results from the bene�t incidence analysis, with each of the quin- tiles representing 20 percent of children in age of schooling rather than 20 percent of the population. The data are thus based on all children aged 5 to 25 plus any student enrolled who is aged above 25. The bene�t incidence analysis estimates are computed using nation- wide unit costs as well as district- and region-speci�c unit costs. The use of district-level estimates tends to reduce the estimates of the bene�ts obtained by children in the poorest quintiles, and increase the share received by the children in the richest quintiles. As expected the distribution of public spending in education as a whole (all levels) is rather unequal since the bo om quintile received around 12 percent of total spending while the top quintile obtains more than a third of total spending. It should be recalled that the results are obtained for children a ending publicly funded institutions. The distribution is monotonically increasing. The results by level are also as expected. At the primary level, public spending is about neutral, if one uses the district-level unit costs. For all other levels, the very poor tend to have a much smaller share of bene�ts than their share of the population in age of schooling. The higher levels of schooling (SHS, voca- tional, teacher training and tertiary) have public spending pa ern greatly bene� ing the top quintile, especially at the tertiary level. Conclusion The bene�t incidence analysis of public spending for education provided in this chapter suggests that despite an increase in funding for primary education in 2007, the poorest quintiles of children in age of schooling still bene�t only from a relatively small share of total education spending (12 percent). This is essentially because at higher levels of schooling, children from the be er of quintiles in the population are much more likely to go to school. Some of the conditions on the ground may however have changed since the implementation of the GLSS5 survey, given that there has been a sharp increase in schooling thanks in part to capitation grants, and that this increase in schooling is likely to have bene� ed the poor in priority, with likely ripple effects from primary education to higher levels of schooling. The analysis should thus be replicated when new household survey data become available. Table 11.3: Bene�t incidence analysis of public spending for education (%) Pre-school Primary JHS SHS Quintile District Region National District Region National District Region National District Region National Lowest 15.0 16.4 15.8 18.9 20.9 22.6 13.2 13.5 13.4 9.3 9.8 9.1 Second 25.0 27.8 28.0 24.9 26.0 25.6 20.5 20.6 20.2 11.8 12.6 12.2 Third 29.2 30.1 30.1 23.7 23.4 22.9 23.3 23.4 22.9 15.9 16.2 15.6 Fourth 20.8 17.9 18.1 19.5 18.3 17.9 22.8 23.2 23.4 24.9 24.6 24.0 Highest 10.1 7.9 8.0 13.0 11.4 11.1 20.2 19.3 20.1 38.0 36.9 39.1 Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 108 Vocational Teacher training Tertiary All levels Quintile District Region National District Region National District Region National District Region National Lowest 14.9 14.9 8.0 10.7 10.7 11.7 4.0 4.0 4.0 11.8 12.6 13.1 Second 10.0 10.0 10.2 10.8 10.8 10.2 4.1 4.1 4.1 15.8 16.3 16.0 Third 11.4 11.4 10.1 17.6 17.6 15.5 7.8 7.8 7.8 17.7 17.7 17.3 Fourth 24.4 24.4 27.4 14.5 14.5 15.9 19.2 19.2 19.2 20.3 19.8 19.7 Highest 39.2 39.2 44.3 46.3 46.3 46.6 64.8 64.8 64.8 34.4 33.6 33.8 Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Source: Coulombe and Wodon (2009). Notes: District columns were computed using district-level unit costs. Similarly “region� and “national� columns used respectively region-speci�c and national unit costs. Those unit costs are found in Table 11.1. C H A P T E R 12 Targeting Performance of School Lunches in Ghana George Joseph and Quentin Wodon1 The Government of Ghana is currently implementing a large school lunch program with the aim to reach up to one million children. As was the case with school uniforms, this pro- gram aims to lower the private cost of schooling for households, but it also has some other objectives such as contributing to be er nutrition and learning outcomes. This chapter �rst provides some lessons from international experience with school lunches from Bundy et al. (2009). The chapter then provides an analysis of the targeting performance of school lunches using district and school level administrative data, as well as data from the CWIQ survey. It turns out that school lunches are poorly targeted today, and less well targeted than what would be feasible under simple geographic targeting. Thus adopting one of the targeting systems proposed for example for school uniforms might greatly enhance the bene�ts for the poor of the school lunch program. School Lunches: Outlays in Ghana and Lessons from International Experience G hana’s school lunch program started in 2005 with a pilot in 10 schools, one per region. In 2008, the program reached 560,000 students in all 170 districts, which accounts for about 20 percent of total primary school enrollment. Plans are to expand the program to reach 1,040,000 students by the end of 2010. The 2008 budget of the program was 43.6 million GH¢ but actual expenditures reached only 33.0 million GH¢. The budget for 2009 at 51.1 million GH¢ was more than 20 percent higher than the budget for 2008. The program provides children in public primary schools and kindergartens with a hot and nutritious meal on every school day. It has multiple objectives, which com- plicates the choice of the indicator to be used for assessing targeting performance. Key objectives include increasing school enrollment rates, improving a endance and reten- tion (i.e., avoiding students dropping out), and improving the nutrition and food intake of children so that they are be er prepared to concentrate and learn in the classroom. The meals that are distributed are prepared using locally grown food, so that the pro- gram contributes to the local economy by generating income for farmers, although the impact of this dimension of the program is not easy to consider here. 109 110 A World Bank Study Ghana is not an outlier in implementing a school lunch program. As noted by Bundy et al. (2009), most countries today provide food in one way or another to their children in school both for nutritional purposes and to transfer bene�ts to the poor so as to encourage schooling. Because high- and middle-income countries can afford to fund such programs more generously, coverage rates tend to be highest in those coun- tries. In poorer countries, despite external support principally from the World Food Programme (WFP), coverage is lower. Given how widespread school lunches are, and given that for political economy reasons these programs are difficult to abolish even if they are poorly performing, the policy issue in most countries is less whether countries should implement them but how. When coverage is far from universal, the issue of targeting becomes important to ensure that the poorest are the segment of society most likely to receive the lunches. The review of the international experience with school lunches by Bundy et al. (2009) emphasizes that school feeding programs provide an explicit or implicit trans- fer to households of the value of the food distributed. The programs are relatively easy to scale up in a crisis and can provide a bene�t per household of more than 10 percent of household expenditures, even more in the case of take-home rations. In many con- texts, well-designed school feeding programs can be targeted moderately accurately, though rarely so effectively as the most progressive of cash transfers. In the poorest countries, where school enrollment is low, school feeding may not reach the poorest people, but in these se ings alternative safety net options are often quite limited, and geographically targeted expansion of school feeding may still provide the best option for a rapid scale-up of safety nets. Targeted take-home rations may provide somewhat more progressive outcomes. Further research is required to assess the longer-term relative merits of school feed- ing versus other social safety net instruments. There is evidence that school feeding pro- grams increase school a endance, cognition, and educational achievement, particularly if supported by complementary actions such as deworming and micronutrient forti�ca- tion or supplementation. In many cases the programs have a strong gender dimension, especially where they target girls’ education, and may also be used to bene�t speci�cally the poorest and most vulnerable children. What is less clear is the relative scale of the bene�t with the different school feeding modalities, and there is a lack of engagement of educators on research around these issues. The education bene�ts of the programs are a justi�cation for the education sector to own and implement the programs, while these same education outcomes contribute to the incentive compatibility of the pro- grams for social protection. Policy analysis also shows that the effectiveness and sus- tainability of school feeding programs is dependent upon embedding the programs within education sector policy. Hence, the value of school feeding as a safety net and the motivation of the education sector to implement the programs are both enhanced by the extent to which there are education bene�ts. It must be pointed out that well- designed school feeding programs, which include micronutrient forti�cation and deworming, can provide nutritional bene�ts and should complement and not com- pete with nutrition programs for younger children, which remain a clear priority for targeting malnutrition overall. The concept of a school feeding “exit strategy� has tended to confound thinking about the longer-term future of school feeding programs. Countries do not seek to exit Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 111 from providing food to their schoolchildren, but rather to transition from externally sup- ported projects to national programs. For 28 countries previously assisted by WFP, this has already happened, and there are case studies of how externally assisted programs have transitioned into sustainable national programs, which in some cases have themselves gone on to provide technical support to others (for example, Brazil, Chile, and India). In terms of �nancial sustainability the review by Bundy et al. (2009) suggests �rst that school feeding programs in low-income countries exhibit large variation in cost, with con- comitant opportunities for cost containment. Second, as countries get richer, school feed- ing costs become a much smaller proportion of the investment in education. For example, in Zambia the cost of school feeding is about 50 percent of annual per capita costs for primary education; in Ireland it is only 10 percent. Further analysis is required to de�ne these relationships, but supporting countries to maintain an investment in school feeding through this transition may emerge as a key role for development partners. Third, the main preconditions for the transition to sustainable national programs are mainstream- ing school feeding in national policies and plans, especially education sector plans; iden- tifying national sources of �nancing; and expanding national implementation capacity. Mainstreaming a development policy for school feeding into national education sector plans offers the added advantage of aligning support for school feeding with the processes already established to harmonize development partner support for the Education for All- Fast Track Initiative. A key message is the importance of both designing long-term sustain- ability into programs from their inception and of revisiting programs as they evolve. Countries bene�t from having a clear understanding of the duration of donor assistance, a systematic strategy to strengthen institutional capacity, and a concrete plan for the tran- sition to national ownership with time frames and milestones for the process. There are trade-offs in the design of school feeding programs. The effectiveness of school feeding programs is dependent upon several factors, including the selection of modality (in-school meals, forti�ed biscuits, take-home rations, or some combination of these); the effectiveness of targeting; and the associated costs. Take-home rations (aver- age per capita cost US$50 per year) can be more �nely targeted and can give high-value transfers, but have signi�cant administrative costs. They have strong safety net potential and appear to result in increases in a endance, and perhaps educational achievement, on a similar scale to in-school meal programs. Thus, from a social protection point of view they may be preferred to in-school meal programs. In-school meals (average per capita cost US$40 per year) tend to be less �nely targeted and capped in the value of their transfer, have potentially large opportunity costs for education, and incur higher admin- istrative costs, but have the potential not only to increase a endance but to act more directly on learning, especially if forti�ed and combined with deworming. In-school snacks and biscuits (average per capita cost US$13 per year) have lower administrative costs but also lower transfer and incentive value, though the scale of bene�t relative to meals needs to be be er quanti�ed. Designing effective programs that meet their objectives requires an evidence base that allows careful trade-offs among targeting approaches, feeding modalities, and costs. There is a need for be er data on the cost-effectiveness of the available approaches and modalities. Few studies compare in-school feeding with take-home rations in similar se ings, and the few that have gone further with this suggest that both programs lead to similar improvements over having no program at all. The issue is that in selecting any 112 A World Bank Study modality, there are important trade-offs dependent upon context, bene�t, and cost. In some contexts, school feeding programs combine on-site meals with an extra incentive from take-home rations targeting a speci�c group of vulnerable children, such as those affected by HIV or girls in higher grades. District-Level Targeting Performance The review by Bundy et al. (2009) does not focus on the targeting performance of school lunches. Data quoted by Grosh et al (2009) provide additional insights. Their estimates for various programs suggest that in many countries the incidence of school lunches is progressive, but that nevertheless the share of school lunches accruing to the poor is not necessarily high (performance was lower for example in India than in Latin American countries such as Chile, Costa Rica, and Jamaica, but there are exceptions; in Guatemala for example, most of the bene�ts accrued to the middle class). Thus targeting perfor- mance depends on design, and a detailed analysis of such performance within any spe- ci�c country is needed. In principle, school lunches should be targeted to schools in deprived education districts, and especially to deprived schools, but it is unclear whether this is the case and whether the program reaches the poor in priority. The Ghana household surveys do not have modules to assess household participation in various programs and do not ask whether households bene�t from school lunches. However, adding such questions on the questionnaire would help in tracking targeting performance in the future. But in Ghana since the program was expanded only after the completion of the GLSS5, we would not have been able to assess targeting performance with that survey anyway. Targeting performance must be evaluated using administrative data. This can be done at the district and school levels, and we focus here on the district level data (school level data provide similar estimates of targeting performance). To carry the analysis of targeting performance at the district level, administrative data on the bene�ts provided to 170 districts were transformed to obtain data for 138 dis- tricts (these districts are those for which we have poverty data, by expanding the poverty map presented in chapter 4 that is valid for 110 districts into estimates for 138 districts; this means that some districts that resulted from the scission of a previous district in two have the same poverty estimate from the poverty map). The total outlays to the districts indicated in the administrative data available to us amount to 26.3 million GH¢. This is below the level of spending for 2008, at 33.0 million GH¢, but part of the difference may be due to administrative costs. To assess targeting performance at the district level, we assumed �rst that within a district the distribution of the bene�ts from school lunches by quintile of well-being follows the distribution of the population according to those national quintiles of well- being. The same is done for assessing the share of bene�ts going to the poor. If a dis- trict has a poverty headcount of 35 percent, we assume that 35 percent of the bene�ts from the school lunches provided to that district accrue to the poor, and the same rules are used when looking at bene�ts by quintile. The results are presented in table 12.1. The poor, who represent 28.5 percent of the population, bene�t from only slightly more than a �fth (21.3 percent) of the school lunches. In table 12.1, the pro�le of bene�ts by quintile suggests clearly that outlays for the top quintiles are signi�cantly (twice) higher than those for the bo om quintiles. Other approaches were used to assess whether those Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 113 Table 12.1: Targeting performance of school lunches using district level allocations Share of population Total Program bene�ting Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Poor expenditure School 2.77% 3,449.6 4,618.7 5,235.1 6,182.0 6,789.4 5,597.1 26,274.9 lunches Share of 13.1% 17.6% 19.9% 23.5% 25.8% 21.3% bene�ts Source: Authors. results were robust (for example to considering targeting according to deprived educa- tion districts as opposed to poverty), and the same message on targeting performance was obtained. Conclusion Ghana’s large school lunch program reaches up to one million children and aims to lower the private cost of schooling for households, while also contributing to be er nutrition and learning outcomes. This chapter has provided some lessons from international expe- rience with school lunches. Next, it has provided an analysis of the targeting performance of school lunches using district level administrative data, as well as data from the CWIQ survey. Unfortunately school lunches are poorly targeted today, and less well targeted than what would be feasible under simple geographic targeting. Adopting a be er geo- graphic targeting formula might greatly enhance the bene�ts for the poor of the school lunch program. Note 1. The �rst section of this paper is reproduced with minor edits from the executive summary in Bundy et al. (2009). C H A P T E R 13 National Health Insurance Scheme in Ghana Clarence Tsimpo and Quentin Wodon The National Health Insurance Scheme (NHIS) was created in 2003 in an effort to increase the access to and affordability of health care. The scheme relies on premiums from partici- pants, but it is also heavily subsidized through indirect taxation (special levy on the VAT and import duties). Today the scheme has managed to enroll about 60 percent of the popula- tion according to NHIS data. Indigent persons bene�t from exemptions, but there are strict controls on the registration of indigents at the district level. This chapter provides a brief description of the scheme, and then uses a range of different data sources (GLSS5, other surveys, LEAP single registry, and administrative district level data) to assess its bene�t incidence. The results suggest that while the scheme does reach some among the poor, it bene�ts much more the be er-off segments of the population; the premiums to be paid are often too high for the very poor. A number of options for increasing NHIS enrollment among the poor are considered. Description of the National Health Insurance Scheme T he National Health Insurance Scheme (NHIS) was established by the National Health Insurance Act in 2003. It is managed by the National Health Insurance Authority. The objective of the NHIS is to provide in a sustainable way affordable and quality care for all Ghanaians. Data from the NHIS website suggests that as of June 2009 some 13,779,806 individuals were registered in the scheme, representing close to 60 percent of the popu- lation. Exempt groups, which do not have to pay to be part of the scheme, accounted for close to 70 percent of all registered members. The program is managed at the district level by District Mutual Health Schemes. In addition to members participating through district schemes all (mostly formal sector) workers contributing to the SSNIT (Social Security and National Insurance Trust) are enrolled. On the provider side, public facil- ities are automatically accredited to participate in the scheme. In addition NHIS has provisionally accredited 1,551 private health care facilities, including 400 hospitals and clinics, 237 maternity homes, 451 pharmacies, 329 licensed chemical shops and 128 diag- nostic facilities (laboratories and diagnostic imaging facilities). Finally, facilities from the Christian Health Association of Ghana have been granted provisional accreditation. The program is funded through a 2.5 percent addition to the Value Added Tax (VAT) and import duties known as the National Health Insurance Levy (import duties are 114 Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 115 administered by the Customs, Excise and Preventive Service, or CEPS in table 13.1). The program also bene�ts from contributions from employees enrolled in the SSNIT and, as needed, from resources from the MOH and donors. Insurance premiums paid by house- holds who are not exempt from contributions also contribute to funding the scheme, but they account only for a small portion of the scheme’s budget. As noted in ODI (2009), and as shown in table 13.1, contributions to the National Health Insurance Fund (which excludes the revenue of the district mutual schemes) were estimated at GH¢ 318 million for 2008 and GH¢ 375 million for 2009. Table 13.1: Contributions to the national health insurance fund 2008 Original budget 2008 Provisional outturn 2009 Budget estimates SSNIT 35,424,000 104,419,539 117,377,746 VAT collection 74,405,513 72,029,861 98,831,416 CEPS collection 125,600,000 141,866,300 159,000,000 Total NHI Fund 235,429,513 318,315,700 375,209,162 Source: ODI (2009), based on NHIS 2009 Budget Statement, Appendix 3A MTEF 2007–2009 Total receipts. Several categories of individuals are exempted from paying premiums to partici- pate in the scheme. First, formal sector workers who already contribute to SSNIT do not need to make any additional payments to the NHIF. Second, dependent children under 18 years of age are exempt from premiums if both of their parents are already members of the scheme. Third, all individuals aged above 70 are exempt, as are all pensioners from SSNIT. The last category of exempted individuals consists of the “indigent�, who are a subset of the poor. Speci�cally, according to regulation 58, “A person shall not be classi�ed as an indigent under a district scheme unless that person (a) is unemployed and has no visible source of income; (b) does not have a �xed place of residence according to standards determined by the scheme; (c) does not live with a person who is employed and who has a �xed place of residence; and (d) does not have any identi�able consistent support from another person.� The above de�nition of the indigent can be interpreted in a rather strict way, since a working poor would not in principle qualify even if his or her income were very low. The lack or residence is also a rather stringent criteria and the combination of both cri- teria may explain why only very few individuals have been accepted into the scheme as indigent. In addition, district schemes are in charge of verifying individual eligibility under the “indigent� category; they must keep and publish the list of indigents in their area of operation and submit the list to the National Health Insurance Council for vali- dation. If the number of indigents on a district’s list exceeds half a percent of the total membership of the district scheme, the Council must verify the list (the method to do so is left at the discretion of the Council). In addition, individuals who are members of a district’s scheme and who are in disagreement with the inclusion of a speci�c individual as an indigent in the scheme may complain to the scheme �rst and if needed next to the District Health Complaint Commi ee which must investigate whether the complaint is appropriate. All these measures may also contribute to social exclusion and stigma, and to the extent that the list of bene�ciaries is made public in a district or at the local level, this may discourage participation by households or individuals who might need an exemption badly due to very limited resources. 116 A World Bank Study Bene�t Incidence of NHIS Subsidies in 2005–06 The NHIS is heavily subsidized through contributions from the VAT and import duties. It is thus legitimate to ask whether these subsidies reach the poor. GLSS5 data can be used to assess the bene�t incidence of NHIS subsidies at an early stage of the program, namely in 2005–06. The survey included a special one-page module on the type of access to health insurance enjoyed by households and the obstacles to access. Table 13.2 provides the main results from the analysis. First, in 2005–06, only a small minority (17 percent) of the population was registered and/or covered (as noted earlier, about 60 percent of the population is now covered). Registration and coverage were much higher in the upper quintiles of consumption per equivalent adult than in the lower quintiles. For example, registration and coverage rates were 2.5 times higher in the top quintile as compared to the bo om quintile. The main reason for non-registration was the cost of the premium which was perceived to be too high for what households could afford. Lack of knowledge about the NHIS was also a reason for non-registration, as well as other reasons which are not detailed in the survey but may relate to some households not feeling the need to register, perhaps because they were relatively healthier than the average population. Among those who registered, only a very small minority had left the scheme, with the main reason being the cost of the premiums, apart from the “other� category for which we do not have details on what it entails. Most households had registered through the district mutual schemes, and most expected that both OPD and out-patient services would be covered in case of need. About 41 percent of households had paid premiums, with 22 percent exempted, and another 33 percent belonging to neither category (again it is not fully clear what this cate- gory represents). Some 16 percent of households had made use of the insurance scheme, with a slightly higher proportion of users among registered/covered households from the poorest quintile. Thus overall, one could argue that the scheme bene�ted in 2005–06 mostly be er off households, although it should be recalled that some among the be er households were paying premiums through the SSNIT (this would for example be the case for households with formal sector workers). The fact that the NHIS bene�ted more the be er off than the poor in 2005–06 is also illustrated in �gure 13.1 that provides CD curves for the use of health services and the registration into the NHIS. The top curve represents the share (on the vertical axis) of total episodes of illness declared by the population with a consumption level below a certain threshold (on the horizontal axis, with a value of one denoting the poverty line). The curves entitled “Public�, “Private�, and “Religious� represent the share of health services provided by public, private, or religious providers used by the corresponding shares of the population. The last two curves represent the shares of registered individu- als in the NHIS, as well as the share of those who used the NHIS coverage for health care. The fact that the two NHIS curves are well below other curves con�rms visually the be er coverage and use of the NHIS among richer households. Technically, what �gure 13.1 implies is that from a pure bene�t incidence analysis, a balanced budget subsidy reform to reduce subsidies for the NHIS and increase subsidies for health care facilities to reduce the cost of health care at those health facilities should be poverty reducing. This does not mean that such a policy should be implemented however, given that it would reduce the reach of the NHIS which has proven a useful scheme to expand access to care overall. A be er way to proceed would be to improve Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 117 Table 13.2: Data on participation in health insurance scheme from GLSS5, 2005–06 Residence area Welfare quintile Other Accra urban Rural Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Total Have you ever been registered or covered with a health insurance scheme? (%) Yes, registered 8.7 13.6 6.4 2.4 5.6 7.8 10.5 16.2 8.5 Yes, covered 6.7 12.6 6.5 3.2 7.0 9.0 10.4 11.0 8.1 No 84.6 73.8 87.1 94.3 87.4 83.2 79.1 72.8 83.4 Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 If you have never been registered why? (%) Premium is too 17.2 40.5 32.9 33.4 31.8 35.3 32.2 30.7 32.8 high Don’t have 13.9 6.4 4.4 3.4 4.1 6.0 7.3 10.2 6.0 con�dence in operators Covered by other 7.8 1.3 0.5 0.4 1.0 1.2 1.6 4.1 1.6 avenues No knowledge of 15.5 10.9 16.1 12.8 15.5 18.2 14.5 13.2 14.8 any scheme Other 45.7 40.9 46.2 50.0 47.6 39.4 44.4 41.8 44.9 Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Are you still registered, or covered? (%) Yes, registered 56.6 51.7 47.4 42.0 43.9 44.1 49.0 59.4 50.2 Yes, covered 43.1 47.2 48.7 56.4 53.4 53.1 47.6 39.3 47.5 No 0.3 1.1 3.8 1.5 2.7 2.8 3.4 1.3 2.4 Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Reason for not being registered anymore (%) Premium is too 0.0 19.0 14.5 22.5 6.5 17.1 10.1 28.9 15.2 high Don’t have 0.0 6.0 4.3 15.2 5.2 3.9 2.6 6.4 4.6 con�dence in operators Covered by other 32.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.6 0.5 alternatives Was not getting 67.3 31.2 13.7 32.5 3.8 25.4 22.6 8.6 17.9 bene�ts Other 0.0 43.8 67.5 29.8 84.5 53.7 64.7 53.5 61.8 Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Type of coverage if registered (%) District mutual 86.9 95.6 97.1 96.3 97.5 95.5 94.7 94.5 95.3 Private mutual 2.0 1.3 0.9 0.6 2.0 0.2 1.7 1.1 1.2 Private company 10.6 1.4 0.4 1.6 0.0 1.1 2.1 3.3 2.0 Other 0.5 1.7 1.6 1.5 0.5 3.1 1.5 1.1 1.5 Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 (Table continues on next page) 118 A World Bank Study Table 13.2: (continued) Residence area Welfare quintile Other Accra urban Rural Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Total Expected bene�ts/type of coverage (%) Only OPD 16.1 14.3 7.8 8.2 9.3 6.5 13.4 14.5 11.4 services Only in-patient 3.8 1.0 1.8 1.7 2.3 3.1 0.9 1.1 1.7 services Both 80.1 84.7 90.5 90.1 88.4 90.4 85.7 84.5 86.9 Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Payment of premium (%) All 47.9 44.6 36.7 35.0 32.7 37.0 40.7 49.4 41.2 Part 6.8 2.4 4.4 3.0 4.9 4.9 3.2 3.3 3.8 Exempted 20.6 23.0 21.6 19.2 23.3 26.9 21.6 19.5 22.1 N/A 24.6 30.0 37.3 42.7 39.1 31.3 34.5 27.8 32.9 Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Bene�ts from the scheme among population registered (%) Yes 9.0 15.6 18.1 18.3 15.4 17.4 16.5 14.9 16.1 No 91.0 84.4 81.9 81.7 84.6 82.7 83.5 85.1 83.9 Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Source: Authors’ estimations using GLSS5 data. Figure 13.1: Consumption dominance curves for the use of health services and insurance, 2005–06 0.8 0.7 0.6 Private 0.5 Public Benefitted 0.4 Registered/ covered 0.3 Suffer illness Religious 0.2 0.1 0 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 Normalized per Eq adult expenditure (yi/z) Has benefitted Registered/covered Suffer illness Public Religious Private Source: Authors’ estimations using GLSS5 data. Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 119 the bene�t incidence of the NHIS (i.e., to shift the curves for the NHIS up in �gure 13.1) by enrolling more poor individuals. This could be done for example by relaxing some of the strict criteria used to identify the indigent or by encouraging districts to register a larger number of poor households into the scheme under the indigent category. Other possibilities would include ensuring that some very poor households who participate in other programs such as LEAP be enrolled automatically into the scheme (we will come back to this below, as well as to other options that are being considered). Bene�t Incidence of NHIS in 2007 and 2008 Since the implementation of the GLSS5 in 2005/06, registration and coverage under the NHIS have increased considerably. Several sources of data can be used to assess the bene�t incidence of the scheme in 2007 and 2008 and the obstacles preventing registra- tion. On the basis of a special purpose household survey implemented in 2007, Asante and Aikins (2007) provide evidence that the enrollment rate into the NHIS by the poor in 2007 remained much lower among lower quintiles of wealth than among the richest households (see �gure 13.2). On the positive side, the authors �nd that most households were aware of the scheme (this was not as much the case in 2005/06 as noted above) and satisfaction with the scheme was high, as revealed among others by high rates of re-enrollment into the scheme. Appiah-Denkyira and Preker (2007), also quoted by ODI (2009), found that in some regions a substantial majority of the NHIS registered members belonged to exempt categories. In addition a participatory monitoring and evaluation report implemented in 2008 con�rmed that barriers to enrollment by the poor remain signi�cant (NDPC, 2008). Approximately three-quarters (77 percent) of the individuals not registered into the scheme declared that affordability was the reason for not enroll- ing. Among households not renewing their premiums (this was the case for 5 percent of respondents), cost was again the main reason to not to re-enroll, especially among the poor. The fact that affordability remains an issue is not surprising given that as noted by ODI (2009), the GHS 11 (USD 9.5) fee required to register represents more than Figure 13.2: Percent of population holding NHIS card by wealth quintiles, 2007 70 60 58.7 52.2 50 43.1 37.2 Percent 40 30.2 30 20 10 0 Poorest 2nd 3rd 4th Richest Source: Asante and Aikins (2007). 120 A World Bank Study 45 percent of the monthly consumption of a household living with resources equivalent to the extreme poverty line. Another source of information on the incidence of NHIS registration, or more spe- ci�cally on the lack of registration among the very poor, comes from the LEAP single registry. As discussed in chapter 14 LEAP was launched in March 2008 to supplement through cash transfers the income of “dangerously poor households.� The program is administered by the Ministry of Employment and Social Welfare and it targets �ve categories of bene�ciaries: orphans, and vulnerable children (OVCs); pregnant and lactat- ing women; elderly individuals in poverty; individuals with severe disabilities10; and �nally subsistence food crop farmers and �shermen in poverty. The program currently serves 32,000 households. LEAP maintains a single registry with detailed information on program bene�ciaries that can be used to classify these households by level of predicted consumption. Data are currently available for all households that were enrolled in 2008 (there are 16,000 of them). As shown in table 13.3, only 18.3 percent of all LEAP house- holds were registered with the NHIS, and the share was even lower among the poorest of LEAP bene�ciaries (15.7 percent in the bo om national quintile). Table 13.3: Share of LEAP household members registered with NHIS, 2008 (%) Predicted quintile of consumption by national quintile Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Total Share of LEAP households in quintile 46.3 30.2 16.0 4.6 2.9 100.0 Registration with NHIS Yes 15.7 16.8 23.9 31.5 23.3 18.3 No 84.3 83.2 76.1 68.6 76.7 81.7 Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Source: Authors’ estimation using LEAP single registry data. Assessment of the Indigent Provision in the NHIS Data are available from administrative records regarding the number of registered indi- gents in the NHIS. These data are available at the district level, but we do not have information on the individual characteristics of the indigents. District level data can be used to assess in a very imperfect way how well targeted the indigent exemption is. The method consists in assuming that indigent participants are representative of the popula- tion of a district. Thus if 40 percent of the population of a given district belongs to the poorest quintile of national consumption, we assume that 40 percent of the indigent reg- istered in that district also belong to the poorest national quintile, and this is repeated for other quintiles. Summing up across all districts, the distribution of indigents by district gives us an assumed share of all the indigents registered in NHIS that belong to each of the national quintile. That information is provided in table 13.4, which shows that under this method of analysis, the indigent provision does reach much more the bo om quintiles than the richer ones. This is good news, and it simply means that poorer dis- tricts tend to have a larger share of their population registered as indigents in the NHIS. It should be clear however that the bene�t incidence reported in table 13.4 is likely to underestimate the share of the indigents who actually belong to the poorest quintiles Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 121 Table 13.4: District-level data on the bene�t incidence of the NHIS indigent provision, 2008 Share of population Total Program bene�ting (%) Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Poor expenditure 2008 0.13 566,405 316,811 274,885 254,715 247,457 611,982 1,660,274 2009 0.13 754,728 402,894 338,684 298,431 284,865 800,486 2,079,602 Source: Authors’ estimation using NHIS administrative data. Note: District level data will underestimate the targeting performance of a program like the indigent provision. because the program is likely to be well targeted within districts (given the relatively strict controls mentioned above imposed by the Council). While the indigent provision under the NHIS is likely to be well targeted to the poor, it is clearly too strict currently. In 2009, only about 2 percent of total enrollment in the NHIS, and only about one percent of the overall population consisted of individuals classi�ed as indigent. By contrast, the share of Ghana’s population living in poverty was 28.5 in 2005–06, and the share of the population living in extreme poverty was 18 percent (Coulombe and Wodon, 2007). What could be done to increase enrollment among the poor? Several measures have been already taken or are under consideration (ODI, 2009). First, following in part on advocacy efforts by UNICEF, it has been proposed in 2008 to extend fee exemptions to all children under 18 (so that children registration in the NHIS is now delinked from their parents’ registration). Second, as of July 2008, free NHIS enrollment is to be provided to all pregnant women, with a full package of bene�ts provided for one year, including mater- nal health services but not restricted to those (pre-natal care was already provided for free). Newborn children are also covered for up to three months. It has also been proposed to extend exemptions to all LEAP bene�ciary households, which are shown to be in most cases in (extreme) poverty. Proposals have also been made to exempt children in large families from registration fees when their parents are enrolled, and to make sure that all children are indeed enrolled in bene�ciary families (the NHIS participatory monitoring and evaluation report suggested that this was not always the case). Another avenue for promoting enrollment among the poor would consists of reducing further premiums for those who are poor, and the eligibility for such a reduction could be dependent on a proxy means-testing mechanisms such as the mechanism implemented by LEAP to avoid abuses. Conclusion The National Health Insurance Scheme (NHIS) was created in 2003 in an effort to increase the access to and affordability of health care. Today the scheme has managed to enroll about 60 percent of the population according to NHIS data. Indigent persons bene�t from exemptions, but there are strict controls on the registration of indigents at the dis- trict level. This chapter suggests that while the scheme does reach some among the poor, it continues to bene�t much more the be er off segments of the population. On the other hand, the indigent exception seems to be fairly well targeted based on the available data, and it could thus be expanded in various ways to achieve a higher coverage among the extreme poor without risking high leakage rates to the nonpoor. C H A P T E R 14 Ghana’s Livelihood Empowerment Against Poverty Clarence Tsimpo and Quentin Wodon The Government of Ghana launched the LEAP (Livelihood Empowerment Against Poverty) Program in March 2008 to supplement through cash transfers the income of “dangerously poor households.� The program is administered by the Department of Social Welfare (DSW) in the Ministry of Employment and Social Welfare (MESW). It targets �ve categories of bene�ciaries: OVCs; pregnant and lactating women; elderly individuals in poverty; indi- viduals with severe disabilities, and �nally subsistence food crop farmers and �shermen in poverty. Currently approximately 32,000 household bene�ted from LEAP in 74 districts. The aim is to scale up the program to reach 165,000 households within �ve years. Using data from LEAP’s single registry of program participants, this chapter shows that LEAP appears to be a well targeted program reaching the extreme poor. Design and Targeting Mechanism of LEAP A s noted in a recent ODI (2009) report, LEAP has a complex targeting mechanism. First, districts are selected on the basis of their poverty incidence, rate of HIV/AIDS prevalence, rates of child labor, and lack of access to social services (DSW 2008). Next, within selected districts Community LEAP Implementation Commi ees (CLICs), which include representation from traditional leaders, District Assembly members, teachers and nurses, religious leaders and other community leaders, identify the most vulnerable households in their communities. Third, social welfare officers from DSW administer a survey questionnaire to the households proposed by local communities to select those who are likely to be the poorest (proxy means-testing). The survey questionnaire imple- mented by LEAP has two parts. The �rst part includes about 40 questions on the hous- ing conditions of the household, selected household characteristics including a series of assets, and the household roster. The second part includes about 30 questions on the characteristics of individual members of the household, including their demographic characteristics, their education and their employment status. The data on LEAP bene�- ciaries (as well as on households not selected into the program) are kept electronically in a single registry. The list of the proposed bene�ciaries after taking into account results from proxy means-testing is sent back to each community’s CLIC for approval. The LEAP targeting mechanisms is not very far away from what has been imple- mented in some other countries such as Mexico, where proxy means-testing has been 122 Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 123 combined with geographic targeting to improve targeting performance. A key feature of the Mexico Oportunidades program (previously known as PROGRESA) is its three-stage targeting mechanism based on community and household characteristics (see among others Wodon, de la Briere, and Yi haki 2002). The �rst stage selects poor, rural localities to participate in the program. The second stage selects eligible families within participat- ing localities. The third stage involves local meetings to incorporate eligible families and to check on the selection process, allowing for disputes of eligibility decisions. In selecting localities, census data are used to create a “marginality index� for localities. The index comprises seven variables for each locality: share of illiterate adults, share of dwellings without water, share of dwellings without draining systems, share of dwellings without electricity, average number of occupants per room, share of dwellings with dirt floor, and share of population working in the primary sector. The localities ultimately selected as eligible had to have a primary school, a secondary school, and a clinic, and could not have an extremely small population or be so isolated that access was limited. In the second stage of targeting, census data was used in a two-step process to classify households as poor or nonpoor. The �rst step involved constructing a per capita income indicator by summing all individual incomes in a given household and subtracting the income earned by children. This income was compared to a Standard Food Basket to create a binary variable for poor and nonpoor status. In the second step, a statistical analysis identi�ed the non-income variables that best distinguish poor and nonpoor households. In the third stage, community meetings were held in each locality, for all eligible bene�- ciaries and local authorities. Each community was given the list of program participants, and it was still feasible at this stage to change the selection if it was believed that some poor families should be reclassi�ed as nonpoor or vice versa. However, the proportion of households whose selection was disputed was very small. Mexico’s program target- ing mechanism has proven to be very effective. One key difference with LEAP is that the Opportunidades Program relies on a census of all households living in the poor areas selected for the programs, while LEAP at the time being collects data only on those households that are proposed for participation by the communities. Coming back to LEAP, the program’s payments to the �nal list of bene�ciaries are processed through the Ghana Post. The transfers paid to households depend on the number of eligible dependents within the household, starting with GH¢ 8 (US$ 6.90) per month for households with one dependent to a maximum of GHS 15 (USD 12.90) for four dependents (DSW, 2008). Bene�ciaries are expected to “graduate� from the pro- gram within three years, although the details of this graduation process have not been worked out and graduation may be difficult for some very poor households (such as the elderly or individuals with disability not able to work). The transfers for the elderly and households with individuals with disabilities are not conditional. The transfers to house- holds with OVCs require in principle that the children be enrolled in school. Transfers targeted to pregnant and lactating women require the parents to obtain a birth certi�cate for their children, and to visit post-natal clinics regularly with the newborn babies. Full (EPI) vaccination is also required for children aged up to �ve in participating house- holds. Finally, parents cannot allow their children to participate in any child traffick- ing scheme and the children cannot be involved in forms of child labor detrimental to their safety, health or development. MESW is also negotiating with the National Health Insurance Scheme how LEAP bene�ciaries could be included in the scheme (given that premiums to be paid are often too high for the households to be able to afford them). 124 A World Bank Study Is LEAP likely to be well targeted? There is some discretion on the part of commu- nity leaders in proposing households for bene�ts and one could fear that such discretion could lead to poor targeting if program bene�ts are used as a form of patronage by local elites. On the other hand, the fact that a veri�cation of eligibility is done centrally by LEAP social workers should help in avoiding such patronage at the community level. That is, if the targeting mechanism is well implemented, the combination of community targeting and proxy means-testing could lead to fairly low errors of inclusion (few non- poor households included in the list of bene�ciaries). Errors of exclusion (share of the poor not bene� ing from the program) are likely to be large given the small coverage of the program as of today, but this is less of an issue because what ma ers from a poverty reduction point of view and for any given budget allocated to a program is that as large a share as possible of the program bene�ts reach the poor. This depends on the errors of inclusion and not the errors of exclusion. In fact the small size of the LEAP program is probably right now an advantage for targeting performance since it is typically easier within a community to identify a few very poor households while it may become more difficult to identify the near poor once a program is extended so that its bene�t are to be spread on a larger share of the community. It is important to note that under the initial implementation of the LEAP pilot, not all of the above design features were implemented strictly due to logistical as well as political reasons (as reviewed in ODI, 2009). The program provided initially transfers of GH¢ 16 to GH¢ 30 every two months to households, and procedures to decide on graduation out of the program have also not been fully fleshed out. The conditionalities of the program also have not been strictly enforced. However, the data available from the LEAP office are still good enough to provide an assessment of the programs’ targeting performance. Targeting Performance of LEAP Since the LEAP program targets a large number of districts, some of which do not have high levels of poverty, it is the selection of the communities and individuals within selected communities that is key for good targeting. This also means that a bene�t inci- dence analysis of bene�ciaries at the district level would probably generate estimates of targeting performance that are well below actual performance, assuming that the combination of community identi�cation of the very poor and the proxy means-testing procedure is working well to ensure that most program participants indeed belong to the very poor. Our assessment of the targeting performance of LEAP is based on the individual and household level data collected by LEAP through its two part questionnaire men- tioned above. The LEAP data sets provided to us comprised of about 16,000 house- holds, so that it may not cover all of the program bene�ciaries today (the number of LEAP bene�ciaries in the database received is close to the number of bene�ciaries of the program in 2008). A �rst (but imperfect) procedure for assessing the targeting per- formance of the program consists in simply predicting the likely consumption level of households, and reporting the results of this prediction together with a comparison to the same prediction for the GLSS5 sample, or for a sub-sample, of the GLSS5. A num- ber of variables available in both the LEAP questionnaire and the GLSS5 are identi- �ed. A regression of the correlates (i.e., predictors) of the consumption per equivalent adult in the GLSS5 is estimated using the variables also available in the LEAP ques- Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 125 tionnaire. The parameter estimates from this regression are then used to predict the level of consumption of LEAP bene�ciary households. We used several regression models as well as techniques (including step-wise regression) in the GLSS5 to test for the robustness of our assessment of LEAP’s targeting performance, and changes in the regressions do not make much of a difference. We also used the full sample in the GLSS5 for the regression estimates, but the procedure could be repeated with a sub-sample of households with LEAP-like characteristics as in the case of the poverty mapping methodology which also takes into account the issue of standard errors (this is discussed in more details below). The key results are presented in table 14.1. The �rst column shows that 20 percent of the population belongs to each of the quintiles of consumption in the GLSS5. This is obtained simply by construction of the quintiles (ties in consumption levels may increase or reduce slightly the share of the population in each quintile versus the norm of 20 per- cent). The next two columns in the table provide the proportion of the population in the GLSS5 survey and in the LEAP survey that have levels of consumption that fall within the bounds de�ned by the quintiles in the �rst column. The share of the population predicted to belong to the various quintiles is different in the GLSS5 than the share of the population actually belonging to the quintiles. This is due to the regression tech- nique that tends to result in predicted values of consumption that reduce extreme values, since the error terms are not taken into account. Thus for example, only 15.3 percent of the population in the GLSS5 has a predicted value of consumption that falls within the interval of consumption de�ned by the actual consumption levels of the bo om 20 per- cent of the population. And similarly, the share of the population that has a predicted value of consumption that falls in the intervals of consumption de�ned by the top quin- tile is below 20 percent. To assess LEAP’s targeting performance we need to compare the allocation of LEAP bene�ciary households to the allocation of GLSS5 households using the predicted value of consumption in the GLSS5. LEAP appears to be very well targeted. Some 46.3 percent of the LEAP bene�ciary population has a predicted level of consumption per equivalent adult that falls within the bounds of the �rst quintile, as compared to only 15.3 percent for the GLSS5 survey. Only 2.9 percent of bene�ciary households in LEAP fall into the top quintile. Table 14.1: Distribution of population quintiles (actual, predicted, and matched with propensity score) (%) Observed Log consumption population share predicted shares LEAP propensity score matching GLSS-5 GLSS-5 LEAP One-to-One k-Nearest Poorest quintile (Q1) 20.1 15.3 46.3 48.0 42.2 Q2 19.9 24.3 30.2 14.6 32.4 Q3 20.0 23.2 16.0 17.9 18.8 Q4 20.0 21.9 4.6 10.5 6.0 Richest quintile (Q5) 20.0 15.3 2.9 9.0 0.5 Population 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Source: Authors’ estimates using GLSS5 and LEAP single registry data. 126 A World Bank Study An alternative to simply predicting consumption levels consists in using propensity score matching techniques to assess targeting performance. Usually propensity score matching is used to assess a program’s impact. Consider as a treatment group house- holds that bene� ed from a program. We would like to compare this group to a control group constituted of households that did not bene�t from the program but have charac- teristics similar to those of the households in the treatment group. If the control group constructed in the data is truly comparable to the treatment group, and if there are no issues of bias of selection in the treatment group, then differences in outcomes between the two groups can be associated with the program. The same technique can also be used to measure targeting performance. We simply consider LEAP households as the treat- ment groups, and we match these households to households in the GLSS5 that have sim- ilar characteristics. Then, we compare the consumption levels of the matched to the overall distribution of consumption in the GLSS5, and this gives us the data needed to assess targeting performance since we have an estimate of the likely consumption level of LEAP households. Note that there is no assessment of program impact here; we are looking at targeting only. There is also no possibility of bias in the estimate of the likely consumption level of LEAP households due to program impact, since the data on the characteristics of LEAP households were collected before they bene� ed from the program. Technically, there are many alternative ways to implement this type of matching procedure, and we rely here on two of the most used alternatives: one-to-one matching (for each LEAP households, we �nd one match in the GLSS5), and k-nearest neighbors matching (we �nd the k households in the GLSS5 that are closest in characteristics to the LEAP households, with k equal to 5). The results obtained with k-nearest neighbors matching are often considered as more robust than those with the nearest neighbor, but both methods clearly con�rm that LEAP is very well targeted. To provide even more con�dence in those results, table 14.2 gives a series of sum- mary statistics for LEAP households as compared to the GLSS5 sample that suggest large differences between both samples (these are many of the variables common to both data sets and used for the predictive model). Some 80.2 percent of LEAP bene�cia- ries live in dwellings whose walls are made of mud or mud bricks, versus 53.2 percent in the GLSS5 sample. Earth, mud, or mud bricks are the main material for the dwell- ing’s floor for 56.1 percent of LEAP bene�ciaries, versus 14.7 percent in the GLSS5. Some 36.6 percent of LEAP bene�ciaries have a roof made of palm, versus 17.0 percent in the GLSS5 sample. LEAP bene�ciaries are much more likely to get their drinking water from a borehole than GLSS5 households, and they are also much more likely to use kerosene for lighting. Only 16.8 percent of LEAP bene�ciaries own land versus 42.7 percent of GLSS5 households. The majority of LEAP bene�ciaries in the data have a female household head (61.9 percent), while the proportion is much lower in the GLSS5 (27.9 percent). About half of LEAP bene�ciaries are widowed (50.1 percent) versus only 10.6 percent in the GLSS5. Some 84.5 percent of household heads in the LEAP sample have no education, versus 34.6 percent in the GLSS5. Lack of employment affects more than half of the LEAP household heads (54.5 percent) versus only 5.8 percent in the GLSS5. Almost no LEAP households have any appliance, and most to not have access to electricity, while a third of GLSS5 households have a TV and more than two-thirds have a radio. Clearly, the LEAP bene�ciary group appears to be overwhelmingly in poverty or even extreme poverty. Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 127 Table 14.2: Comparison of selected household characteristics in GKSS5 and LEAP samples (%) GLSS-5 LEAP Main construction material used for the outer walls of dwelling: Mud/mud bricks 53.2 80.2 Main construction material used for the floor of dwelling: Earth/mud/mud bricks 14.7 56.1 Main construction material used for the roof of dwelling: Palm leaves/raf�a/thatch 17.0 36.6 Main source of drinking water for household: Borehole 33.5 45.1 Type of toilet mainly used by household: No toilet (use of bush/beach) 25.0 53.9 Main source of lighting for the dwelling: Electricity 45.9 10.1 Main source of lighting for the dwelling: Kerosene 52.3 71.4 Main source of lighting for the dwelling: No light 0.4 11.1 Does household own land Yes 42.7 16.8 Gender of household head: Female 27.9 61.9 Marital status of household head: Widowed 10.6 51.0 Education level of household head: No education 34.6 84.5 Employment of household head: No employment 5.8 54.5 Household size 4.2 3.7 Household owns a TV 31.1 0.3 Household owns a radio 69.4 4.4 Household owns a electric fan 29.2 0.1 Household owns a fridge/freezer 21.2 0.1 Household owns a tape recorder 3.6 0.3 Household owns a mobile phone 18.3 0.7 Source: Authors’ estimates using GLSS5 and LEAP single registry data. It is important to point out that the good targeting performance is not related mainly to the fact that the program targets individuals with disability, pregnant and lactating women, and elderly individuals who are not working. Indeed, it can be shown that most of these groups are not that much poorer in the population as a whole than the average Ghanaian. This is shown in �gure 14.1, which provides the cumulative share of the popu- lation in the various demographic target groups that have a level of consumption below a certain threshold, as well as the cumulative density for the population as a whole. Individ- uals with disability tend to live in poorer households (their cumulative density is higher than that for other groups and the population as a whole) than the population as a whole, and this is also the case at the margin for households with children below three years of age (simply because the poor tend to have more children). However, for most other target demographic groups, the curves are not very different from the cumulative density of the population as a whole, or are below the overall density, which suggests a lack of clear relationship between belonging to one of those demographic groups and living in pov- erty. Actually, orphans on average tend to live in slightly less poor households than the population as a whole (because they are welcomes by slightly be er off households who can provide for them). Thus what enables a good targeting performance for LEAP is the combination of selecting potentially demographic vulnerable groups and the procedures used to indeed identify who in those groups are most likely to be very poor. 128 A World Bank Study Figure 14.1: Cumulative density of groups targeted by LEAP in overall population 0.8 Welfare Disable 0.6 0-3y/o Women 12-49 0.4 Has been pregnant Non-working Noparent 65+ 0.2 Pregnant 0 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 Normalized exp. per eq adult (yi/z) Children 0-3 Non-working elderly 65+ 0-14 no parent Currently pregnant Has been pregnant in the past 12 months Disable Welfare Source: Authors using GLSS5 data. Scope for an Expansion of LEAP How much demand could there be for LEAP in Ghana? This depends on whom one con- siders as eligible. Table 14.2 provides data from the GLSS5 as to the number of individu- als falling in different demographic categories targeted by LEAP. Both the total number of individuals and the number of individuals in poverty are provided, using the official de�nition of poverty in the country. Data on the extreme poor are also provided with the extreme poverty line equal to the food poverty component of the overall poverty line (thus the extreme poor are those whose consumption is below what is needed to meet basic food needs). The categories listed in the table are the demographic groups targeted by LEAP. We have listed children aged 0–3 because LEAP aims to provide support to selected households, including those with newborn children, for up to three years according to the program’s guidelines. The elderly, especially those not working, are also a target group. Orphans are another target group, as are women currently pregnant or lactat- ing (which can be assumed to correspond to women who were pregnant in the last 12 months). Finally, LEAP targets individuals with disabilities. For the elderly for example, some 252,000 of them live in poverty, and about half of those are not working (132,000). Paternal “orphans� living in poverty are estimated in the GLSS5 at 727,000, but this includes children whose father may have simply migrated outside of the household given that the information in the GLSS5 as to whether the father is alive or not is not Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 129 available. There are also 388,494 maternal orphans in poverty and the number of dou- ble orphans in poverty is estimated at 293,296 (with the same caveat as to the limits of the data in the GLSS5 that tends to lead to an overestimation of the number of true orphans). The number of poor and pregnant women is estimated at 84,257, while the number of women in poverty who had a pregnancy in the last 12 months is estimated at 179,069. Finally, the number of individuals with disabilities in poverty is estimated at 17,983 (this is probably an underestimation of the issue of disability given that stan- dard household survey questionnaires capture typically only the most severe forms of disability). These statistics are also provided for the extreme poor. Note that all statistics in the �rst part of table 14.2 refer to the number of individuals in the demographic groups. The last two lines of table 14.2 provides the total number of households who have at least one individual in the following groups: Children aged 0–3; the elderly; the non-working elderly; double orphans (as proxied by the absence of both parents); pregnant women; women who were pregnant in the last 12 months; and individuals with disabilities. In one case we also include households with children aged 0–3, and in the other case we do not. If we take the more restrictive de�nition of the target groups for LEAP, we �nd an estimated total of 286,405 potential bene�ciaries in the GLSS5. Thus, even if LEAP were to target only some of the subgroups identi�ed in table 14.3 while also continuing to aim to reach only the poorest households, there is clearly room for expansion to reach households in need (in terms of potential popu- lation reach, it is useful to note that on average, a LEAP household consist of 3.7 individuals, versus 4.2 individuals for an average household, as recorded in LEAP’s single registry). LEAP’s proposed expansion plan is reproduced in table 14.3. The objective is to reach in 2012 a total of 164,370 households. This would represent a population of more than 600,000 persons if the current household size of LEAP bene�ciaries is Table 14.3: Potential size of target demographic groups for LEAP bene�ts Poor/ Extreme Extreme poor/ Total Poor Total (%) poor Total (%) Number of individuals Children aged 0–3 2,326,901 745,643 32.0 462,789 19.9 Elderly 65+ 1,049020 252,068 24.0 165982 15.8 Non working elderly 65+ 492,509 131,913 26.8 90595 18.4 Children 0–14 leaving without their father 2,940,394 727,470 24.7 420,984 14.3 Children 0–14 leaving without their mother 1,522,980 388,494 25.5 237,053 15.6 Children 0–14 leaving without any of the 2 parents 1,166,267 293,296 25.1 171,189 14.7 Women currently pregnant 329,616 84,257 25.6 56,602 17.2 Women pregnant in the last 12 months 598,795 179,069 29.9 115,313 19.3 Individuals with disabilities 460,66 17,983 39.0 11,225 24.4 Number of households Total number of households involved 2,821,646 729,015 25.8 446,224 15.8 Total number of households less children aged 0–3 1,874,937 462,268 24.7 286,405 15.3 Source: Authors using GLSS5 data. 130 A World Bank Study maintained. Given the good targeting performance of the program, this expansion is positive and is likely to substantially reduce the share of program costs associated with administration and delivery of the bene�ts to households (this is discussed in more detail below). One could fear that the desire to cover a much larger number of districts by 2012 would increase costs versus concentrating interventions on a smaller number of districts that have the highest levels of poverty. However, if the LEAP targeting system were to be used to be er target a range of other social programs cur- rently implemented in Ghana, the fact that the LEAP program might cover a larger number of districts is a potential plus (this will also be discussed in more details below). The request put forward by LEAP to achieve its expansion is to increase its budget from the current level of 7.2 million GH¢ to 11.76 GH¢ in 2010, and ultimately 26.1 million GH¢ in 2012. While this level of funding would be substantial, it is not necessarily unwarranted given some other expenditures currently in place for pov- erty reduction that appear to be much less well targeted (and less strategic) than the LEAP program. Table 14.4: Target expansion of LEAP program according to MESW Year 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 Number of households 15,000 35,000 65,000 115,000 164,370 Number of districts 50 50 70 100 138 Average number of households per district 300 700 929 1,150 1,188 Source: Ministry of Employment and Social Welfare, Annual Report 2008. Cost Effectiveness of LEAP LEAP is a well targeted program, but its targeting procedure implies administrative costs. The program is also very recent and it has not yet reached critical mass. This means that administrative costs as a share of the total LEAP budget are likely to be high. Data from LEAP suggest that for 2009, administrative costs may represent close to half of the program’s budget (Subbarao 2009). This can lead to concerns regarding the cost effectiveness of the program, but three comments should be made regarding this cost effectiveness in terms of comparison with other social programs and likely changes in the future. First, even if only half of LEAP’s bene�ts were to reach the poor due to high administrative costs (which should not be the case when the program expands, as discussed below), this would not necessarily imply that the program is at a dis- advantage versus some of the other social protection and poverty reduction programs currently implemented in Ghana. For example, it is often argued that less than half of the costs involved in public works programs end up representing additional net immediate income for program participants. This is partly because some bene�ts pro- vided through wages to public works participants may substitute for earnings that those participants would have obtained if they had not participated in the program. It also has to do with the fact that public works also entail administrative costs as well as costs for the material used for construction which do not generate direct immedi- ate bene�ts for program participants (although there should be some medium term Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 131 bene�ts from local infrastructure built through public works). More generally, what ma ers for poverty reduction is the share of bene�ts from a program’s costs that reach the poor. If we consider table 14.1, we see that about three fourths of program bene�ts reach the bo om 40 percent of the population. Even with very high admin- istrative costs, three fourths of half of a program outlays reaching the poor represent a bene�t to cost ratio of 37.5 cents to the dollar, which is still two to three times be er than the bene�t to cost ratio of food rice and electricity subsidies for the poor discussed in Part I of this report. Second, once LEAP reaches a larger number of bene�ciary households, the share of total costs of the program absorbed by administrative costs (including targeting costs) is likely to be reduced substantially. There are costs that will remain given the fact that the program is national in scope and that the proxy means-testing proce- dure must be maintained. But other costs related to central administration as well as delivery should be reduced in the future as a share of total costs thanks to economies of scale. Some of the current costs related to sensitization, workshops and training should also be reduced once the program is well established. And if some current costs appear to be too heavy in terms of expenditures for vehicles, fuel, staff trips and per diems, a detailed analysis of those costs could help in avoiding excesses and again an expansion of the program should result in a reduction in these expenses as a share of total outlays. Thus the current high administrative and delivery costs of LEAP are not likely to be a good indication of future bene�t to costs ratios. For example, even if LEAP’s total administration and delivery costs were to double between 2008 and 2012, the share of total costs allocated to administration and delivery would still be reduced by more than threefold if the targets in terms of bene�ciaries are reached, since the expansion of the program aims to provide bene�ts to ten times more bene�- ciaries by 2012. Third, and perhaps most importantly, LEAP is one of the only social programs that appear to be well targeted to the very poor in Ghana today. The targeting mechanism initiated by LEAP could potentially be used for many other programs, ranging from electricity subsidies to conditional cash transfers and fertilizer subsidies and possibly even public works. If LEAP’s expertise in targeting were to be used to expand the use of the single registry to a larger set of programs, the administrative costs of the target- ing mechanism could be shared by various programs so that as a proportion of the total outlays targeted through the mechanism, the administrative and delivery costs would be further reduced. This is what has been done in middle income countries, especially in Latin America, where a common targeting mechanism has been used to targeted many different social programs at relatively low cost. Using a Common Targeting Mechanism for Multiple Programs: Chile’s Experience1 For many years, the government of Chile has been using a proxy means-testing system for the targeting of many of its income transfers and other social programs. The system is based on the �cha CAS, a two-page form that households must complete if they wish to apply for bene�ts. The form includes information on housing conditions of the dwell- ing unit (e.g., material used for the construction of the housing unit, number and type 132 A World Bank Study of rooms, access to water, latrine and sanitary services, access to electricity, etc.) and on members of the dwelling unit (their occupation, educational level, date of birth, and income). Additional information is provided on material assets held by the household (such as housing status, television, heating equipment, and refrigerator). Points are allo- cated to households on the basis of the information provided, with the number of points fluctuating between 380 and 770 points. Households with a total of less than 500 points are considered as extremely poor and those with a total of between 500 and 540 points are considered as poor. The Ministry of Planning is responsible for the design of the �cha CAS. The recruitment of the employees administrating the form is done at the discretion of the municipality, but training must be provided by the Ministry. Municipalities usu- ally separate the activities of data collection and data entry from those of needs assess- ment. Data collection and entry tend to be done by a department of social information within the municipality, while the control of the needs assessment is usually done by social workers and técnico-sociales (welfare assistants). The national income transfer programs which are targeted using the CAS scoring system apply the formula in a strict manner to determine eligibility. The score obtained by a household automatically and exclusively prevails, so that eligibility depends only on the number of points obtained. The �cha is also used for targeting locally �nanced safety nets, but in this case social workers and other professionals can often give some weight to other eligibility criteria such as the presence of a chronic illness, the civil status of household members, and their actual �nancial resources at the time of request (the �cha is completed every three years, and there may be differences between the status of households when they apply for bene�ts, as compared to their status when they �lled the form). For housing programs as well, differences can be observed in the use of the �cha at various levels of government. Professionals dealing with central government programs (viviendas básicas and vivienda progresiva) must follow the method of calcu- lation de�ned by the Ministry of Housing, while professionals involved in municipal initiatives have some discretionary power. The key advantage of using the �cha CAS for many different programs is that it reduces the cost of proxy means-testing. The cost of a CAS interview was about US$8.65 per household in the late 1990s. The Ministry of Planning estimates that 30 percent of Chilean households undergo interviews, which seems reasonable given that the target group for the subsidy programs is the poorest 20 percent. The CAS system is used as a targeting instrument for utility subsidies, income transfers, social housing subsidy, and pension subsidies among other programs. Because the �xed administrative costs of targeting are spread across several programs, the CAS is very cost-effective with admin- istrative costs estimated at a mere 1.2 percent of the bene�ts distributed using the CAS system. For example, if the administrative costs of the CAS system were to be borne by the water subsidies alone they would represent 18 percent of the value of the subsidies. In addition, many national and local Government programs rely on the CAS system for their targeting. Locally, Comunas generate from their own budgets other safety net programs which vary in their amount and eligibility criteria. Overall, quantitative evalu- ations have suggested that the programs targeted using the �cha CAS have a good redis- tributive impact through good targeting. Chile’s experience could be very bene�cial for thinking about a potential expansion of the LEAP targeting system to cover other social programs that should bene�t from an improvement in targeting. Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 133 Conclusion The Government of Ghana launched the LEAP (Livelihood Empowerment Against Pov- erty) Program in March 2008 to supplement the income of “dangerously poor house- holds� through cash transfers. This chapter shows that LEAP appears to be one of the best targeted programs in Ghana using data from LEAP’s single registry of program participants. An expansion of the program would thus generate substantial bene�ts for the poor and would also help in reducing the share of program costs currently devoted to administration and delivery. LEAP’s targeting mechanisms should however be reviewed to assess if it could be improved in terms of both its proxy means-testing and community-based components. In addition, a LEAP-inspired household questionnaire could be used to assess eligibility for other programs (possibly on a pilot basis) and for assessing ex post the targeting performance of some programs such as public works. There is thus scope for building on LEAP’s experience to progressively design targeting mechanisms that could be used for multiple programs, or at least for those programs that are not geographically targeted. However, for programs serving the north, geo- graphic targeting is often enough. Note 1. This section is reproduced with minor changes from Clert and Wodon (2001). C H A P T E R 15 Ghana’s National Youth Employment Program Harold Coulombe, Moukim Temourov, and Quentin Wodon To deal with youth unemployment, Ghana introduced in October 2006 the NYEP which initially aimed to employ 500,000 youth between 2006 and 2009. Wages paid by the NYEP appear to be high in comparison to market wages which makes the program costly. Admin- istration costs are also substantial. In addition, the program essentially targets youth with a junior secondary education completed, which excludes many among the poor. To assess the potential impact of the NYEP on poverty we use the GLSS5 data and simulation techniques. We identify individuals who might be interested in participating in the NYEP and consider two parameters that affect the impact of the program on poverty: the program’s targeting performance and substitution effects whereby only part of the wages paid to potential bene�- ciaries generate additional income since some bene�ciaries would have done other work if they had not participated in the program. The results suggest that while the substitution effect may not be too large, overall targeting performance is likely to be very poor. While the simula- tions presented in this chapter rely on the distribution of NYEP bene�ciaries for 2006–07, it is unlikely that the program’s performance has changed substantially since then. Youth Unemployment and Underemployment Y outh unemployment and underemployment is a major issue in sub-Saharan Africa as in many other areas of the developing world (World Bank 2007a). In many countries, children and youth represent up to 40 percent of the population. Thanks to programs such as the Education for All initiative, school enrollment rates are rapidly increasing, but many youth remain out of school, and are often without work or with work that do not build their skills. In Ghana, according to the GLSS5, the unemployment rate among youth ages 15–24 is about twice as high as the national unemployment rate (6 percent compared to 3 percent for the working population as a whole). In addition, many youths appear to be underemployed. Many declare working (hence are not con- sidered unemployed) although they do not get any pay because they are trapped in sub- sistence activities. There is also a perception that although national poverty measures have been steadily decreasing in the country as a whole for the last 15 years, poverty in urban areas is increasing, especially in the capital area of Greater Accra, so that initia- tives to help youth �nd jobs could contribute to increasing urban standards of living. This is however more a perception than a fact, as careful analysis of the available data 134 Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 135 suggests that over time, poverty in urban areas has decreased, even though there may have been a limited increase in Accra (Coulombe and Wodon 2007). To deal with youth unemployment, various strategies can be used. One strategy consists in providing the right skills set to youth, so that they are be er prepared to join the labor force. For this, traditional apprenticeships can prove to be a cost-effective alternative for especially lower skilled youth. Throughout West Africa, and especially in Ghana, traditional apprenticeships between a master craftsman and apprentice are a popular source of skills. The strengths of traditional apprenticeship are its practical orientation, self-regulation, and self-�nancing. Apprenticeships also cater to individu- als who lack the educational requirements for formal training, but at the same time, evidence from Ghana from Adams et al. (2008) suggest that the impact from apprentice- ships on occupational choice and wages may be limited. Another approach consists in providing combined employment and training opportunities. Ghana introduced in October 2006, NYEP, a large program which aims to employ some 500,000 young people between 2006 and 2009. Ghana has a number of other employment-related programs, such as the Special Presidential Initiatives, the Rural Enterprise Development Program, the National Board of Small Scale Enterprises, and other small programs run by a number of sectoral ministries and agencies. But the new NYEP is by far the largest. Apart from providing temporary employment, the NYEP aims to train youths in various trades and occupations (Ministry of Manpower, Youth and Employment, 2006). The launch of the NYEP may appear to be a sound idea to help youth �nd employ- ment and improve their skills. According to lessons from a Youth Employment Inven- tory of 289 programs and interventions from 84 countries recently carried out by the World Bank (2007), public works and training program are more suitable than formal sector wage subsidy programs for youth in developing countries, since wage subsidies do not go far in developing countries due to the small size of the formal wage sector and hence do not reach the poor. Public works and training programs are also more likely to succeed than targeted youth entrepreneurship schemes because while these schemes may improve opportunities for young entrepreneurs in low-income countries where job growth in the formal economy is slow, but not all youth will be well suited for self- employment and failures rates for young entrepreneurs may be high. However, careful targeting and screening for these programs is important to suc- cess and cost-effectiveness, and it may well be that training programs are substantially more expensive than public works program, especially if the training programs target relatively be er educated workers and pay a high wage for the period of training. Train- ing programs are also more successful when they involve the private sector in providing practical work experience and in identifying the kind of skills required. Engagement of the private sector in training is an effective tool to mitigate the risk of high-cost training disconnected from market demand and to increase on-the-job training. This is some- thing that is also a empted in the NYEP, but it is unclear whether it is actually working. While on paper the NYEP has a number of a ractive characteristics, its actual imple- mentation is not an example of best practice. In a country such as Ghana where pub- lic resources remain scarce, difficult trade-offs must be arbitrated to ensure that public spending is allocated to improve the well-being of the population. The NYEP appears to be an expensive program, because wages paid and administration costs are high. The program also targets to some extent urban areas, probably because that’s in part where 136 A World Bank Study the issue of youth unemployment is most visible, and that’s also where it is easier to pro- vide meaningful training to youths participating in the program thanks to the network of �rms and non-pro�t organizations that can employ youths there. But to the extent that poverty is much more severe in rural areas, one may wonder whether the high budget- ary cost of the program is justi�ed from the point of view of the objectives set forth in Ghana’s growth and poverty reduction strategy. Assessing the impact of the NYEP on poverty is a complicated ma er, because the program is supposed not only to provide temporary employment, but also to build skills which may lead to a stream of higher future incomes for participants. Furthermore, the NYEP started to be implemented right after the last nationally representative survey with data on income and consumption was carried out in 2005–06, so that it is not pos- sible to assess the impact of the program on poverty by looking using impact evaluation techniques such as matching procedures using survey data. At the same time, given that Ghana implements national consumption and income surveys only once every seven years on average, we cannot wait for the next survey to begin to try to assess what the potential impact of the program might be. To provide a preliminary assessment of the potential impact of the NYEP on pov- erty, we rely in this chapter on simulation techniques rather than on impact evaluation techniques. The approach is very simple. We assess who may be potentially interested in participating in the NYEP by identifying working individuals without pay, as well as for every level of proposed wage in the NYEP, those individuals who work but now earn less than the NYEP wage, since all these individuals may indeed be interested in par- ticipating in the program to increase their earnings. We also consider as potential ben- e�ciaries the unemployed whose reservation wage is below the proposed NYEP wage. Next, we randomly select among the pool of potential bene�ciaries of the program a number of participants so as to match the distribution of NYEP bene�ciaries by region that is available from administrative records of the program. Finally, we estimate for the assumed participants to the program two key parameters which affect the potential impact of the program on the poor: the targeting performance of the program, and the substitution effect of the program, whereby only part of the wages paid to bene�ciaries generate additional income, because at least some of the bene�ciaries would have done other work if they had not participated in the program. But �rst we provide some back- ground on the program in the next section. Brief Description of NYEP NYEP aims to promote job creation for youths, de�ned as young people between the ages of 18 to 35. Launched in October 2006, the program aims to “empower the youth to be able to contribute more productively towards the socio-economic and sustainable development of the nation� according to the Youth Employment Implementation Guide- lines (Government of Ghana, 2006). The NYEP program is built on the experience of the Skills Training and Employment Placement Program (STEP), which focused mainly on vocational training, including apprenticeship for graduates of junior and senior second- ary schools, agricultural training for rural areas, and the teaching of entrepreneurship skills to college graduates. According to information from the Ministry of Manpower, Youth and Employment, between 2002 and 2004, 18,000 bene�ciaries (9,384 men and 8,928 women) were trained by STEP. Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 137 The NYEP target of 500,000 jobs to be created over several years comes from a national youth employment survey/registry carried out prior to the program. This sur- vey identi�ed and registered approximately 175,000 young people willing to work, with only about 50 percent of them employed at the time of the survey (table 15.1). The survey revealed large regional disparities in youth unemployment, with the highest unemploy- ment rates in large urban areas, particularly Ashanti and Greater Accra regions. At the same time, while youth unemployment may be higher in these areas, these are also the richest areas in the country, which suggests that the impact on poverty of the program may not be large. Table 15.1: NYEP youth employment registry data No. of youth Actual no. of Share of youth Region registered youth employed employed (%) Ashanti 24,322 7,537 31.0 Brong Ahafo 19,868 7,932 39.9 Central 13,016 7,697 59.1 Eastern 19,100 8,600 45.0 Greater Accra 22,363 7,922 35.4 Northern 21,959 16,528 75.3 Upper East 13,271 9,530 71.8 Upper West 12,590 9,688 76.9 Volta 18,094 8,674 47.9 Western 10,087 7,967 79.0 Total 174,670 92,075 52.7 Source: Ministry of Manpower, Youth and Employment 2005. NYEP is a broad-based program, involving a number of national ministries and agencies, district assemblies, community-level groups, as well as NGOs and the private sector. The youth employment program targets a wide range of activities in different sec- tors, such as education, health, water and sanitation, agriculture, and others, and given its national coverage, the program operates in all 10 regions of the country. To reach its objectives, the program interacts on regular basis with a number of governmental struc- tures at the national and regional levels and it also contracts out some of its activities to NGOs and the private sector. Many of the bene�ciaries are employed to provide basic social services in the public sector. In 2007, NYEP provided employment to 92,075 young people (table 15.2), with about 42,000 of them working as teaching assistants and health and sanitation workers. Agrobusiness (16,383) was another important module that pro- motes farm and nonfarm income-generating activities in rural areas. The internships module (5,041) targeted mainly the educated youth in urban areas seeking employment with the private and public sectors. The employment modules for trades and vocation and ICT were still being developed. Administrative data from 2008 suggests a somewhat similar pro�le for the employment created, with an increase in the employment gener- ated by some of the modules like water and sanitation. For that year, there were 132,976 bene�ciaries, of which 28,778 were involved in community education, 4,602 were health workers, 29,263 were in agro-business, 21,005 were in water and sanitation, and 13,795 138 A World Bank Study had paid internships (the other categories of employment were smaller). Thus overall the largest share of NYEP employment is still in the public sector, with teaching and nurse assistants �nanced by NYEP �lling in for needed teachers and medical staff, espe- cially in remote areas of the country. While the program is providing important social services, the youth hired by the program often lack proper training and may not have all necessary quali�cations to carry out their tasks. Table 15.2: NYEP bene�ciary data Employment modules Bene�ciaries 2006–07 Bene�ciaries 2008 Community education teaching assistants 23,021 28,778 Agro-business 16,383 26,263 Health extension workers 14,000 14,602 Internship 5,200 13,795 Waste and sanitation 5,041 21,005 Community protection 1,300 3293 Others 26,760 22,180 Program staff 370 0.0 Afforestation 0.0 2,263 Self employed 0.0 797 Total 92,075 132,976 Source: Ministry of Manpower, Youth and Employment for 2006–07 and Subbarao (2009) for 2008. The program is �nanced from four main sources: (a) specialized funds and national programs, such as Poverty Alleviation Fund, HIPC, Road Fund, Ghana Education Trust (GET) Fund, National Health Insurance System (NHIS), Women Development Fund, Food and Agriculture Budget Support Funds; (b) cost-sharing schemes and collabora- tive funding by district assemblies common funds (DACF), government agencies, civil society organizations, etc.; (3) funds recovered from the program participants; and (iv) other state sources. An earmarked amount from each specialized fund is used annu- ally to �nancing various NYEP employment modules. A key concern with the NYEP is its cost. Originally the Government of Ghana has planned an earmarked annual allocation of about 1,300,000 million GHC in old currency units (US$120 million) to �nance NYEP activities. Based on the available data, the NYEP budget allocations for 2007 were estimated at a lower 677,000 million GHc, but this was still �ve times the total budget of the Ministry of Manpower, Youth, and Employment (estimated at 103,000 million GHc for 2007). By the end of 2007, since the program’s launch in October 2006, the government had spent about 445,000 millions GH¢ (US$42 million) to bene�t 92,075 young people, or about US$450 per bene�ciary (some jobs were paid at much higher rates). NYEP’s total budget for 2009 is higher at 273,840,039 GHc (new currency). This includes allowances to trainees, but also staff costs, workshops, monitoring and evaluation, vehicles and software, etc. Yet the program was expected to transfer to trainees only 76.8 million GH¢, so that less than a third of total costs are paid in allowances. In the past only part of the funds allocated were actually executed, so that total spending could be lower than the budget allocation, but the program does remain expensive. Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 139 Another concern is the long-term sustainability of the NYEP interventions and their impact. The program focuses mainly on short-term goals and tasks that project bene�- ciaries would not be able to carry out independently of program subsidies. Since most of the NYEP interventions are creating temporary jobs in the public sector, this approach may also create unrealistic expectations about future employment and earning pros- pects among the youth and could affect long-term employability of the bene�ciaries. Assessment of the Likely Targeting Performance of the NYEP To assess the NYEP’s targeting performance, we rely on simulations using the GLSS5. This is because administrative data on the share of total employment created by district combined with district level data on poverty would tend to overestimate the share of the bene�ts accruing to the poor. Indeed within districts bene�ciaries tend to have relatively high levels of education (at least in comparison to the poor) so that the program will bene�t be er off individuals and households than the district data would suggest. We start by providing estimates from the GLSS5 of the number of youths aged 18 to 35 who could be interested by a national youth employment program such as the NYEP or a public works program. We distinguish the NYEP from a public works program in two ways (the analysis for public works is provided in the next chapter using an approach similar to the simulations for the NYEP). First, we assume that the NYEP targets youth who have at least a junior secondary education completed, while the public works program is open to all without any education requirement. Second, we assume the NYEP pays much higher wages than a public works program would, which is indeed the case. While we have no detailed data on the distribution of wages paid under the NYEP, anecdotal evidence suggests that these wages are high. In 2007, those with a Master degree may have received up to 2 million GHc (in old currency units) on a monthly basis, while wages may have been of the order of 1.5 million GHc for a Bachelor degree, one million for the Higher National Diploma offered at the polytechnic level, 800,000 GHc for Senior Secondary School graduates and 500,000 GHc for Junior Secondary School graduates. The majority of program participants are likely to be Higher National Diploma and Senior Secondary School graduates. These wages are well above the level of the minimum wage which was at the time of the GLSS5 survey at 13,500 GHc per day. By contrast, it is likely that a public works program would pay substantially lower wages, probably even well below the minimum wage, given that the minimum wage itself is high in comparison to the earnings of youth (Coulombe and Wodon, 2008). For the simulations for the NYEP, to test the robustness of our results to our assump- tions, we consider wages ranging from 500,000 GHc to 2 million GHc per month. These values for the wages to be paid are indicative only and somewhat arbitrary. Yet we are using enough different values to be able to assess the NYEP’s likely targeting perfor- mance and potential impact on poverty. Table 15.3 provides data on the distribution of earnings of target individuals who are already working, as well as the distribution of the reservation wage declared by individuals who are unemployed and looking for work. The groups of individuals are presented in the �rst column of the table in terms of their monthly wages in thousand GH¢. Only youth who have completed their junior second- ary education are included. Thus table 15.3 enables us assess the potential population that could be interested in a job in the NYEP. Note that in the actual NYEP program 140 A World Bank Study Table 15.3: Potential bene�ciaries of NYEP, individuals aged 18–35 with JSS completed, 2005–06 Wage of workers Unemployed reservation wage % #people Monthly Weekly % % #people Monthly Weekly % group group wage hours poor group group wage hours poor Total 0 23.8 399,946 0.0 34.0 22.3 1–50 5.5 92,056 31.4 35.4 15.4 0.2 622 50.0 — 0.0 51–100 5.7 95,166 79.0 39.1 10.8 1.1 3,110 78.1 — 23.6 101–200 10.2 171,672 157.4 42.1 13.1 6.2 17,416 192.7 — 16.0 201–300 9.5 159,854 260.3 42.3 11.4 7.1 19,904 281.8 — 27.9 301–400 6.6 110,094 363.3 42.8 10.2 9.3 26,124 386.8 — 26.7 401–500 7.4 124,400 459.1 43.4 3.3 22.3 62,822 494.5 — 19.3 501–600 4.8 81,482 557.7 44.1 3.7 9.3 26,124 598.3 — 14.2 601–700 4.0 67,798 662.0 44.4 7.0 4.0 11,196 693.9 — 18.1 701–1,000 8.5 143,060 862.8 46.8 5.0 25.4 71,530 923.9 — 6.6 1,001–2,000 9.7 162,342 1,420.3 50.3 1.9 12.4 34,832 1,526.3 — 8.7 2,001+ 4.3 72,774 3,749.0 50.9 0.8 2.7 7,464 4,081.5 — 8.6 Urban 0 14.9 138,706 0.0 39.6 7.1 — — — — — 1–50 3.9 36,076 32.5 41.6 9.8 — — — — — 51–100 4.3 39,808 79.2 44.8 5.1 1.4 3,110 78.1 — 23.6 101–200 9.4 87,702 159.1 46.8 4.9 4.7 10,574 188.7 — 9.8 201–300 9.8 91,434 264.1 47.7 2.5 5.0 11,196 280.5 — 28.7 301–400 7.6 70,908 366.4 44.7 6.9 8.1 18,038 387.3 — 9.2 401–500 8.5 78,994 464.3 45.7 1.3 22.9 51,004 495.8 — 21.6 501–600 6.2 57,846 561.7 46.8 3.1 10.3 23,014 598.1 — 16.0 601–700 4.7 44,162 663.5 47.1 3.9 4.2 9,330 697.6 — 8.8 701–1,000 11.3 105,118 866.6 49.3 2.5 26.5 59,090 916.7 — 6.4 1,001–2,000 13.3 123,778 1,419.7 53.1 1.0 14.0 31,100 1,518.2 — 6.7 2001+ 6.3 58,468 3,880.1 51.8 0.0 2.8 6,220 4,189.6 — 0.0 Rural 0 34.9 261,240 0.0 30.9 30.8 — — — — — 1–50 7.5 55,980 30.6 31.3 19.1 1.1 622 50.0 — 0.0 51–100 7.4 55,358 78.9 34.7 15.2 — — — — — 101–200 11.2 83,970 155.6 37.1 21.8 11.7 6,842 200.0 — 27.6 201–300 9.2 68,420 255.9 35.9 21.7 14.9 8,708 283.6 — 26.8 301–400 5.2 39,186 358.4 39.6 15.3 13.8 8,086 386.0 — 56.7 401–500 6.1 45,406 450.1 39.5 6.7 20.2 11,818 489.7 — 10.1 501–600 3.2 23,636 549.6 38.4 5.0 5.3 3,110 600.0 — 0.0 601–700 3.2 23,636 659.1 39.4 13.0 3.2 1,866 678.2 — 57.5 701–1,000 5.1 37,942 853.3 40.9 11.1 21.3 12,440 952.6 — 7.7 1,001–2,000 5.2 38,564 1,422.3 41.7 4.7 6.4 3,732 1,615.5 — 30.4 2001+ 1.9 14,306 3,277.6 47.7 3.6 2.1 1,244 3,640.4 — 43.6 Source: Authors’ estimation using GLSS5 data. Note: — = not available. Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 141 documentation, it is not entirely clear whether a strict education eligibility condition is imposed, but due to the training component of the program and the types of jobs pro- posed to participants, it seems that the program indeed targets youth with at least junior secondary education completed as opposed to youth with lower levels of education. Table 15.3 suggests that there are a large group of eligible youths who are working without pay. These individuals are likely to be interested the NYEP. Clearly, some may not apply for such a program due to various constraints (they may not be paid, but still doing important work that has to be done for their household, and hence they may not be able to participate in the program). Also, depending on the wage paid by the NYEP, more individuals could be interested in participating in the program if their current wage is below that proposed by the program. We cannot identify those who would actu- ally be interested and those who would not. But for the purpose of the simulations, all the individuals unpaid for their work, as well as all individuals who earn less than the proposed wage are potential bene�ciaries of the program, and we can randomly chose some of these individuals as participants in public works for each proposed wage level to simulate the impact of the program on poverty. Finally, among the unemployed, those who have a reservation wage below the NYEP wage are also potential bene�ciaries. The estimates in table 15.3 therefore give us an upper estimate for the potential num- ber of youths that might be interested in the NYEP depending on the wage provided in the program, and without any eligibility condition apart from the age and education of the individual. Figure 15.1 summarizes the data on the potential number of participants by quintiles of consumption per equivalent adult of the households to which the indi- viduals who are potential bene�ciaries belong. This is done for the four potential wage levels. Two �ndings stand out. First, the number of individuals potentially interested in the program appears to be large (albeit less large than what is observed for the pub- lic works in the next chapter due to the education requirement assumed for the NYEP), in part because many youth are working without pay and might thereby be interested in ge ing cash income through the NYEP. Second, the targeting performance or likely bene�t incidence of the program depends fundamentally on whether the program is implemented mostly in urban or rural areas. Clearly, in urban areas, the program would probably be regressive, since most of the potential bene�ciaries belong to the be er off quintiles of the population (this is because urban households tend to have much higher levels of consumption than rural households). By contrast, the programs could poten- tially be be er targeted to individuals belonging to households who tend to be poor if the focus were placed on providing employment in rural areas, but even there, the bene�ts accruing to the poorest would probably be smaller than those accruing to the be er off. The number of potential bene�ciaries as estimated from the survey is much larger than the number of persons actually employed by the NYEP or the number of youths registered in the program. To assess the potential impact of the NYEP on the basis of the numbers of jobs actually created, we randomly select among all potential bene�ciaries of the program (the number of which depends on the wage provided) a number of par- ticipants so as to match the distribution of the actual program participants provided in table 15.1 by region. This is done using 25 random replications, and average values obtained with the 25 replication are reported. This is also done for each of the wages assumed to be provided. In these simulations, we make sure that we select a number of simulated bene�ciaries from the NYEP equal to the number of participants in the program in each of the geographic areas for which we have data on participants. This 142 A World Bank Study Figure 15.1: Distribution of potential bene�ciaries of NYEP National 800 Number of beneficiaries, in '000 600 400 200 0 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 E750 E1000 E1250 E1500 Urban 500 Number of beneficiaries, in '000 400 300 200 100 0 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 E750 E1000 E1250 E1500 Rural 200 Number of beneficiaries, in '000 150 100 50 0 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 E750 E1000 E1250 E1500 Source: Authors’ estimation using GLSS5 data. was done using data on participants at the end of 2007, but the limited changes in the number of jobs created since then, for example in 2008, as well as the limited changes in the geographic location of the jobs created would not affect the results much. Table 15.4 provides estimates of the leakage to the nonpoor of the program, as well as potential wage substitution effects. The �rst column provides the estimate of the total Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 143 Table 15.4: Potential leakage effects of the NYEP for poverty reduction by region, 2005–06 #of Poverty Additional Leakage #registered/ #job/ Region people headcount wage rate #people #people In ‘000 (%) monthly (%) (%) (%) E750 Western 139,950 10.9 557.0 91.9 7.2 5.7 Central 105,118 14.6 578.3 88.7 12.4 7.3 Greater Accra 263,728 8.9 488.7 94.2 8.5 3.0 Volta 118,802 19.9 573.9 84.8 15.2 7.3 Eastern 187,222 12.1 583.4 90.6 10.2 4.6 Ashanti 357,650 11.1 580.7 91.4 6.8 2.1 Brong Ahafo 135,596 18.8 581.3 85.4 14.7 5.8 Northern 62,822 22.5 542.9 83.7 35.0 26.3 Upper East 51,004 46.6 603.3 62.5 26.0 18.7 Upper West 57,846 62.7 672.5 43.8 21.8 16.7 Total 1,479,738 14.2 560.5 89.4 11.8 6.2 E1000 Western 156,122 9.6 765.1 92.7 6.5 5.1 Central 121,912 14.5 795.3 88.5 10.7 6.3 Greater Accra 338,990 7.8 679.1 94.7 6.6 2.3 Volta 125,022 19.3 803.6 84.5 14.5 6.9 Eastern 209,614 11.0 768.6 91.5 9.1 4.1 Ashanti 396,214 10.4 788.7 91.8 6.1 1.9 Brong Ahafo 144,926 18.4 797.4 85.3 13.7 5.5 Northern 69,664 21.4 725.3 84.5 31.5 23.7 Upper East 57,846 46.0 857.6 60.6 22.9 16.5 Upper West 60,956 61.8 896.9 44.6 20.7 15.9 Total 1,681,266 13.1 761.3 90.0 10.4 5.5 E1250 Western 162,964 9.3 984.0 92.7 6.2 4.9 Central 126,266 13.9 1010.5 88.8 10.3 6.1 Greater Accra 362,626 7.4 891.9 94.7 6.2 2.2 Volta 129,376 18.9 1034.5 84.4 14.0 6.7 Eastern 213,968 11.1 1003.1 91.1 8.9 4.0 Ashanti 414,874 10.1 1009.1 91.8 5.9 1.8 Brong Ahafo 148,658 17.8 1022.0 85.4 13.4 5.3 Northern 70,286 21.2 969.4 83.6 31.2 23.5 Upper East 58,468 46.6 1098.1 59.1 22.7 16.3 Upper West 62,822 62.3 1130.6 43.7 20.0 15.4 Total 1,750,308 12.7 983.4 90.0 10.0 5.3 (Table continues on next page) 144 A World Bank Study Table 15.4: (continued) #of Poverty Additional Leakage #registered/ #job/ Region people headcount wage rate #people #people In ‘000 (%) monthly (%) (%) (%) E1500 Western 166,074 9.6 1215.1 92.2 6.1 4.8 Central 129,376 13.6 1235.3 88.8 10.1 5.9 Greater Accra 392,482 6.8 1093.8 95.0 5.7 2.0 Volta 133,108 18.4 1252.6 84.6 13.6 6.5 Eastern 218,322 10.8 1225.1 91.2 8.7 3.9 Ashanti 427,936 9.7 1225.5 92.1 5.7 1.8 Brong Ahafo 153,012 17.3 1240.3 85.7 13.0 5.2 Northern 71,530 20.7 1196.6 83.5 30.7 23.1 Upper East 61,578 45.2 1313.8 60.4 21.6 15.5 Upper West 62,822 62.3 1380.6 42.7 20.0 15.4 Total 1,816,240 12.3 1199.3 90.2 9.6 5.1 Source: Authors’ estimation using GLSS5 data. number of potential bene�ciaries of the program depending on the wage level, as esti- mated from table 15.3 at the national level. For example, at a wage level of one million GHc per month, 156,122 individuals in the Western region might be potential bene�cia- ries of the NYEP according to our method for identifying such potential bene�ciaries. The second column provides the share of individuals living in households who are poor among potential bene�ciaries of the program. For example, at a wage of one million GH¢, 9.6 percent of the potential bene�ciaries in the Western region live in a household in poverty according to the official de�nition of poverty (see Coulombe and Wodon, 2007). The third column provides the additional wage to be obtained by each individual, on average, depending on the wage proposed for the program. At a wage of one mil- lion GH¢, out of that amount, on average 765,100 GH¢ represents additional income for potential participants to the program, and this provides an estimate of potential wage substitution effects. The next column provides the leakage rate, which is computed as one minus the product of the poverty rate times the additional wage divided by the reference wage of the program. The overall leakage rate is very high. The main driver is not the substitution effects (even though about one quarter of the wage is “lost� due to the fact that some of the participants would have to give up other earnings to participate in the program), but rather poor targeting to the poor. The last two columns provide data on the ratios of the number of individuals registered in the NYEP or participating in the program as com- pared to the number of potential bene�ciaries of the NYEP as we estimate them by region. With a wage rate of one million GHc per month, the registration rate among potential participants is 10.4 percent and jobs are provided to only 5.5 percent of potential par- ticipants. We are overestimating the potential number of participants since we do not know about speci�c constraints that some individuals may have in participating in the program, but this helps to show that at the high wages provided under the NYEP, there could be a large demand for jobs that would be difficult to supply at an affordable cost. Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 145 The results in table 15.4 suggest that while the substitution effects are not negligible, most of the wages obtained by NYEP participants are likely to be additional wages for them and their household. This is in part because some of the individuals concerned are now working without pay and are considered as potential bene�ciaries of the program. By contrast, losses for poverty reduction due to the fact that many potential participants are not poor are much larger. This results in a high overall leakage rate from the point of view of poverty reduction of 90 percent at the national level for all the wage levels. The poor performance in terms of reaching the poor with the NYEP is observed despite efforts to target the program, at least to some extent, to poorer areas. Because in poorer areas there are few individuals with junior secondary education completed, the num- ber of program participants as a share of the number of potential bene�ciaries is higher in poorer areas. Remember that we simulate the NYEP impact using data on how the program is geographically targeted. For example, the ratio of participants to potential bene�ciaries is lowest in Ashanti and Greater Accra. In terms of registered youth as compared to potential bene�ciaries, the ratio is 6.6 percent in Greater Accra (for a wage of one million GH¢), as compared to a rate of 31.5 percent in the Northern area. Clearly, the simulated NYEP has pro-poor regional bias when we take into account the eligibility criteria, but this does not help much for its potential impact on poverty due to the edu- cation requirement. The main bene�t of the program for the poor then must come from the fact that some program participants are involved in the provision of education and health services in poor areas, so that there may be positive impacts from their work later on through higher human capital accumulation, especially among children. Assessment of the Likely Poverty Impact of the NYEP The estimated potential impact of the NYEP is given in table 15.5. The estimates are obtained in a very simple way. For program participants (as simulated by us on the basis of the distribution of workers in the NYEP by region) who belong to households living in poverty, we add to the consumption aggregate of the household the gains in earnings obtained by the participants, and we recomputed poverty using the same poverty lines. In other words, we assume that the full amount of the earnings gains for program par- ticipants translate into additional consumption for their households. For higher wages, the impact is higher, since the additional earnings obtained by participants are higher, but note that the number of participants is kept unchanged since it is based on the data provided in table 15.2 for the NYEP. At the wage level of the NYEP which prevailed in 2007, which was probably on average of the order of one million GHc per month or higher, one can conjecture that Table 15.5: Potential impact on poverty of the NYEP, National, 2005–2006 Within target group of potential bene�ciaries Whole population Headcount Poverty gap Headcount Poverty gap E750 0.845 0.276 0.057 0.019 E1000 0.778 0.245 0.059 0.019 E1250 0.784 0.241 0.062 0.019 E1500 0.757 0.232 0.062 0.019 Source: Authors’ estimation using GLSS5 data. 146 A World Bank Study the program is reducing the headcount index of poverty at the national level by only 0.059 percentage point, which is very small. As will be discussed in the next chapter, the impact of public works on poverty may not be much larger, but the cost of public works would be signi�cantly lower than the cost of the NYEP. A similar story emerges with the poverty gap, which takes into account the distance separating the poor from the poverty line (with a zero distance given to the nonpoor). The NYEP clearly does not have a large impact despite its cost. Conclusion As in many other countries, youth unemployment is a major issue in Ghana. In Octo- ber 2006, the National Youth Employment Program (NYEP) was created by Ghana’s gov- ernment to provide temporary employment as well as training to up to 500,000 people between the ages of 18 and 35 over the period from 2006 to 2009. Even though efforts are made to serve the rural areas of the northern regions, the program still appears to have a bias in favor of urban and relatively wealthier areas (at least in terms of the number of reg- istered youths in the program). This may be due in part to the fact that these are the areas where the issue of youth unemployment is most visible, and that’s also where it is easier to provide meaningful training to youths participating in the program thanks to the network of �rms and non-pro�t organizations that can employ youths there. More importantly, the program targets youth with a junior secondary education completed or higher, and this is likely to mean that the impact of the program on poverty is likely to be limited. Wages also appear to be very high, so that the program is costly, and perhaps leading to unrealistic expectations in terms of future wages for the youth enrolled in the program. Using the GLSS5 and simple simulation techniques, we have estimated in this chap- ter the likely targeting performance and impact on poverty of the program. Our esti- mates suggest that at assumed prevailing wages for the NYEP of about one million GHc per month on average (in old currency units), the program is reducing the headcount of poverty at the national level by only a very small amount. This is in part because the leakage rate (with considers both wage substitution effects and leakage of the program to the nonpoor) is high, at about 90 percent. The main reason for this high leakage rate is less the fact that there is a substitution effect of the program whereby only part of the wages paid to bene�ciaries generates additional income since some bene�ciaries would have done other work if they had not participated in the program. Rather, the limited impact and poor targeting performance of the program is due mainly to the education criteria implicitly used to screen participants and the fact that the program does not focus explicitly on poor areas. When compared to a public works program (as discussed in the next chapter), the NYEP appears to be four to �ve times more expensive for reduc- ing poverty than public works. C H A P T E R 16 Simulating Labor Intensive Public Works in Ghana Harold Coulombe and Quentin Wodon Labor intensive public works are a popular program to implement in time of crisis. They pro- vide earnings to program participants while at the same time building local infrastructure. Ghana has had previous experience in such programs, albeit at a small scale. A scale-up of such programs is being envisioned as part of a World Bank project on productive safety nets. This chapter provides �rst a brief review of some of the international experience with public works. Next the chapter relies on simulation techniques to provide an assessment of the potential targeting performance and impact of labor intensive public works on poverty following the same method as that used for the assessment of the NYEP in the previous chapter. We use the GLSS5 to identify individuals who might be interested in participat- ing in public works and consider two parameters that affect the impact of the program on the poor: targeting performance and substitution effects. The results suggest that public works might not target the poor very well if they were implemented nationally, but target- ing performance could be good if the program were targeted to rural areas and especially to the rural north. In this case, labor intensive public works could be four to �ve times more efficient to reduce poverty than the NYEP. Labor Intensive Public Works: A Brief Review1 L abor intensive public works (sometimes also referred to as workfare although the workfare concept is more general) provide employment through public works proj- ects. One classic example is Trabajar in Argentina. In this program, projects are identi- �ed by local governments, NGOs and community groups, and can provide employ- ment for no more than 100 days per participant. Project proposals are reviewed by a regional commi ee, and projects with higher poverty and employment impacts are favored. Workers hired by the project are paid by the Ministry of Labor. The other costs are �nanced by local authorities. Examples of eligible projects include the construction or repair of schools, health facilities, basic sanitation facilities, small roads and bridges, community kitchens and centers, and small dams and canals. While public works are often assumed to bene�t the poor who are unemployed or underemployed, this is not necessary the case and steps often have to be taken to ensure good targeting, for example by ensuring that wages are below the minimum wage if that minimum wage is higher than the market wage, and by targeting programs geographically. 147 148 A World Bank Study In addition, a key bene�t of the program resides in the local infrastructure that is being built, but it is therefore needed to make sure that the projects do correspond to local prior- ity needs. In a reform of Trabajar implemented in the late 1990s, several steps were taken to improve the performance of the program in these areas. The focus of the reform was placed on increasing community participation and funding in the choice of the projects to be �nanced. Trabajar now works in collaboration with local community groups, NGOs, and municipalities who present projects for selection. Projects must �rst be approved for technical feasibility. Next, they are selected on a points basis. More points are awarded to projects located in poorer areas, yielding larger public bene�ts, bene�ting from well- regarded sponsoring community groups or NGOs, and reducing labor costs below the minimum wage. These new features have improved targeting both at the geographic and individual levels. The involvement of local groups has also improved the quality of moni- toring and feedback for the projects. Local projects funded by labor intensive public works can (but need not) be fairly similar to those �nanced by social funds. One important difference between a social fund project and a workfare project is that the workfare project is likely to be supervised by local authorities, rather than by independent agencies, and construction is typically not contracted to the private sector, but is carried out by the sponsoring agency, which can include local and provincial governments, private groups, and national organiza- tions. Another difference is that workfare programs have the generation of employment and income as their priority, while social funds focus more on the quality of the infra- structure generated. Projects �nanced by Trabajar are limited to poor areas as identi�ed by a poverty map. Moreover, wages are set to be no higher than 90 percent of the prevailing market wage, so that the workers have an incentive to return to private sector jobs when these are available. Thus, the program involves self targeting apart from geographic targeting. Overall, targeting of the poor under Trabajar II (the second round of the project) has been reported to be good, with 75 percent of the funds reaching the bo om 20 percent of the income distribution, and 40 percent reaching the bo om 5 percent. However, the supply of jobs in the program depends on budgetary allocations as well as the ability of local communities to identify viable projects. Trabajar has provided employment to no more than 1 or 2 percent of the labor force, at a time when unemployment has ranged from 13 to 18 percent of the labor force. Many other countries have implemented public works in virtually all regions of the world. The advantages of workfare programs include their ability to expand quickly during a crisis, once the basic mechanisms have been established, and to reach the poor through area targeting and, within poor areas, through self targeting thanks to the low wages. However, a problem is that the cost of generating one dollar in additional income for the poor through public works is typically large, in the range of three dollars or more. To understand why, a measure of cost effectiveness and a simple decomposition are useful. Consider as a measure of cost effectiveness the share of total program costs which reaches the poor through net increases in earnings. In the spirit of Ravallion (1999), assume that without public works, an individual has a probability F* to �nd employ- ment at market wage W*. Expected earnings are F*W*. With public works, the individ- ual earns the public works wage W. If the individual can continue to search for private or self-employment while participating in public works, with probability F of �nding such employment, the expected wage with public works is FW*+(1-F)W. The net wage Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 149 bene�t from the program for the worker is NWB = (1-F)W - (F* - F)W*. If the worker gets unemployment bene�ts or a subsistence allowance S, the wage bene�t is reduced to NWB = (1-F)W - (F* - F)W* - (1-F*)S. If the program costs G to the Government per worker employed, a measure of cost effectiveness is the share of public expenditures transferred to workers as wage gain NWB/G. This measure can be decomposed as: NWB C ( W + L) W NWB = G G C ( W + L) W / | \ \ budget wage targeting proportionate ge gain leverage share performance wag The determinants of cost-effectiveness are then (a) the leverage ratio C/G, where C is the total cost per worker including community funding; (b) the wage share (W+L)/C, where W stands for wages paid to the poor and L stands for leakage due to wages paid for the nonpoor; (c) the targeting performance W/(W+L) which is the percentage of wages reaching the poor; and (d) the proportionate wage gain NWB/W. In a country like Ghana a reasonable value for the proportionate wage gain may be as high as 0.8 because even though the workfare wages are low and the poor typically �nd some other way to gen- erate resources, for example through part-time informal employment when they do not have access to the programs, many participants in the program are likely to work with- out pay or for a very low pay. While the self-selection involved and the priorities given to poor areas may help in targeting public works in middle income countries such as Argentina, this is more difficult in a country like Ghana, especially if geographic target- ing is weak for example due to political economy pressures to provide jobs in urban areas as well as in rural areas. Thus the targeting performance may be low, at about 0.5. The wage share can often be obtained from administrative records by multiplying the number of work days created by the program by the wage rate, and dividing this amount by the total cost of the program. In many cases, the wage share will not exceed 0.7. Finally, when the program is almost entirely �nanced by the federal state (even though project selection may be done at the local level), the budget leverage is equal to one (in the case of Trabajar, there is budget leverage, but while this saves money for the central government, it still has to be paid by local governments). The measure of cost effectiveness is obtained by multiplying the various parameters. In our illustrative examples, this measure would be equal to 0.8*0.5*0.7=0.28, in which case the total cost of generating one dollar in net additional wage earnings for program participants is 1/0.28=3.6 dollars. It thus typically costs three or more dollars to the national or federal government to transfer one dollar to the poor in additional wages. The notion that it costs three or more dollars to transfer one dollar of income to the poor through workfare could be challenged, in that the bene�ts could be higher for two reasons (for a fuller discussion of these points, see Wodon 2000). First, the decomposi- tion method presented above does not take into account the bene�ts of the public works themselves, which can be substantial if the workers are put to good use. The problem, however, is that these bene�ts will be enjoyed during the whole life of the infrastructure built, while what the poor need in times of crises is immediate income support. If the poor have high discount rates (which they do in general, but especially in times of crisis when their resources do not provide for basic subsistence), the discounted value of the 150 A World Bank Study bene�ts generated by the public works may be quite low. Moreover, since the emphasis is on job creation rather than investments, there may be a bias toward “make work� or prestige projects that may not be highly valuable. This may be particularly true in a crisis, when a rapid expansion of the program exhausts the backlog of viable projects. Second, the decomposition presented assumes that only the net proportionate wage gain must be taken into account for measuring the program’s impact. However, in periods of high unemployment, it could be argued that at least part of the difference between the public works wage and what the program participant would have earned by himself without the program will be available as earnings for another worker who does not participate in the program and who is also under-employed. At the extreme, the whole wage rate could be taken into account in the cost-bene�t analysis, which would enhance cost-effectiveness. In the Africa context however, as will be shown below, substitution effects tend to be small, and much of the loss for poverty reduction that takes place in public works is likely to come from mis-targeting the poor. On the other hand, arguments could also be put forward to argue that the net trans- fers to the poor may be lower than predicted by the decomposition. For example, since workers are paid by local authorities, the opportunities for corruption and political bias in the choice of projects may be more pronounced. With Trabajar, there remained some evidence when evaluations were carried out of political influences in the choice of partic- ipants and gender discrimination (few women are selected in some areas). Second, when contributions are required from communities, the poorest communities may not always be well positioned to submit proposals for projects and/or to contribute to non-wage costs. In this case, the targeting performance of the program may suffer, because the contribution of geographic targeting to overall targeting performance will be reduced. These weaknesses are less likely to arise in Ghana given that public works typically do not require there substantial co-funding at the local level. In what follows, we focus on the wage component of the public works program and ignore other costs such as materials and administration. We use the GLSS5 to identify individuals who might be interested in participating in labor intensive public works and consider as was done for the NYEP in the previous chapter two param- eters affecting the likely impact of the program: targeting performance and substitu- tion effects, which correspond respectively to the ratios NWB/W and W/(W+L) in the above framework. Assessment of the Likely Targeting Performance and Poverty Impact of Public Works To assess the potential targeting performance of labor intensive public works, we use the GLSS5 in a way similar to what was done in the previous chapter for the NYEP. We start by providing in this section. The methodology is repeated for readers who may not have consulted the previous chapter. We start by estimating the number of youths aged 18 to 35 who could be interested by the public works program. While for the NYEP a minimum education was required in the simulations, for public works no education requirement is required since the jobs involved tend to require very low skills. It is likely that a public works program would pay low wage to achieve self-targeting, probably even well below the minimum wage, given that the minimum wage itself in Ghana is rather high in comparison to the earnings of youth (Coulombe and Wodon 2008). We Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 151 will consider wages ranging from 50,000 to 200,000 GHc per month (old currency in 2005–06 value given that we use the GLSS5 for the estimations). These values for the wages to be paid are indicative only and somewhat arbitrary. Yet we are using enough different values to be able to assess the targeting performance and potential impact on poverty of the program. Table 16.1 provides data on the distribution of earnings of individuals who are already working, as well as on the distribution of the reservation wage declared by individuals who are unemployed and looking for work. The groups of individuals are presented in the �rst column of the table in terms of their monthly wages in thousand GHc. All youths are included without restrictions since public works do not require speci�c skills. The choice of the age group is made to compare the results to the NYEP, but for public works that would be implemented in practice, older individuals would be eligible. Table 16.1 shows that there is a very large group of youth who are working but are not paid (37 percent of the youths who are working at the national level). These individuals are likely to be interested in public works. Some may not apply for such a program due to various constraints (they may not be paid, but still doing important work that has to be done for their household, and hence they may not be able to par- ticipate in the program). Also, depending on the wage paid by public works, additional individuals could be interested in participating in the program if their current wage is below that proposed by the program. We cannot identify those who would actually be interested and those who would not. But for the purpose of the simulations, individuals unpaid for their work, as well as those who earn less than the proposed wage are poten- tial bene�ciaries, and we can randomly chose some of these individuals as participants in public works for each proposed wage level to simulate targeting performance. Among the unemployed, those with a reservation wage below the public works proposed are also potential bene�ciaries. The estimates in table 16.1 therefore give us an upper bound for the potential num- ber of youths that might be interested in a public works program, depending on the wage provided in the program, and without any eligibility condition apart from age. Figures 16.1a to 16.1c summarize the data on the potential number of participants by quintiles of per capita consumption of the households to whom the individuals who are poten- tial bene�ciaries belong. This is done for four potential wage levels, from 150,000 GHc per month to 300,000 GHc per month, which is about the level of the minimum wage at the time of the survey. Two �ndings stand out. First, the number of individuals potentially interested in the program appears to be very large, especially because many youth are working without pay and might thereby be interested in ge ing cash income through public works. Second, the targeting performance or likely bene�t incidence of the program depends fundamentally on whether the program is implemented mostly in urban or rural areas. In urban areas, the program would be regressive, since most of the potential bene�ciaries belong to the be er off quintiles of the population (this is because urban households tend to have much higher levels of consumption than rural households). By contrast, the programs could potentially be be er targeted to the poor if the focus is placed on providing employment solely in rural areas. To assess the potential targeting performance of public works, we randomly selected, among all potential bene�ciaries of the program (the number of which depends on the wage provided), a number of participants so as to match the number of jobs cre- ated under the NYEP simulations in the previous chapter. This is done using 25 random Table 16.1: Potential bene�ciaries of public works among individuals aged 18–35, National 2005–06 Wage of workers Unemployed reservation wage # of Percent # of Percent Percent people Monthly Weekly poor Percent people Monthly Weekly poor group group wage hours (%) group group wage hours (%) Total 0 37.0 1,503,374 0.0 33.5 42.8 — — — — — 1–50 7.2 290,474 30.1 33.1 30.2 0.7 3,732 39.0 — 77.0 51–100 6.9 278,656 78.7 36.5 23.9 1.7 8,708 82.9 — 52.1 101–200 9.3 379,420 156.3 38.8 18.6 7.5 39,186 184.5 — 26.3 201–300 8.6 348,320 254.6 40.0 19.5 11.9 62,200 272.1 — 38.8 301–400 5.4 220,188 357.8 40.1 17.3 13.0 68,420 384.8 — 36.1 401–500 6.0 243,202 455.9 41.9 12.7 22.8 119,424 489.0 — 32.3 501–600 3.2 130,620 556.8 42.3 7.4 7.5 39,186 596.5 — 24.8 601–700 2.7 110,716 659.7 41.7 10.6 4.3 22,392 685.1 — 34.7 701–1000 5.5 223,298 852.9 44.8 8.5 19.2 100,764 920.2 — 9.1 1,001–2,000 5.5 223,920 1403.9 48.2 3.6 9.7 51,004 1,539.1 — 14.5 2,001+ 2.7 109,472 3855.1 46.8 5.1 1.8 9,330 3,859.2 — 7.1 Urban 0 16.9 236,982 0.0 37.1 15.7 — — — — — 1–50 5.0 70,908 30.7 38.1 18.6 — — — — — 51–100 5.5 77,750 78.5 42.7 13.0 1.4 4,354 80.4 — 12.4 101–200 9.9 139,328 158.4 44.2 6.4 5.9 18,660 179.6 — 13.6 201–300 10.6 148,658 260.0 46.8 6.0 9.0 28,612 272.6 — 21.9 301–400 7.9 111,338 363.9 44.7 8.8 11.1 35,454 384.2 — 14.1 401–500 8.3 116,936 463.7 44.7 4.3 21.1 67,176 493.7 — 23.4 501–600 5.8 80,860 559.6 45.7 5.4 9.2 29,234 598.6 — 17.6 601–700 4.5 62,822 662.1 44.6 7.4 3.7 11,818 697.0 — 9.7 701–1,000 9.9 138,706 861.4 48.5 3.5 24.4 77,750 912.7 — 6.6 1,001–2,000 10.6 149,280 1,417.8 52.3 1.2 12.1 38,564 1,516.9 — 12.0 2001+ 5.1 71,530 3,976.9 50.4 1.6 2.1 6,842 4,198.5 — 0.0 Rural 0 47.7 1,266,392 0.0 32.7 49.3 — — — — — 1–50 8.3 219,566 29.9 31.3 34.2 1.8 3,732 39.0 — 77.0 51–100 7.6 200,906 78.7 33.9 28.5 2.1 4,354 85.8 — 100.0 101–200 9.0 240,092 155.0 35.5 26.0 10.0 20,526 190.8 — 42.5 201–300 7.5 199,662 250.8 35.3 29.0 16.3 33,588 271.5 — 61.2 301–400 4.1 108,850 352.2 35.9 25.0 16.0 32,966 385.5 — 61.9 401–500 4.8 126,266 448.9 39.3 20.2 25.4 52,248 480.7 — 48.2 501–600 1.9 49,760 552.9 37.6 10.0 4.8 9,952 588.7 — 51.1 601–700 1.8 47,894 656.6 38.0 14.7 5.1 10,574 668.9 — 68.9 701–1,000 3.2 84,592 839.0 39.0 16.5 11.2 23,014 947.2 — 18.2 1,001–2,000 2.8 74,640 1,376.2 40.0 8.2 6.0 12,440 1,635.1 — 25.4 2,001+ 1.4 37,942 3,623.4 40.0 11.7 1.2 2,488 3,091.9 — 23.1 Source: Authors’ estimation using GLSS5 data. Note: — = not available. Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 153 Figure 16.1: Distribution of potential bene�ciaries of public works a. National 1,000 Number of beneficiaries, in '000 800 600 400 200 0 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 E150 E200 E250 E300 b. Urban 250 Number of beneficiaries, in '000 200 150 100 50 0 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 E150 E200 E250 E300 c. Rural 800 Number of beneficiaries, in '000 600 400 200 0 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 E150 E200 E250 E300 Source: Authors’ estimation using GLSS5 data. 154 A World Bank Study replications, and average values obtained with the 25 replication. This is also done for each of the wages assumed to be provided. The results of this procedure and the related statistics on targeting performance are provided in table 16.2. The �rst column provides the estimate of the total number of potential bene�ciaries of the program depending on the wage level. For example, at a wage level of 250,000 GHc per month, some 348,320 youths might be interested in the program solely in the Upper West region. The sec- ond column provides the share of those individuals living in households who are poor. For example, at a wage of 250,000 GHc, 83.7 percent of the potential bene�ciaries in the Upper West region live in a household in poverty according to the official de�ni- tion of poverty. The third column provides the additional wage to be obtained by each individual, on average, depending on the wage proposed for the program. For the case considered, on average 244,500 GHc represents additional income for potential partici- pants to the program, so there are almost no substitution effects in that geographic area. Overall, at a wage of 250,000 GHc, only 17.9 percent of that amount would be lost in the Upper West region for poverty reduction due to targeting errors and substitution effects. Thus, if the public works were targeted to that area, it would be very well targeted to the poor. Nationally by contrast, performance is much weaker with a leakage rate of 73.2 percent at that wage rate. Table 16.2: Potential leakage effects of public works for poverty reduction, by region # of Poverty Additional Leakage Region people headcount wage rate in ’000 (%) monthly (%) E150 Western 161,098 21.4 125.9 82.0 Central 111,338 19.0 114.6 85.5 Greater Accra 120,046 7.7 100.7 94.8 Volta 163,586 37.8 119.1 70.0 Eastern 190,954 20.7 119.0 83.6 Ashanti 326,550 24.7 124.1 79.6 Brong Ahafo 238,848 34.4 129.0 70.4 Northern 368,224 57.4 127.1 51.4 Upper East 246,312 69.6 126.4 41.4 Upper West 335,258 83.8 146.4 18.2 Total 2,262,214 36.4 123.5 70.0 E200 Western 178,514 20.2 162.5 83.6 Central 125,022 18.4 152.7 86.0 Greater Accra 142,438 7.6 134.5 94.9 Volta 188,466 36.2 151.6 72.6 Eastern 219,566 19.5 152.3 85.2 Ashanti 375,688 23.0 157.5 81.9 Brong Ahafo 255,020 33.7 170.5 71.3 Northern 391,860 55.2 168.3 53.5 (Table continues on next page) Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 155 Table 16.2: (continued) # of Poverty Additional Leakage Region people headcount wage rate in ’000 (%) monthly (%) Upper East 264,350 69.7 168.9 41.1 Upper West 340,856 83.7 195.6 18.1 Total 2,481,780 34.6 160.8 72.2 E250 Western 193,442 20.0 199.1 84.1 Central 137,462 17.2 190.8 86.9 Greater Accra 155,500 7.0 172.7 95.2 Volta 200,906 35.8 190.2 72.8 Eastern 241,958 18.5 187.8 86.1 Ashanti 409,276 22.0 195.9 82.8 Brong Ahafo 271,192 33.6 210.9 71.7 Northern 434,156 54.1 200.7 56.6 Upper East 277,412 69.7 214.6 40.2 Upper West 348,320 83.9 244.5 17.9 Total 2,669,624 33.7 198.7 73.2 E300 Western 213,346 18.8 229.3 85.6 Central 154,256 17.9 223.2 86.7 Greater Accra 190,332 8.2 194.2 94.7 Volta 222,676 34.7 223.8 74.1 Eastern 266,216 17.9 220.4 86.8 Ashanti 457,792 21.5 228.2 83.6 Brong Ahafo 283,632 32.7 251.6 72.6 Northern 460,280 52.3 236.3 58.8 Upper East 297,316 70.5 257.6 39.5 Upper West 355,162 84.1 293.0 17.9 Total 2,901,008 32.6 232.4 74.7 Source: Authors’ estimation using GLSS5 data. The estimated potential impact of the program on poverty is given in table 16.3. As in the case of the NYEP, the estimates are obtained in a very simple way. For the participants in the program who belong to households living in poverty, we add to the consumption aggregate of the household the gains in earnings obtained by the partici- pants, and we recomputed poverty using the same poverty lines. In other words, we assume that the full amount of the earnings gains (taking into account substitution effects) for program participants translate into additional consumption for their house- holds. For higher wages, the impact is higher, since the additional earnings obtained by participants are higher, but the number of participants is kept unchanged (based on the number of NYEP recipients in 2007 at slightly less than 100,000). With public works wages of 250,000 GHc per month, the reduction in the national headcount index is 156 A World Bank Study 0.047 percentage point. This impact is small because the simulated program is itself small in comparison to the needs of the population for poverty eradication. But in terms of cost efficiency, public works are much be er than the NYEP discussed in the previ- ous chapter since the cost is about four times lower for public works than for the NYEP, and the impact is about the same (actually, when using the poverty gap which is a be er measure of poverty than the headcount, public works perform be er than the NYEP). If the public works were geographically targeted to the poorest areas, the poverty impact would be even larger. Table 16.3: Potential impact on poverty of public works, national, 2005–06 Within Target Group of Potential Bene�ciaries Whole population Headcount Poverty Gap Headcount Poverty Gap E150 0.307 0.169 0.032 0.017 E200 0.350 0.189 0.039 0.021 E250 0.384 0.207 0.047 0.025 E300 0.397 0.215 0.052 0.028 Source: Authors’ estimation using GLSS5 data. Comparison with Other Countries As mentioned earlier, implementing or expanding labor intensive public works pro- grams are one of the popular alternatives being considered by many governments con- fronted with the economic crisis. The implicit assumption is that such programs are relatively well self-targeted to the poor because they typically provide low wages so that only the poor are interested in participating in them, and that they provide direct cash or king bene�ts for program participants which may help in reducing the negative impact of higher food prices. In addition, public works may help in reducing youth unemploy- ment and underemployment, which is high in many countries. However, in the African context where a large share of the population is employed at very low wages or without pay, it is not certain à priori that public works are well targeted. In addition, public works often suffer from substitution effects whereby program participants have to give up other employment to participate in public works, which may lead to only part of the wage outlays being effective in reducing poverty (although this is likely to be less serious in Africa). Finally, public works may entail substantial costs in terms of administration and materials. In this section, we compare the results obtained above with Ghana with the results from similar simulations conducted for three other countries using nationally represen- tative household surveys (see table 16.4): Liberia (using the 2007 CWIQ survey), Chad (using the 2004 ECOSIT II survey), and Rwanda (using the 2006 EICV 2 survey). The overall leakage rates vary from 50 percent to close to 75 percent in all four countries. While the leakage rate at the national level is higher in Ghana because the country has a lower share of its population in poverty, even in rather poor countries such as Chad, Liberia, and Rwanda, more than half of the funds appear to not directly contribute to Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 157 Table 16.4: Simulated targeting performance of labor intensive public works, African countries (%) Share of individuals Share of public works among potential wage representing net bene�ciaries additional income for Overall leakage Country and Simulated public who are poor participants (percent) rate (percent) survey year works wage (percent) (1) (2) 1-(1)*(2) Chad (2002–03) 20,000 CFAF/month 63.0 74.4 53.1 Poverty at 55.0 percent 30,000 CFAF/month 57.2 73.5 58.0 40,000 CFAF/month 55.6 73.8 59.0 50,000 CFAF/month 53.8 74.7 59.8 Ghana (2005–06) 150,000 GHc/month 36.4 82.33 70.0 Poverty at 28.5 percent 200,000 GHc/month 34.6 80.40 72.2 250,000 GHc/month 33.7 79.48 73.2 300,000 GHc/month 32.6 77.47 74.7 Liberia (2007) 10,000 L$/year 68.9 72.6 50.0 Poverty at 63.8 percent 15,000 L$/year 66.9 71.2 52.4 20,000 L$/year 65.3 74.6 51.3 25,000 L$/year 64.7 78.2 49.4 Rwanda (2006) 30000 RwF/month 66.6 56.2 62.6 Poverty at 56.9 percent 40000 RwF/month 66.1 57.1 62.3 50000 RwF/month 65.4 59.1 61.3 60000 RwF/month 64.7 60.4 60.9 Source: Authors’ estimation. poverty reduction either because they are provided to nonpoor households (some of whom are however likely to be near the poverty line), or because of the wage substitu- tion effects at work. Reducing the public works wage helps in reducing leakage rates, but not by a lot. Again, the key to good overall targeting performance seems to be the use of geographic targeting. Conclusion Using recent household survey data and simple simulation techniques, we have esti- mated the likely effectiveness of labor intensive public works program as a tool for helping the poor confronted with the economic crisis while at the same time building productive and/or social physical investments in communities. Our estimates suggest that at various wage levels, some of which are very low, unless the programs are geo- graphically targeted public works programs are likely to suffer from substantial leakage mainly from imperfect targeting to the poor and to a lower extent from substitution effects whereby only part of the wages paid end up representing additional income for program participants. One key reason for the high leakage rates is the fact that without some form of geographic (or other) targeting, public works may not necessarily reach the poor because so many individuals work for no or li le pay, even in slightly be er off families. It could be that if there is a stigma associated with participating in public works 158 A World Bank Study program, or if the work involved is difficult, many among the be er off segments of the population would not participate in such programs, so that we would then have over- estimated the extent of the leakage of funds in our simulations. But on the basis of what can be observed in the household surveys in terms of work pa erns and pay levels, as well as declared reservation wages, the simulations clearly indicate that leakage could be high. However, if the program were targeted to the poorest areas of the country, leakage rates could be reduced dramatically so that case targeting performance would be good. Note 1. This review is reproduced with minor changes from Hicks and Wodon (2002). References Adams, R., A. Cuecuecha, and J. Page. 2008. “Remi ances, Consumption and Investment in Ghana,� Policy Research Working Paper 4515, World Bank, Washington DC. Adams, A. V., H. Coulombe, and Q. Wodon. 2009. “Education, Employment and Earn- ings in Ghana,� in World Bank, Ghana: Job Creation and Skills Development, Report No. 40328–GH, Volume 2, Washington, DC, 1–18. Ahmad, Yusuf and Chor-ching Goh. 2007a. “Poverty Maps of Yunnan Province: Uses and Lessons for Scaling-Up in China,� in Tara Bedi, Aline Coudouel and Kenneth Simler (eds.), More Than A Pre y Picture: Using Poverty Maps to Design Be er Poli- cies and Interventions, Washington D.C.: The World Bank. Ahmad, Yusuf and Chor-ching Goh. 2007b. “Indonesia’s Poverty Maps: Impacts and Lessons, In Tara Bedi,� Aline Coudouel and Kenneth Simler (eds.), More Than A Pre y Picture: Using Poverty Maps to Design Be er Policies and Interventions, Wash- ington D.C.: The World Bank. Alderman, H., et al., 2002, “How Low Can You Go? Combining Census and Survey Data for Mapping Poverty in South Africa,� Journal of African Economies 11(2): 169–200. Angel-Urdinola, D., and Q. Wodon. 2007a. “Do Utility Subsidies Reach the Poor? Frame- work and Evidence for Cape Verde, Sao Tome, and Rwanda,� Economics Bulletin, 9(4): 1–7. Araujo, Maria Caridad 2007, “The 1990 and 2001 Ecuador Poverty Maps,� in Tara Bedi, Aline Coudouel and Kenneth Simler (eds.), More Than A Pre y Picture: Using Poverty Maps to Design Be er Policies and Interventions, Washington D.C.: The World Bank. Arias, Omar and Marcos Robles. 2007. “The Geography of Monetary Poverty in Bolivia: The Lessons of Poverty Maps,� in Tara Bedi, Aline Coudouel and Kenneth Simler (eds.), More Than A Pre y Picture: Using Poverty Maps to Design Be er Policies and Interventions, Washington D.C.: The World Bank. Ahmad, E., and N. H. Stern. 1984. “The Theory of Reform and Indian Indirect Taxes,� Journal of Public Economics 25: 259–98. Akuffo-Amoabeng, B. 2009. “Targeting Mechanisms Used for Various Social Protection Intervention by Ministries, department and Agencies,� mimeo, Accra. Appiah-Denkyira, E., and A. Preker. 2007. “Reaching the poor in Ghana with National Health Insurance—an Experience from the Districts of the Eastern Region of Ghana,� in J. Holst and A. Brandrup-Lukanow (ed.) Extending Social Protection in Health: Developing Countries’ Experiences, Lessons Learnt and Recommendations. Ger- many: GTZ. Asante, F. A. and Aikins, M. 2007. “Does the NHIS cover the poor?,� Danida Health Sector Support Office, Accra. Bedi, T., A. Coudouel, and K. Simler. 2007. More than a Pre y Picture: Using Poverty Maps to Design Be er Policies and Interventions, Washington, DC: The World Bank. 159 160 A World Bank Study Bundy, D., C. Burbano, M. Grosh, A. Gelli, M. Jukes, and L. Drake. 2009. Rethinking School Feeding: Social Safety Nets, Child Development, and the Education Sector, Wash- ington, DC: The World Bank. Carle o, Calogero, Andrew Dabalen and Alia Moubayed. 2007. “Constructing and Using Poverty Maps for Policy Making: The Experience in Albania,� in Tara Bedi, Aline Coudouel and Kenneth Simler (eds.), More Than A Pre y Picture: Using Poverty Maps to Design Be er Policies and Interventions, Washington D.C.: The World Bank. Clert, C., and Q. Wodon. 2001. “The Targeting of Government Programs in Chile: A Quantitative and Qualitative Assessment,� in E. Gacitua-Mario and Q. Wodon, editors, Measurement and Meaning: Combining Quantitative and Qualitative Meth- ods for the Analysis of Poverty and Social Exclusion in Latin America, Technical Paper No. 518, World Bank, Washington, DC. Coady, D., and E. Skou�as. 2001. “On the Targeting and Redistributive Efficiencies of Alternative Transfer Programs,� Food Consumption and Nutrition Division Dis- cussion Paper 100, International Food Policy Research Institute, Washington, DC. Coady, D., Grosh, M. and Hoddino , J. 2004. “Targeting Outcomes Redux,� World Bank Research Observer 19 (1): 61–85. Coady, D., Grosh, M. and Hoddino , J., 2002, “The Targeting of Transfers in Develop- ing Countries: Review of Experience and Lessons,� Social Protection Discussion Paper. World Bank, Washington DC. Cox, D., and E. Jimenez. 1995. “Private Transfers and the Effectiveness of Public Income Redistribution in the Philippines,� in van de Walle and K. Nead, eds., Public Spend- ing and the Poor, Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press. Coulombe, H. 2008. Ghana Census-based Poverty Map: District and Sub-District-Level Results, in Ernest Aryeetey and Ravi Kanbur (eds.), The Economy of Ghana: Analyti- cal Perspectives on Stability, Growth and Poverty, Oxford: James Currey. Coulombe, H., and Q. Wodon. 2007. “Poverty, Livelihoods and Access to Basic Services in Ghana, in World Bank,� Ghana: Meeting the Challenge of Accelerated and Shared Growth (Country Economic Memorandum), Report No. 40934-GH, Volume III: Background Papers, World Bank. Washington DC. Coulombe, H., and Q. Wodon, 2008. “Assessing the Geographic Impact of Higher Food Prices in Guinea,� Policy Research Working Paper 4743, World Bank, Washington DC. Coulombe, H., M. Temourov, and Q. Wodon. 2009. “Ghana’s National Youth Employ- ment Program and Poverty Reduction,� in Ghana: Job Creation and Skills Develop- ment, Report No. 40328–GH, Volume 2, World Bank, Washington, DC, 97–118. Da , G., and M. Ravallion. 1992. “Growth and Redistribution Components of Changes in Poverty Measures: A Decomposition with Applications to Brazil and India in the 1980s,� Journal of Development Economics 38:275–95. Demery, L. 2003. “Analyzing the Incidence of Public Spending,� in F. Bourguignon and L. Pereira da Silva, editors, The Impact of Economic Policies on Poverty and Income Distribution: Evaluation Techniques and Tools, Washington D.C.: The World Bank. DSW. 2008. “Livelihood Empowerment Against Poverty (LEAP): Highlights of 2008 Annual Report,� Department for Social Welfare: Accra. Duclos, J. 1995. “Modeling the Take-up of State Support,� Journal of Public Economics 58: 391–415. Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 161 Duclos, J. Y., P. Makdissi, and Q. Wodon. 2005. “Poverty-Efficient Program Reforms: The Role of Targeting and Allocation Rules,� Journal of Development Economics, 77(1): 53–73. Duclos, J. Y., P. Makdissi, and Q. Wodon. 2008. “Socially Efficient Tax Reforms,� Inter- national Economic Review, 49(4): 1505–1537. Demombynes, G., Elbers, C., Lanjouw, J. O., Lanjouw, P., Mistiaen, J., Özler, B. 2002. “Producing an improved geographic pro�le of poverty: methodology and evi- dence from three developing countries.� in van der Hoeven, R., Shorrocks, A. (Eds.), Growth, Inequality and Poverty: Prospects for Pro-Poor Economic Development. Oxford University Press, Oxford. Elbers, Chris, Jean Olson Lanjouw, and Peter Lanjouw. 2002. “Welfare in Villages and Towns: Micro level Estimation of Poverty and Inequality,� Policy Research Work- ing Paper No. 2911, DECRG-World Bank, Washington DC. Elbers, Chris, Jean Olson Lanjouw, and Peter Lanjouw. 2003 “Micro-Level Estimation of Poverty and Inequality,� Econometrica, 71(1), 355–64. Emwanu, T., J. G. Hoogeveen, and P. Okiira Okwi. 2006. Updating Poverty Maps with Panel Data, World Development 34(12): 2076–88. Fiszbein, A., and N. Schady. 2009. Conditional Cash Transfers: Reducing Present and Future Poverty, Washington, DC: The World Bank. Fujii, Tomoki. 2007. “To Use or Not to Use? Poverty Mapping in Cambodia,� in Tara Bedi, Aline Coudouel and Kenneth Simler (eds.), More Than A Pre y Picture: Using Poverty Maps to Design Be er Policies and Interventions, Washington D.C.: The World Bank. Ghana Statistical Service. 2007. Pa ern and Trends of Poverty in Ghana, 1991–2006, Accra. Gotcheva, Boryana. 2007. “The Poverty Mapping Exercise in Bulgaria,� in Tara Bedi, Aline Coudouel and Kenneth Simler (eds.), More Than A Pre y Picture: Using Poverty Maps to Design Be er Policies and Interventions, Washington D.C.: The World Bank. Grosh, M. E. 1992. “The Jamaican Food Stamps Programme: A Case Study in Targeting,� Food Policy 17:23–40. Grosh, M., C. del Ninno, E. Tesliuc, and A. Ouerghi. 2009. For Protection and Promotion: The Design and Implementation of Effective Safety Nets, World Bank, Washington, DC. GSS. 2007. Pa ern and Trends of Poverty in Ghana 1991–2006, Accra: Ghana Statistical Service. Hoogeveen, J. G., and Y. Schipper. 2005. “Which inequality ma ers? Growth evidence based on small area welfare estimates in Uganda,� Policy Research Working Paper No. 3592, World Bank, Washington, DC. Jensen, R. 1998. “Public Transfers, Private Transfers, and the ‘Crowding Out’ Hypoth- esis: Evidence from South Africa,� JFK School of Government Faculty Working paper, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University. Jitsuchon, Somchai and Kaspar Richter. 2007, “Thailand’s Poverty Maps: From Con- struction to Application,� in Tara Bedi, Aline Coudouel and Kenneth Simler (eds.), More Than A Pre y Picture: Using Poverty Maps to Design Be er Policies and Interven- tions, Washington DC: The World Bank. Litvack, Jennie. 2007. “The Poverty Mapping Applications in Morocco,� in Tara Bedi, Aline Coudouel and Kenneth Simler (eds.), More Than A Pre y Picture: Using Poverty Maps to Design Be er Policies and Interventions, Washington D.C.: The World Bank. 162 A World Bank Study Lopez-Calva, Luis F., L. Rodriguez-Chamussy and Miguel Székely. 2007. “Poverty Maps and Public Policy: Lessons from Mexico,� in Tara Bedi, Aline Coudouel and Kenneth Simler (eds.), More Than A Pre y Picture: Using Poverty Maps to Design Be er Policies and Interventions, Washington D.C.: The World Bank. Makdissi, P., and Q. Wodon. 2002. “Consumption Dominance Curves: Testing for the Impact of Indirect Tax Reforms on Poverty,� Economics Le ers 75: 227–35. Mistiaen, J., Özler, B., Raza�manantena, T., Raza�ndravonona, J. 2002. “Pu ing welfare on the map in Madagascar.� Africa Region Working Paper Series 34, World Bank, Washington, DC. Mistiaen, J. A. 2003. “Small Area Estimates of Welfare Impacts: The Case of Food Price Changes in Madagascar,� mimeo, The World Bank. Washington, DC. NDPC. 2007. Implementation of the Growth and Poverty Reduction Strategy 2006–09: 2006 Annual Progress Report. Accra: National Development Planning Commission, 31 March 2007. Nouve, K. and Q. Wodon. 2008. “Impact of Rising Rice Prices and Policy Responses in Mali: Simulations with a Dynamic CGE Model,� Policy Research Working Paper 4739, World Bank, Washington DC. Parra, J. C., and Q. Wodon, 2008, Comparing the Impact of Food and Energy Price Shocks on Consumers: A Social Accounting Matrix Analysis for Ghana, Policy Research Working Paper 4741, Washington D.C.: The World Bank. ODI. 2009. Social Protection for Children: Opportunities and Challenges in Ghana, London. Ravallion, M. 1993. “Poverty Alleviation through Regional Targeting: A Case Study for Indonesia,� in K. Hoff, A. Braverman, and J. E. Stigli , eds. The Economics of Rural Organization, Oxford: Oxford University Press. Ravallion, M., and K. Chao. 1989. “Targeted Policies for Poverty Alleviation under Im- perfect Information: Algorithms and Applications,� Journal of Policy Modeling II(2): 213–24. Ravallion, M. 1993. “Poverty Alleviation through Regional Targeting: A Case Study for Indonesia,� in K. Hoff, A. Braverman, and J. E. Stigli , eds., The Economics of Rural Organization: Theory Practice and Policy, New York: Oxford University Press. Ravallion, M. 1999. Appraising Workfare, World Bank Research Observer 14:31–48. Sancho, A. 1992. “La Ficha Cas Como Instrumento de Focalización del Gasto Social en el Nivel Local,� in Margaret Grosh, ed., Platitudes to Practice: Targeting Social Programs in Latin America, Vol. II, Case Studies III, Latin America and the Caribbean Technical Department, World Bank Regional Study Program, Report 21, Washington, D.C. Sen, A. 1988. “The Concept of Development,� in H. Chenery and T. N. Srinivasan, eds., Handbook of Development Economics, Vol. I, Amsterdam: North Holland. Skou�as, E., B. Davis, and J. Behrman. 1999. “Evaluacion del Sistema de Seleccion de Familias Bene�ciarias en Progresa,� in Progresa: Mas Oportunidades para las Familias Pobres, Mexico City. Swinkels and Turk. 2007. “Poverty Mapping: The Experience of Vietnam,� in Tara Bedi, Aline Coudouel and Kenneth Simler (eds.), More Than A Pre y Picture: Using Poverty Maps to Design Be er Policies and Interventions, Washington D.C.: The World Bank. Improving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana 163 Tuck, L., and K. Lindert. 1996. “From Universal Food Subsidies to a Self-Targeted Program—a Case Study in Tunisian Reform,� Discussion Paper 351, World Bank. Washington D.C. USAID Mali. 2008. “Mali—Periodic Update on the domestic food security situation (Situation as of July 7, 2008),� mimeo, Bamako. Vishwanath, Tara and Nobuo Yoshida. 2007. “Poverty Maps in Sri Lanka: Policy Impacts and Lessons,� in Tara Bedi, Aline Coudouel and Kenneth Simler (eds.), More Than A Pre y Picture: Using Poverty Maps to Design Be er Policies and Inter- ventions, Washington D.C.: The World Bank. Wodon, Q., with contributions from R. Ayres, M. Barenstein, N. Hicks, K. Lee, W. Maloney, P. Peeters, C. Siaens, and S. Yi haki. 2000. Poverty and Policy in Latin America and The Caribbean, Technical Paper No. 467, Washington D.C.: The World Bank. Wodon, Q., B. de la Brière, C. Siaens and S. Yi haki. 2003. “The Impact of Public Trans- fers on Inequality and Social Welfare: Comparing Mexico’s PROGRESA to Other Government Programs,� in Y. Amiel and J. A Bishop, editors, Fiscal Policy, Inequal- ity and Welfare, Research on Economic Inequality, Volume 10, Elsevier Science/JAI Press, Amsterdam. Wodon, Q., C. Tsimpo, and H. Coulombe. 2008. “Assessing the Potential Impact on Poverty of Rising Cereals Prices: The Case of Ghana,� Policy Research Working Paper 4740, World Bank. Washington DC. Wodon, Q., C. Tsimpo, P. Backiny-Yetna, G. Joseph, F. Adoho, and H. Coulombe, 2008, “Potential Impact of Higher Food Prices on Poverty: Summary Estimates for a Dozen West and Central African Countries,� Policy Research Working Paper 4745, World Bank, Washington, DC. Wodon, Q., and X. Ye, 2009, “Bene�t Incidence Analysis Adjusted for Needs and Costs: Assessing the Equity of Public Education Sending in Sierra Leone,� mimeo, Wash- ington D.C.: The World Bank. Wodon, Q., and H. Zaman. 2010. “Higher Food Prices in Sub-Saharan Africa: Poverty Impact and Policy Responses,� World Bank Research Observer 25: 157–76. World Bank. 1999. Improving Social Assistance in Armenia, Human Development Unit, Country Department III, Europe and Central Asia Region, World Bank Report No. 19385-AM, Washington, D.C. World Bank. 2009. International Development Association Program Document for the Eco- nomic Governance and Poverty Reduction Credit in the Amount of SDR 193.8 million (US$300 million equivalent) to the Republic of Ghana, Report No. 47723-GH, Wash- ington D.C.: The World Bank. World Bank. 2007a. World Development Report 2007: Development and the Next Generation, Washington D.C.: The World Bank. World Bank. 2007b. Global Inventory of Interventions to Support Young Workers, Washing- ton D.C.: The World Bank. ECO-AUDIT Environmental Bene�ts Statement The World Bank is commi ed to preserving In 2010, the printing of endangered forests and natural resources. this book on recycled paper The Office of the Publisher has chosen to saved the following: print World Bank Studies and Working • 11 trees* Papers on recycled paper with 30 percent • 3 million Btu of total postconsumer �ber in accordance with the energy recommended standards for paper usage • 1,045 lb. of net greenhouse set by the Green Press Initiative, a non- gases pro�t program supporting publishers in • 5,035 gal. of waste water using �ber that is not sourced from endan- • 306 lb. of solid waste gered forests. For more information, visit www.greenpressinitiative.org. * 40 feet in height and 6–8 inches in diameter I mproving the Targeting of Social Programs in Ghana is part of the World Bank Studies series. These papers are published to communicate the results of the Bank’s ongoing research and to stimulate public discussion. This study provides a diagnostic of the bene�t incidence and targeting performance of a large number of social programs in Ghana. Both broad-based programs (such as spending for education and health, and subsidies for food, oil-related products, and electricity) and targeted programs (such as Livelihood Empowerment Against Poverty [LEAP], the indigent exemption under the National Health Insurance Scheme [NHIS], school programs that provide lunches and free uniforms, or fertilizer subsidies) are considered. In addition, the study offers tools and recommendations for better targeting of those programs in the future. Tools include new maps for geographic targeting of areas on the basis of poverty and food security, as well as ways to implement proxy means-testing. This study aims to contribute to the discussion of how to improve the design and targeting of social programs in Ghana. World Bank Studies are available individually or on standing order. This World Bank Studies series is also available online through the World Bank e-library (www.worldbank.org/elibrary). ISBN 978-0-8213-9593-6 90000 9 780821 395936 SKU 19593